ABCC P2 Specifications - Volume 2_1ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUBSPECIFICATIONS -VOLUME 2DIVISIONS 21-31PHASE 2SEPTEMBER 7, 2023
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 00 0101-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Project Title Page
DOCUMENT 00 0101
PROJECT TITLE PAGE
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2
for
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB
1600 SELVA MARINA DRIVE
ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 32233
MAY 23, 2023
100 PERCENT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
OWNER
Atlantic Beach Country Club
1600 Selva Marina Drive
Atlantic Beach, FL 32233
904-372-2222
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER Shear Structural 931 Monroe Drive, Suite A102-491
Atlanta, Georgia 30308 678-664-8051
CONTRACTOR To Be Determined MECHANICAL ENGINEER GTP Consulting Engineers 4197 Pleasant Hill Road, Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096
770-622-2270
ARCHITECT
Shepphird Associates Architects + Engineers
26560 Agcura Road, Suite 106
Calabasas, CA 91302
310-670-9144
PLUMBING ENGINEER GTP Consulting Engineers 4197 Pleasant Hill Road, Suite 200
Duluth, Georgia 30096 770-622-2270
CIVIL ENGINEER
(By Owner) BGE 10151 Deerwood Park Boulevard,
Building 200, Suite 200 Jacksonville, Florida 32256 904-323-0727
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
GTP Consulting Engineers 4197 Pleasant Hill Road, Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096
770-622-2270
LANDSCAPE DESIGN
(By Owner)
INTERIOR DESIGNER
(By Owner)
HINT ½ Harris Interiors
7 Lenox Pointe
Atlanta, Georgia 30324 404-492-5997
FOOD SERVICE DESIGNER (By Owner)
END OF DOCUMENT
AUGUST 11, 2023
PHASE 1 UPDATES
SEPTEMBER 7, 2023PHASE 2
PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 00 0107-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Seals Page
DOCUMENT 00 0107
SEALS PAGE
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2
for
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB
1600 SELVA MARINA DRIVE
ATLANTIC BEACH, FL 32233
MAY 23, 2023
100 PERCENT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
ARCHITECT
Shepphird Associates
Architects + Engineers
26560 Agcura Road, Suite 106
Calabasas, CA 91302
310-670-9144
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER Shear Structural 931 Monroe Drive, Suite A102-491 Atlanta, Georgia 30308
678-664-8051
MECHANICAL ENGINEER GTP Consulting Engineers 4197 Pleasant Hill Road, Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096
770-622-2270
PLUMBING ENGINEER
GTP Consulting Engineers 4197 Pleasant Hill Road, Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096
770-622-2270
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
GTP Consulting Engineers 4197 Pleasant Hill Road, Suite 200 Duluth, Georgia 30096
770-622-2270
END OF DOCUMENT
AUGUST 11, 2023
PHASE 1 UPDATES
SEPTEMBER 7, 2023PHASE 2
PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 00 0110-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Table of Contents
DOCUMENT 00 0110
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
Document 00 0101 Project Title Page
Document 00 0107 Seals Page
Document 00 0110 Table of Contents
PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS
Document 00 4325 Substitution Request Form
CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
Document 00 6536 Contractor Warranty Form
Document 00 6537 Installer Warranty Form
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01 1000 Summary
Section 01 2100 Allowances
Section 01 2300 Alternates
Section 01 2513 Product Substitution Procedures
Section 01 3233 Photographic Documentation
Section 01 3300 Submittal Procedures
Section 01 7123 Field Engineering
Section 01 7329 Cutting and Patching
Section 01 7423 Final Cleaning
Section 01 7700 Closeout Procedures
DIVISION 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS
Section 02 4100 Demolition
DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
Cast-In-Place Concrete (Specified on Structural Drawings)
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
Section 04 2113 Brick Veneer Masonry
Section 04 2114 Surface Bonded Brick Veneer Masonry
DIVISION 5 METALS
Structural Steel (Specified on Structural Drawings)
Section 05 5000 Metal Fabrications
Section 05 5133 Metal Ladders
Section 05 5216 Aluminum Railings
DIVISION 6 WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES
Rough Carpentry (Specified on Structural Drawings)
Section 06 1053 Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry
PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 00 0110-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Table of Contents
Section 06 1300 Heavy Timber
Wood Decking (Specified on Structural Drawings)
Section 06 1639 Composite Wood Sheathing (Also Noted on Structural Drawings)
Shop-Fabricated Wood Trusses (Specified on Structural Drawings)
Section 06 2000 Finish Carpentry
Section 06 2200 Millwork
Section 06 6500 Plastic Simulated Wood Trim
Section 06 6516 Plastic Simulated Wood Column Covers
Section 06 8316 Fiberglass Reinforced Paneling
DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07 2100 Thermal Insulation
Section 07 2119 Foamed-In-Place Insulation
Section 07 2519 Fluid-Applied Weather Resistant Barriers – Alternate
Section 07 2616 Below-Grade Vapor Retarders
Section 07 4116 Aluminum Roof Panels
Section 07 4649 Fiber-Cement Siding
Section 07 5423 Thermoplastic-Polyolefin Roofing
Section 07 7124 Manufactured Aluminum Gutters and Downspouts
Section 07 7233 Roof Hatches
Section 07 8100 Applied Fireproofing
Section 07 8400 Firestopping
Section 07 9200 Joint Sealants
DIVISION 8 OPENINGS
Section 08 1113 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames
Section 08 1433 Stile and Rail Wood Doors
Section 08 1443 Aluminum-Clad Stile and Rail Wood Doors
Section 08 3100 Access Doors and Panels
Section 08 3313 Coiling Counter Doors
Section 08 3323 Overhead Coiling Doors
Section 08 3819 Rigid Traffic Doors
Section 08 4113 Aluminum-Framed Entrances and Storefronts
Section 08 5213 Aluminum-Clad Wood Windows
Section 08 9123 Aluminum Fixed Louvers
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
Section 09 2219 Non-Structural Metal Stud Framing
Section 09 2900 Gypsum Board
Section 09 2913 Acoustical Gypsum Board
Section 09 3000 Tiling
Section 09 5113 Acoustical Panel Ceilings
Section 09 6413 Engineered Wood Flooring
Section 09 6513 Resilient Base and Accessories
Section 09 6516 Resilient Sheet Flooring
Section 09 6523 Luxury Vinyl Tile Flooring
Section 09 6566 Resilient Athletic Flooring
Section 09 6723 Resinous Flooring
PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 00 0110-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Table of Contents
Section 09 6800 Carpeting
Section 09 7716 Stretched-Fabric Wall and Ceiling Systems
Section 09 8436 Sound-Absorbing Ceiling Panels
Section 09 9100 Painting
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
Section 10 2613 Corner Guards
Section 10 2815 Toilet and Bath Accessories
Section 10 3100 Manufactured Fireplaces
Section 10 4419 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets
Section 10 5113 Metal Lockers
Section 10 7113 Exterior Weather Screen Devices
Section 10 7119 Bahama Hurricane Shutters
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT
Section 11 4000 Food Service Equipment (Food Service)
Section 11 4100 Food Storage Equipment (Food Service)
DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
Section 12 3649 Quartzite Countertops
Section 12 3669 Simulated Quartz Countertops
DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS
Section 14 1200 Electric Dumbwaiters
DIVISION 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION
Section 21 0500 Common Work Results for Fire Suppression
Section 21 1313 Fire Suppression Piping
DIVISION 22 PLUMBING
Section 22 0500 General Plumbing Requirements
Section 22 0519 Meters and Gages for Plumbing and Piping
Section 22 0523 General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
Section 22 0525 Plumbing Hangers and Supports
Section 22 0700 Plumbing Insulation
Section 22 1116 Domestic Water Piping
Section 22 1119 Domestic Water Piping Specialties
Section 22 1316 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
Section 22 1319 Drainage Piping Specialties
Section 22 4000 Plumbing Fixtures
DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING
Section 23 0130.52 Existing HVAC Air Distribution System Cleaning
Section 23 0529 FL Hangers and Supports for HVAC Equipment
Section 23 0553 Identification for HVAC Equipment
Section 23 0593 Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC
Section 23 0713 SF Duct Insulation
PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 00 0110-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Table of Contents
Section 23 0900 Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
Section 23 1123 SF Facility Natural-Gas Piping
Section 23 2300 Refrigerant Piping
Section 23 3113 Metal Ducts
Section 23 3300 Air Duct Accessories
Section 23 3346 Flexible Ducts
Section 23 3423 HVAC Power Ventilators
Section 23 3533 Listed Kitchen Ventilation System Exhaust Ducts
Section 23 3713.13 Air Diffusers And Grilles
Section 23 3813 Commercial-Kitchen Hoods
Section 23 5523.13 Low-Intensity, Gas-Fired, Radiant Heaters
Section 23 8126 Split-System Air-Conditioners
Section 23 8239.19 Wall and Ceiling Unit Heaters
DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL
Section 26 0010 Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
Section 26 0519 Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables
Section 26 0526 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
Section 26 0529 Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
Section 26 0553 Identification for Electrical Systems
Section 26 0533.13 Conduits for Electrical Systems
Section 26 0533.16 Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems
Section 26 0923 Lighting Control Devices
Section 26 2416 Panelboards
Section 26 2713 Electricity Metering
Section 26 2726 Wiring Devices
Section 26 2813 Fuses
Section 26 2816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
Section 26 4313 Surge Protective Devices for Low-Voltage Electrical Power Circuits
Section 26 5000 Lighting
Section 26 5213 Emergency and Exit Lighting
Section 26 5568 Athletic Field Lighting
Section 26 5613 Lighting Poles and Standards
DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS
Section 27 0528 Pathways for Communications Systems
DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
Section 28 4621.11 Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK
Excavating, Backfilling, and Compacting for Structures (Specified on
Structural Drawings)
Section 31 3116 Termite Control
END OF DOCUMENT
PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Common Work Results for Fire Supression
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 21 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.
2. Mechanical sleeve seals.
3. Sleeves.
4. Escutcheons.
5. Grout.
6. Fire-suppression equipment and piping demolition.
7. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.
8. Painting and finishing.
9. Concrete bases.
10. Supports and anchorages.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred
spaces, pipe chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings,
unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished
occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor
ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical
contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in chases.
E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather
conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.
F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:
1. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
G. The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:
1. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
2. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Mechanical sleeve seals.
2. Escutcheons.
B. Welding certificates.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Common Work Results for Fire Supression
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1,
"Structural Welding Code--Steel."
B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."
2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding
processes involved and that certification is current.
C. Electrical Characteristics for Fire-Suppression Equipment: Equipment of higher
electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is
approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit
sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are
specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through
shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance
of dirt, debris, and moisture.
B. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and
bending.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during
progress of construction, to allow for fire-suppression installations.
B. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-
place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.
C. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for fire-suppression items
requiring access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors
are specified in Division 08 Section "Access Doors and Frames."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work
include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
the manufacturers specified.
2.2 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS
A. Refer to individual Division 21 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and
joining methods.
B. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.
2.3 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to individual Division 21 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed
below.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Common Work Results for Fire Supression
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping
system contents.
1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness
unless thickness or specific material is indicated.
a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges.
b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.
2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8-inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and
full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by
piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux
according to ASTM B 813.
F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-
duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for
refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate
for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
H. Solvent Cements for Joining CPVC Plastic Piping: ASTM F 493.
2.4 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular
space between pipe and sleeve.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
b. Calpico, Inc.
c. Metraflex Co.
d. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
2. Sealing Elements: EPDM or NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe.
Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
3. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel or Stainless steel. Include two for each sealing
element.
4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating or
Stainless steel of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements.
Include one for each sealing element.
2.5 SLEEVES
A. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with
welded longitudinal joint.
B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.
C. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with
plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange.
Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.
1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.
E. Molded PVC: Permanent, with nailing flange for attaching to wooden forms.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Common Work Results for Fire Supression
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
F. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.
G. Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing
flange for attaching to wooden forms.
2.6 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID
to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that
completely covers opening.
B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chrome-
plated finish.
C. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw.
1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated or Polished chrome-plated and rough brass.
D. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw.
1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated or Polished chrome-plated and rough brass.
E. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With set screw and chrome-plated finish.
F. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, set screw, and chrome-plated
finish.
G. One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate.
H. Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw.
2.7 GROUT
A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-
cement grout.
1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.
2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FIRE-SUPPRESSION DEMOLITION
A. Refer to Division 01 Section "Cutting and Patching" and Division 02 Section "Selective
Structure Demolition" for general demolition requirements and procedures.
B. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, equipment, and
components indicated to be removed.
1. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and
cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.
2. Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with
same or compatible piping material.
3. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.
4. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and
remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and
make equipment operational.
5. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and
remove equipment and deliver to Owner.
C. If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is
unserviceable, remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new
products of equal capacity and quality.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Common Work Results for Fire Supression
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.2 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 21 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and
calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install
piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination
Drawings.
C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in
equipment rooms and service areas.
D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service
areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless
specifically indicated otherwise.
E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
removal.
F. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
G. Install piping at indicated slopes.
H. Install piping free of sags and bends.
I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
J. Install piping to allow application of insulation.
K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system
operating pressure.
L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the
following:
1. New Piping:
a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-
pattern type.
b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-
plated finish.
c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips.
d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece,
cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece,
stamped-steel type.
f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece or split-
casting, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate,
stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and set screw.
h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with
polished chrome-plated finish.
i. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type.
j. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-
plate type.
2. Existing Piping: Use the following:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Common Work Results for Fire Supression
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
a. Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated
finish.
b. Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed or
exposed-rivet hinge and spring clips.
c. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-
casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish.
d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate,
stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and spring clips.
e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-
brass type with chrome-plated finish.
f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate,
stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and set screw.
g. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type
with polished chrome-plated finish.
h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-plate, stamped-steel type
with concealed or exposed-rivet hinge and set screw or spring clips.
i. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, cast-brass type.
j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with set
screw or spring clips.
k. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting,
floor-plate type.
M. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
N. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves.
O. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete
floor and roof slabs.
P. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board
partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment
areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-
iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if
ring is specified.
2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space
between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:
a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.
b. Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsum-board
partitions.
c. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane
waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section
of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level.
Refer to Division 07 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing.
1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Common Work Results for Fire Supression
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve
and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and
location of joint. Refer to Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and
installation.
Q. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space
between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.
2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter.
3. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements
required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve.
Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and
make watertight seal.
R. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for
sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to
allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical
sleeve seals.
1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements
required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve.
Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and
make watertight seal.
S. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to
Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping" for materials.
T. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
U. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-
in requirements.
3.3 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 21 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated,
to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube
Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and
Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with
AWS A5.8.
F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs
and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Common Work Results for Fire Supression
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry
seal threading is specified.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are
corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes
and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.
H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service
application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt
threads.
I. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and
fittings according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and
solvent cements.
2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix.
J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139.
3.4 PAINTING
A. Painting of fire-suppression systems, equipment, and components is specified in
Division 09 Sections "Interior Painting" and "Exterior Painting."
B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with
materials and procedures to match original factory finish.
3.5 CONCRETE BASES
A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment
manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project.
1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches
larger in both directions than supported unit.
2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise
indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the
base.
3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through
concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.
4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's
setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished
with items to be embedded.
5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported
equipment.
6. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.
7. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as
specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
3.6 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES
A. Refer to Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel.
B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and
elevation to support and anchor fire-suppression materials and equipment.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Common Work Results for Fire Supression
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.7 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES
A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorages to support, and
anchor fire-suppression materials and equipment.
B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to
view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install
fasteners without splitting wood members.
C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads.
3.8 GROUTING
A. Mix and install grout for fire-suppression equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and
other equipment base plates, and anchors.
B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.
C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout.
D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.
E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.
F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.
G. Place grout around anchors.
H. Cure placed grout.
END OF SECTION 210500
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 1313
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fire Suppression Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 21 13 13
FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following fire-suppression piping inside the building:
1. Wet-pipe sprinkler systems.
B. See Division 28 Section "Fire Alarm" for alarm devices not specified in this Section.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
A. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System: Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing
water and that is connected to water supply. Water discharges immediately from
sprinklers when they are opened. Sprinklers open when heat melts fusible link or
destroys frangible device. Hose connections are included if indicated.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Standard Piping System Component Working Pressure: Listed for at least 175 psig
(1200 kPa).
B. Fire-suppression sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having
jurisdiction.
1. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent, including
losses through water-service piping, valves, and backflow preventers.
2. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications: As indicated on the drawings.
3. Minimum Density for Automatic-Sprinkler Piping Design:
a. Light-Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm/sq.ft. over 1500 sq. ft.
b. Ordinary-Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm/sq.ft. over 1500 sq. ft.
c. Ordinary-Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.20 gpm/sq. ft. over 1500 sq. ft.
4. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler:
a. Office Spaces: 225 sq. ft.
b. Storage Areas: 130 sq. ft.
c. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft.
d. Electrical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft.
e. Other Areas: According to NFPA 13 recommendations, unless otherwise
indicated.
5. Total Combined Hose-Stream Demand Requirement: According to NFPA 13,
unless otherwise indicated:
a. Light-Hazard Occupancies: 100 gpm for 30 minutes.
b. Ordinary-Hazard Occupancies: 250 gpm for 60 to 90 minutes.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
B. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to
NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including
hydraulic calculations, if applicable.
C. Field test reports and certificates.
D. Field quality-control test reports.
E. Operation and maintenance data.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 1313
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fire Suppression Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and
installing fire-suppression systems and providing professional engineering services
needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-
hydrant flow test.
1. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field
test reports by a qualified professional engineer.
B. NFPA Standards: Fire-suppression-system equipment, specialties, accessories,
installation, and testing shall comply with the following:
1. NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems."
2. NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Threaded-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, ASTM A 135, or
ASTM A 795 with factory- or field-formed threaded ends.
1. Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ASME B16.1.
2. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3.
3. Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4.
4. Steel Threaded Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M or
ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, seamless steel pipe. Include ends matching joining
method.
5. Steel Threaded Couplings: ASTM A 865.
B. Grooved-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, ASTM A 135, or
ASTM A 795, with factory- or field-formed, roll-grooved ends.
1. Grooved-Joint Piping Systems:
a. Grooved-End Fittings: UL-listed, ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting with
OD matching steel-pipe OD.
b. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: UL 213 and AWWA C606, rigid pattern,
unless otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting matching steel-pipe OD.
Include ductile-iron housing with keys matching steel-pipe and fitting
grooves, prelubricated rubber gasket listed for use with housing, and steel
bolts and nuts.
2.2 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. Flexible connectors shall have materials suitable for system fluid. Include 175-psig
minimum working-pressure rating and ends according to the following:
1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded.
2. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Grooved for use with grooved-end-pipe
couplings.
B. Stainless-Steel-Hose/Steel Pipe, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless-steel, inner
tubing covered with stainless-steel wire braid. Include steel nipples or flanges, welded
to hose.
C. Stainless-Steel-Hose/Stainless-Steel Pipe, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless-
steel, inner tubing covered with stainless-steel wire braid. Include stainless-steel
nipples or flanges, welded to hose.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 1313
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fire Suppression Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.3 SPRINKLER SPECIALTY FITTINGS
A. Sprinkler specialty fittings shall be UL listed or FMG approved, with 175-psig (1200-
kPa) minimum working-pressure rating, and made of materials compatible with
piping.
B. Outlet Specialty Fittings:
1. Mechanical-T and -Cross Fittings: UL 213, ductile-iron housing with gaskets,
bolts and nuts, and threaded, locking-lug, or grooved outlets.
2. Snap-On and Strapless Outlet Fittings: UL 213, ductile-iron housing or casting
with gasket and threaded outlet.
C. Sprinkler Drain and Alarm Test Fittings: Cast- or ductile-iron body; with threaded or
locking-lug inlet and outlet, test valve, and orifice and sight glass.
D. Sprinkler Branch-Line Test Fittings: Brass body with threaded inlet, capped drain
outlet, and threaded outlet for sprinkler.
E. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fitting: Cast- or ductile-iron housing with threaded inlet and
drain outlet and sight glass.
F. Drop-Nipple Fittings: UL 1474, adjustable with threaded inlet and outlet, and seals.
2.4 LISTED FIRE-PROTECTION VALVES
A. Valves shall be UL listed or FMG approved, with 175-psig (1200 kPa) minimum
pressure rating.
B. Gate Valves with Wall Indicator Posts:
1. Gate Valves: UL 262, cast-iron body, bronze mounted, with solid disc, nonrising
stem, operating nut, and flanged ends.
2. Indicator Posts: UL 789, horizontal-wall type, cast-iron body, with hand wheel,
extension rod, locking device, and cast-iron barrel.
C. Check Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: UL 312, swing type, cast-iron body with
flanged or grooved ends.
D. Gate Valves: UL 262, OS&Y type.
1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.
2. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Cast-iron body with flanged ends.
E. Indicating Valves: UL 1091, with integral indicating device and ends matching
connecting piping.
1. Indicator: Electrical, 115-V ac, prewired, single-circuit, supervisory switch.
2. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Ball or butterfly valve with bronze body and
threaded ends.
3. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Butterfly valve with cast- or ductile-iron body;
wafer type or with flanged or grooved ends.
2.5 UNLISTED GENERAL-DUTY VALVES
A. Check Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Type 4, Class 125 minimum,
swing type with bronze body, nonmetallic disc, and threaded ends.
B. Gate Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Type 2, Class 125 minimum, with
bronze body, solid wedge, and threaded ends.
C. Globe Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Type 2, Class 125 minimum,
with bronze body, nonmetallic disc, and threaded ends.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 1313
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fire Suppression Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.6 SPECIALTY VALVES
A. Sprinkler System Control Valves: UL listed or FMG approved, cast- or ductile-iron
body with flanged or grooved ends, and 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum pressure rating.
1. Alarm Check Valves: UL 193, designed for horizontal or vertical installation,
with bronze grooved seat with O-ring seals, single-hinge pin, and latch design.
Include trim sets for bypass, drain, electrical sprinkler alarm switch, pressure
gages, retarding chamber, and fill-line attachment with strainer.
a. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain with check valve to main drain piping.
B. Automatic Drain Valves: UL 1726, NPS 3/4 (DN 20), ball-check device with threaded
ends.
2.7 SPRINKLERS
A. Sprinklers shall be UL listed or FMG approved, with 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum
pressure rating.
B. Automatic Sprinklers: With heat-responsive element complying with the following:
1. UL 199, for nonresidential applications.
2. UL 1767, for early-suppression, fast-response applications.
C. Sprinkler Types and Categories: Nominal 1/2-inch (12.7-mm) orifice for "Ordinary"
temperature classification rating, unless otherwise indicated or required by
application.
D. Sprinkler types, features, and options as follows:
1. Concealed ceiling sprinklers, including cover plate.
2. Flush ceiling sprinklers, including escutcheon.
3. Pendent sprinklers.
4. Quick-response sprinklers.
5. Recessed sprinklers, including escutcheon.
6. Sidewall sprinklers.
7. Upright sprinklers.
E. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome plated, bronze, and painted.
F. Special Coatings: Wax, lead, and corrosion-resistant paint.
G. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler
mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers
are specified with sprinklers.
1. Ceiling Mounting: flatPlastic, white finish, one piece, flat.
2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece, flat.
H. Sprinkler Guards: Wire-cage type, including fastening device for attaching to
sprinkler.
2.8 ALARM DEVICES
A. Alarm-device types shall match piping and equipment connections.
B. Water-Flow Indicator: UL 346, electrical-supervision, paddle-operated-type, water-
flow detector with 250-psig (1725-kPa) pressure rating and designed for horizontal or
vertical installation. Include two single-pole, double-throw circuit switches for isolated
alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory-
set, field-adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that
sends signal if removed.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 1313
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fire Suppression Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C. Valve Supervisory Switch: UL 753, electrical, single-pole, double-throw switch with
normally closed contacts. Include design that signals controlled valve is in other than
fully open position.
2.9 PRESSURE GAGES
A. Description: UL 393, 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch (90- to 115-mm-) diameter, dial pressure
gage with range of 0 to 250 psig (0 to 1725 kPa) minimum.
1. Water System Piping: Include caption "WATER" or "AIR/WATER" on dial face.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS, GENERAL
A. Flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings with finish
and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating may be used in
aboveground applications, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Piping Standard: Comply with requirements in NFPA 13 for installation of sprinkler
piping.
C. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller.
D. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves,
apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections.
E. Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at
top of each standpipe. Include pressure gages with connection not less than NPS 1/4
and with soft metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gage and
valve. Install gages to permit removal, and install where they will not be subject to
freezing.
F. Piping between Fire Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized,
standard-weight steel pipe with grooved ends; grooved-end fittings; grooved-end-pipe
couplings; and grooved joints.
G. Underground Service-Entrance Piping: Ductile-iron, grooved-end pipe and fittings;
grooved-end-pipe couplings; and grooved joints.
3.2 SPRINKLER SYSTEM PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Threaded-end, black, standard-weight steel pipe;
cast- or malleable-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints.
B. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Plain-end, black, standard-weight steel pipe; locking-
lug fittings; and twist-locked joints.
C. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: Threaded-end, black, standard-weight steel pipe; cast- or
malleable-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints.
D. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: Grooved-end, black, standard-weight steel pipe; grooved-
end fittings; grooved-end-pipe couplings; and grooved joints.
3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not
indicated, the following requirements apply:
1. Listed Fire-Protection Valves: UL listed and FMG approved for applications
where required by NFPA 13.
a. Shutoff Duty: Use butterfly or gate valves.
2. Unlisted General-Duty Valves: For applications where UL-listed and FMG-
approved valves are not required by NFPA 13.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 1313
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fire Suppression Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
a. Shutoff Duty: Use butterfly or gate valves.
b. Throttling Duty: Use globe valves.
3. Dry-Pipe Valves: Install trim sets for air supply, drain, priming level, alarm
connections, ball drip valves, pressure gages, priming chamber attachment, and
fill-line attachment.
a. Install air compressor and compressed-air supply piping.
3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping
joint construction.
B. Threaded Joints: Comply with NFPA 13 for pipe thickness and threads. Do not thread
pipe smaller than NPS 8 (DN 200) with wall thickness less than Schedule 40 unless
approved by authorities having jurisdiction and threads are checked by a ring gage
and comply with ASME B1.20.1.
C. Twist-Locked Joints: Insert plain-end piping into locking-lug fitting and rotate retainer
lug one-quarter turn.
D. Pressure-Sealed Joints: Use UL-listed tool and procedure. Include use of specific
equipment, pressure-sealing tool, and accessories.
E. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with listed coupling and gasket, lubricant, and bolts.
1. Ductile-Iron Pipe: Radius-cut-groove ends of piping. Use grooved-end fittings
and grooved-end-pipe couplings.
2. Steel Pipe: Square-cut or roll-groove piping as indicated. Use grooved-end
fittings and rigid, grooved-end-pipe couplings, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Dry-Pipe Systems: Use fittings and gaskets listed for dry-pipe service.
3.5 SERVICE-ENTRANCE PIPING
A. Connect fire-suppression piping to water-service piping of size and in location
indicated for service entrance to building. Refer to Division 2 Section "Water
Distribution" for exterior piping.
B. Install shutoff valve, backflow preventer, pressure gage, drain, and other accessories
indicated at connection to water-service piping. Refer to Division 2 Section "Water
Distribution" for backflow preventers.
3.6 WATER-SUPPLY CONNECTION
A. Connect fire-suppression piping to building's interior water distribution piping. Refer
to Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping" for interior piping.
B. Install shutoff valve, backflow preventer, pressure gage, drain, and other accessories
indicated at connection to water distribution piping. Refer to Division 22 Section
"Plumbing Specialties" for backflow preventers.
3.7 PIPING INSTALLATION – WET SYSTEM
A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for basic piping
installation.
B. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate
general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated, as far as
practical.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 1313
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fire Suppression Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval
from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before
deviating from approved working plans.
C. Use approved fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and
reductions in pipe sizes.
D. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller. Unions are
not required on flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved joints.
E. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-
1/2 (DN 65) and larger connections.
F. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff
valve, sized and located according to NFPA 13.
G. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage.
H. Install sprinkler zone control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to
standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes.
I. Install drain valves on standpipes.
J. Install ball drip valves to drain piping between fire department connections and check
valves. Drain to floor drain or outside building.
K. Install alarm devices in piping systems.
L. Hangers and Supports: Comply with NFPA 13 for hanger materials.
1. Install sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13.
M. Earthquake Protection: Install piping according to NFPA 13 to protect from
earthquake damage.
N. Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at
top of each standpipe. Include pressure gages with connection not less than NPS 1/4
(DN 8) and with soft metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between
gage and valve. Install gages to permit removal, and install where they will not be
subject to freezing.
O. Fill wet-standpipe system piping with water.
P. Fill wet-pipe sprinkler system piping with water.
3.8 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Install listed fire-protection valves, unlisted general-duty valves, specialty valves and
trim, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Install listed fire-protection shutoff valves supervised-open, located to control sources
of water supply except from fire department connections. Install permanent
identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve.
C. Install check valve in each water-supply connection. Install backflow preventers
instead of check valves in potable-water supply sources.
D. Alarm Check Valves: Install in vertical position for proper direction of flow, including
bypass check valve and retarding chamber drain-line connection.
3.9 SPRINKLER APPLICATIONS
A. Drawings indicate sprinkler types to be used. Where specific types are not indicated,
use the following sprinkler types:
1. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 1313
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fire Suppression Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Concealed sprinklers.
3. Wall Mounting: Sidewall sprinklers.
4. Sprinkler Finishes:
a. Upright, Pendent, and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome plated in finished
spaces exposed to view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to
view; wax coated where exposed to acids, chemicals, or other corrosive
fumes.
b. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with factory-painted white cover
plate.
3.10 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of narrow dimension of acoustical
ceiling panels and tiles.
B. Do not install pendent or sidewall, wet-type sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. Use
dry-type sprinklers with water supply from heated space.
3.11 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INSTALLATION
A. Install freestanding-type, fire department connections in level surface.
B. Install ball drip valve at each check valve for fire department connection.
3.12 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
C. Connect water-supply piping to fire-suppression piping. Include backflow preventer
between potable-water piping and fire-suppression piping. Refer to Division 15
Section "Plumbing Specialties" for backflow preventers.
D. Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire department connection. Drain to
floor drain or outside building.
E. Connect piping to specialty valves, hose valves, specialties, fire department
connections, and accessories.
F. Electrical Connections: Power wiring is specified in Division 26.
G. Connect alarm devices to fire alarm.
H. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
I. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Conductors and Cables."
3.13 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION
A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements
in NFPA 13.
3.14 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and
retest until no leaks exist.
2. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems
Acceptance" Chapter.
3. Flush, test, and inspect standpipe systems according to NFPA 14, "System
Acceptance" Chapter.
4. Coordinate with fire alarm tests. Operate as required.
5. Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire department equipment.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 21 1313
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fire Suppression Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B. Report test results promptly and in writing to Architect and authorities having
jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION 21 13 13
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 22 05 00
GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. These mechanical general provisions specified herein apply to all sections of Division
22.
1.2 ORDINANCES, PERMITS AND CODES:
A. It shall be the Contractor's duty to perform the work and provide the materials covered
by these specifications in conformance with all ordinances and regulations of all
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, connection, and inspection fees as
required for the complete installation of the plumbing systems.
C. All work herein shall conform to all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations of the
local utility companies.
D. The work shall be in accordance with, but not limited to, the requirements of:
1. National Fire Protection Association
2. National Safety Code
3. Applicable Energy Code for Buildings
4. State Plumbing Code with local amendments
E. Codes and regulations referred to are minimum standards. Where the requirements of
these specifications or drawings exceed those of the codes and regulations, the
drawings and specifications govern.
1.3 SPACE CONDITIONS
A. Drawings indicate locations of fixtures, apparatus, ductwork and piping; and while
these are to be followed as closely as possible, if it is necessary to change the location of
same to accommodate building conditions and required equipment clearances, make
changes without additional cost.
B. Provide adequate access to equipment and apparatus requiring operation, service or
maintenance within the life of the system.
C. Do not run piping or duct work, or locate equipment, (with respect to switchboards,
panel boards, power panels, motor control centers or dry type transformers) within 42
inches in front of equipment, over equipment, or within 36 inches horizontally of same
space.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred
spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above
ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished
occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor
ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical
contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather
conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate all work under this Division with work under other Divisions, providing
adjustment as necessary. Every effort has been made to ensure that the work of all
construction activities specified in other sections will fit in the available space.
Equipment, apparatus, ductwork, piping, etc., installed without regard for the space
requirements of construction activities specified in other sections will be reworked at
the expense of the installing sub-contractor if it creates an unnecessary hindrance to the
installation of another trade's work.
B. Where minor deviations from plans are required in order to conform to space
limitations, such changes shall be made by the Contractor at no additional cost to the
Owner and shall be subject to the approval of the Architect.
C. The products of particular manufacturers have been used as the basis of design in
preparation of these Documents. Any modifications to the mechanical systems and
their components, the electrical systems, the building structure and architecture, or any
other portion of the building that results from the use of any other than the basis of
design equipment shall be coordinated with all trades. Such coordination shall occur
prior to delivery of products from the manufacturer (typically before shop drawing
submittals). Any related modification shall be performed without additions to the
contract.
D. All items mounted at or below the ceiling, and any item penetrating the ceiling, shall
be coordinated with the architectural reflected ceiling plans. If any items are not
shown on these plans, or any items need to be relocated for coordination purposes,
prepare a reflected ceiling plan and submit to the Architect for approval.
E. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during
progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.
F. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-
place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.
G. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for mechanical items requiring
access that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are
specified in Division 8 Section "Access Doors and Frames."
H. The commencement of work under this Section indicates that the Contractor has
examined and has knowledge of the architectural, structural, electrical, mechanical,
plumbing site work and all other trade Drawings and Specifications. The failure of the
Contractor to acquaint himself with all available information shall not relieve him of
any responsibility for performing his work properly.
I. Where more than one piece of equipment is provided under this contract, equipment
shall be provided by the same manufacturer.
J. Electrical Characteristics for Mechanical Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical
characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in
writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are
appropriately modified at no additional cost to the contract. If minimum energy
ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.6 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA: Comply with Division 1 operations
and maintenance requirements. If no requirements are listed in Division 1, comply
with the following requirements.
A. Three weeks prior to final job observation, submit three manuals covering details of
operation and maintenance for all apparatus requiring service including:
1. Service telephone number of the installing contractor.
2. Manufacturer's operating and maintenance manuals, including parts lists for
each piece of equipment and accessory requiring service or maintenance; the
guarantee period and the name, address and phone number of the nearest sales
and service organization for each item.
3. Step-by-step procedure for starting and stopping each system.
4. Temperature control diagrams.
5. Copies of inspection certificates provided by the City, County, State and
insurance companies.
6. Complete set of approved shop drawing submittals.
B. Manuals shall be bound in 3-ring binders with index and tabs. All material shall be
original copies as printed by the manufacturers.
1.7 RECORD DRAWINGS: Comply with Division 1 record drawings requirements. If no
requirements are listed in Division 1, comply with the following requirements .
A. Maintain on a daily basis at the project site a complete set of "Record Drawings",
reflecting an accurate dimensional record of all buried or concealed work. In addition,
the "Record Drawings" shall be marked to show the precise location of concealed work
or equipment, including concealed or embedded piping and valves and all changes
and deviations in the Plumbing work from that shown on the Contract Documents.
This requirement shall not be construed as authorization to make changes in the layout
or work without definite instructions from the Architect. The "Record Drawings" shall
consist of a set of reproducible bond to be used to provide a set of "As-Built"
documents to the owner upon completion of the project.
B. Record dimensions shall clearly and accurately delineate the work as installed;
locations shall be suitably identified by at least two (2) dimensions to permanent
structures.
C. Mark all "Record Drawings" on the front lower right hand corner with a rubber stamp
impression that states the following:
"RECORD DRAWINGS (3/8 inch high letters)
To be used for recording Field Deviations and Dimensional Data Only".
(5/16 inch high letters)
1.8 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit shop drawings for review in accordance with the requirements of Division 1.
B. Shop drawings shall be bound into volumes, with each volume containing one copy of
all shop drawings. All shop drawings shall be submitted simultaneously; no shop
drawings will be checked until all have been submitted with the following exceptions:
1. Fabrication drawings such as those for Piping and Coordination may be
submitted separately.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. Any separate submittals shall have a tab in the binder for insertion as provided.
Provide in the original submittal a sheet marked "Drawings to be submitted by
(date)”.
C. Submittals shall be supported by descriptive material, such as catalog cuts, diagrams,
performance curves and charts published by the manufacturer, to show conformance
to specification and drawing requirements; model numbers alone will not be
acceptable. All literature shall clearly indicate the specified model number,
dimensions, arrangement, rating and characteristics of the proposed equipment.
Capacities and ratings shall be based on conditions indicated or specified herein. Any
deviations from specified equipment (particularly those which require coordination
with other trades) shall be clearly noted in a concise list on a separate sheet.
D. All materials and equipment which the Contractor proposes to furnish shall be
submitted for review. Data shall be complete in all respects and shall reference, where
applicable, to the unit symbol utilized on the Drawings and Specifications.
E. Submittal review is considered as general acceptance of the basic applicability of the
equipment. Contractor is responsible for the installation of the equipment and/or
alternate arrangement of the equipment within a given space. When the Contractor
desires to use substituted equipment, he shall be responsible for producing his own
coordinated work drawings which depict the substituted equipment accommodated in
the space. Where the substituted equipment creates the need for alterations in any
portion of the work depicted in the contract documents, it shall be the Contractor's
responsibility to notify all of the affected parties and coordinate these items with all
other trades. Further, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to assume any
additional cost to the contract created by the substituted equipment.
F. Substituted equipment is considered to be any equipment other than the first named
item in the Specifications or on the Drawings.
G. Contractor further agrees that if deviations, discrepancies or conflicts between Shop
Drawings and Specifications are discovered either prior to or after Shop Drawing
Submittals are processed by the Engineer, the design drawings and Specifications shall
control and shall be followed. Review of submittal data shall in no way relieve the
Contractor of his duty to perform all work and provide all equipment in strict
compliance with the requirements set forth in the contract documents.
H. Each individual submittal item for materials and equipment shall be marked to show
specification section and paragraph number which pertains to the item. Failure to
mark submittals in accordance with the above format shall be considered due cause for
rejection of shop drawings.
1.9 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING:
A. The exterior surfaces of all mechanical equipment, piping, ducts, etc., shall be cleaned
of all grease, oil, paint and other construction debris.
B. Equipment and Distribution Systems shall be cleaned of all debris and blown free of all
particles of rubbish and dust before installing outlet faces.
C. Bearings that require lubrication shall be lubricated in accordance with the
manufacturer's requirements.
D. All control equipment shall be adjusted to the settings indicated or required for
performance as specified.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
E. Remove all stickers, rust, stains, labels, and temporary covers before final acceptance.
F. Remove foreign matter from equipment, piping and duct work systems and
appurtenances.
G. Clean and polish identification plates.
H. Flush all piping systems in accordance with other Div 22 specifications and submit
reports for approval.
1.10 GUARANTEE & WARRANTY:
A. That each piece of apparatus shall be of the customary standard and quality furnished
by the designed manufacturer for that catalog number.
B. That the hydraulic, sanitary, and storm drain systems shall operate without
aerodynamic noise generated from the faulty installation of piping or any component
of the distribution system.
1.11 WARRANTY:
A. All equipment shall be started, tested, adjusted, and placed in satisfactory operating
condition by the Contractor. All equipment shall be covered for the duration of the
manufacturer's guarantee or warranty and the Subcontractor shall furnish the Owner
with all manufacturer's guarantees or warranties.
B. Equipment furnished shall be guaranteed for a minimum period of one (1) year from
date of acceptance. Refer to additional Division 22 sections for specific equipment
warranty requirements.
1.12 INSTRUCTION OF OPERATING PERSONNEL:
A. Arrange formal instruction sessions for the Owner's operating personnel, covering:
1. General familiarization and operating procedure for the entire plumbing system
installation.
2. Routine maintenance procedures for all mechanical equipment.
3. Specific operating and maintenance procedures for the control systems.
B. Obtain receipt from the Owner's representative acknowledging completion of each
item of instruction.
C. Training shall include a minimum of 8 hrs of classroom and field training.
1.13 SLEEVES:
A. Provide where pipes pass thru walls; floors above grade and roofs.
B. Sleeves shall be standard weight steel pipe, except sleeves for concealed piping thru
floors not in structural members. They may be 25 gauge galvanized sheet metal.
C. Floor sleeves for piping shall extend from the bottom of the slab to 2 inches above the
finished floor.
D. Wall sleeves shall be full thickness of walls.
E. Seal between piping and sleeve with fire rated caulk at all penetrations of fire rated
walls, partitions or floors.
F. Make sleeves thru outside walls watertight. Seal between uninsulated pipe and sleeve.
G. Size sleeves for insulated pipes to allow full thickness insulation.
1.14 ELECTRICAL WORK:
A. All electrical equipment and installation provided under this Division shall comply
with the National Electrical Code and the requirements of Division 26.
B. All power wiring and final power connections to the system shall be coordinated
under Division 26.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C. Control wiring and power wiring to control panels (120V and less) shall be provided
under Division 22. Coordinate panel location and voltage for power circuits with the
Electrical Contractor. All wiring for voltages higher than 30 volts shall be done by a
licensed electrician.
D. All electrical characteristics shall be taken from the Electrical Drawings and
Specifications and coordinated before equipment is ordered or submitted.
1.15 MOTORS AND STARTERS:
A. Provide motors, starters, push buttons, thermal overload switches, and contactors for
equipment covered herein, unless otherwise specified. Installation of starters, push
buttons, thermal overload switches and contactors (not factory installed) is specified
under Division 26. Coordinate with Electrical Contractor.
B. Motors shall be wound for the electrical characteristics described on the electrical
drawings. Nameplates shall show the above voltages. Open frame, splash proof and
totally enclosed motors shall be rated on a 40 degree, 50 degree, and 55 degree C.
temperature rise, respectively.
C. Select motors for operation within their nameplate amperage.
D. Motors shall be of the induction type, unless otherwise specified.
E. Motors not furnished with equipment shall be provided in accordance with Division
26.
F. Starters shall have overload protection for all hot lines. This will require three
overload relays for three-phase motors and one overload relay for single-phase line-
voltage motors.
G. Unless otherwise specified, provide each motor 1/2 hp and larger with a magnetic
starter providing overload and low voltage protection. Provide a control voltage
transformer in each starter.
H. Equipment furnished with factory-installed motor starter units shall also be equipped
with individual motor branch circuit protective devices interconnected on their line
sides to lugs sized to receive a feeder with minimum ampacity of 125% of total
connected load.
I. A hand-off-auto switch shall be mounted on the face of each starter.
J. Unless otherwise specified, provide for each motor smaller than 1/2 hp, a manual
starting switch with thermal overload protection with pilot light and stainless steel
coverplate. Switches installed on finished walls shall be flush type.
K. Starters and contactors not furnished with equipment shall be in accordance with
Division 26.
1.16 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS:
A. Specified manufacturer's names and model numbers are for the purpose of describing
type, capacity, function and quality of equipment and materials to be used.
B. Capacities and specified requirements indicated take precedence over model numbers.
Listed in the drawings or these specifications.
1.17 PRODUCTS AND EXECUTION:
A. All materials, equipment, fixtures and apparatus shall be new and shall bear the label
of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., where UL standards have been established for
such material.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.18 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION – COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting
heights are not indicated.
B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building
systems and components in exposed interior spaces, unless indicated otherwise.
C. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or
replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with
minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible
locations.
D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.
1.19 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS
A. Refer to individual Division 22 Piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and
joining methods related to specific system types.
1.20 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Refer to individual Division 22 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed
below.
B. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping
system contents.
1. ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness
unless thickness or specific material is indicated.
a. Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze flanges.
b. Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel flanges.
2. AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and
full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by
piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux
according to ASTM B 813.
F. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for general-
duty brazing, unless otherwise indicated.
G. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate
for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
H. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping:
1. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493.
2. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.
I. Fiberglass Pipe Adhesive: As furnished or recommended by pipe manufacturer.
1.21 TRANSITION FITTINGS
A. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC and PVC one-piece fitting with
manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert,
and one solvent-cement-joint end.
B. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11
equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-
joint end.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC four-part union.
Include brass end, solvent-cement-joint end, rubber O-ring, and union nut.
1.22 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded,
solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working
pressure at 180 deg F.
D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig
minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.
E. Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include
flanges, full-face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene
bolt sleeves, phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.
1. Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig
minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.
F. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive,
thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225
deg F.
G. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive,
thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum
working pressure at 225 deg F.
1.23 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular
space between pipe and sleeve.
1. Sealing Elements: EPDM interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include
type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element.
3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of
length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for
each sealing element.
1.24 ESCUTCHEONS
A. Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID
to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that
completely covers opening.
B. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw.
1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass.
C. Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw.
1. Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass.
D. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With spring clips and chrome-plated finish.
E. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With concealed hinge, spring clips, and chrome-
plated finish.
F. One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate.
G. Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.25 GROUT
A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-
cement grout.
1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.
2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength.
3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
1.26 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and
calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install
piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination
Drawings.
C. Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in
equipment rooms and service areas.
D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service
areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless
specifically indicated otherwise.
E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
removal.
F. Install piping to permit valve servicing.
G. Install piping at indicated slopes.
H. Install piping free of sags and bends.
I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
J. Install piping to allow application of insulation.
K. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system
operating pressure.
L. Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the
following:
1. New Piping:
a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-
pattern type.
b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-
plated finish.
c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips.
d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece,
cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
e. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-
brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
f. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with
rough-brass finish.
g. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
h. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, floor-
plate type.
2. Existing Piping: Use the following:
a. Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated
finish.
b. Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed hinge and
spring clips.
c. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-
casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish.
d. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting, cast-
brass type with chrome-plated finish.
e. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type
with rough-brass finish.
f. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, cast-brass type.
g. Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting,
floor-plate type.
M. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
N. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes formed by removable PE sleeves.
O. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete
floor and roof slabs.
P. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board
partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs.
1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment
areas or other wet areas 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level.
Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure
clamping ring if ring is specified.
2. Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
3. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear
space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve
materials:
a. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6 (DN 150).
b. Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane
waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install section
of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches (50 mm) above finished
floor level.
1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.
4. Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve
and pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and
location of joint.
Q. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear
space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches (150 mm) in diameter.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
R. Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for
sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to
allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing
mechanical sleeve seals.
1. Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements
required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve.
Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and
make watertight seal.
S. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to
Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems" for materials.
T. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
U. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-
in requirements.
1.27 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 22 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated,
to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube
Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and
Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with
AWS A5.8.
F. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs
and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry
seal threading is specified.
2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are
corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
G. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes
and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.
H. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service
application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt
threads.
I. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and
fittings according to the following:
1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and
solvent cements.
2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3. PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC
socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number
PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855.
4. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.
J. Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139.
K. Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212.
1.28 PIPING CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at
final connection to each piece of equipment.
2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, adjacent to flanged
valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment.
3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping
materials of dissimilar metals.
4. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect
piping materials of dissimilar metals.
1.29 PAINTING
A. Painting of HVAC systems, equipment, and components is specified in Division 9
Sections "Interior Painting" and "Exterior Painting."
B. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with
materials and procedures to match original factory finish.
1.30 CONCRETE BASES
A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment
manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project.
1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 6 inches
(100 mm) larger in both directions than supported unit.
2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise
indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around the full
perimeter of the base.
3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through
concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.
4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's
setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished
with items to be embedded.
5. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported
equipment.
6. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.
7. Use 3000-psi (20.7-MPa), 28-day compressive-strength concrete and
reinforcement as specified in Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
1.31 GROUTING
A. Mix and install grout for HVAC equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other
equipment base plates, and anchors.
B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.
C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout.
D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0500
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Plumbing Requirements
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.
F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.
G. Place grout around anchors.
H. Cure placed grout.
END OF SECTION 22 05 00
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0519
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 22 05 19
METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
2. Liquid-in-glass thermometers.
3. Thermowells.
4. Dial-type pressure gages.
5. Gage attachments.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Product Certificates: For each type of meter and gage, from manufacturer.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For meters and gages to include in operation and
maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 Metal-Case, Industrial-Style, Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers:
A. Standard: ASME B40.200.
B. Case: Cast aluminum; 7-inch nominal size unless otherwise indicated.
C. Case Form: Adjustable angle unless otherwise indicated.
D. Tube: Glass with magnifying lens and blue or red organic liquid.
E. Tube Background: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings
graduated in deg F.
F. Window: Plastic.
G. Stem: Aluminum and of length to suit installation.
1. Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem.
2. Connector: 1-1/4 inches, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
3. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range or one scale division, to a
maximum of 1.5 percent of scale range.
2.2 THERMOWELLS
A. Thermowells:
1. Standard: ASME B40.200.
2. Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee
fitting.
3. Material for Use with Copper Tubing: CNR or CUNI.
4. Material for Use with Steel Piping: CRES.
5. Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated.
6. External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.
7. Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
8. Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
9. Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0519
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
10. Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing.
11. Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of
thermometer connection.
B. Heat-Transfer Medium: Mixture of graphite and glycerin.
2.3 PRESSURE GAGES
A. Direct-Mounted, Metal-Case, Dial-Type Pressure Gages:
1. Standard: ASME B40.100.
2. Case: Sealed type; cast aluminum or drawn steel; 4-1/2-inch nominal diameter.
3. Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated.
4. Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS ¼ or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads
and bottom-outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated.
5. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer.
6. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings
graduated in psi.
7. Pointer: Dark-colored metal.
8. Window: Plastic.
9. Ring: Brass.
10. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half of scale range.
2.4 GAGE ATTACHMENTS
A. Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe
threads and piston-type surge-dampening device. Include extension for use on
insulated piping.
B. Valves: Brass or stainless-steel needle, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe
threads.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install thermowells with socket extending one-third of pipe diameter to center of pipe
and in vertical position in piping tees.
B. Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include
bushings if required to match sizes.
C. Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping.
D. Fill thermowells with heat-transfer medium.
E. Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted
positions.
F. Install remote-mounted thermometer bulbs in thermowells and install cases on
panels; connect cases with tubing and support tubing to prevent kinks. Use
minimum tubing length.
G. Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on
pipe at the most readable position.
H. I.Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids.
K. Install pressure gages in the following locations:
1. Building water service entrance into building.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0519
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. Inlet and outlet of each pressure-reducing valve.
3. Suction and discharge of each domestic water pump.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and
maintenance of meters, gages, machines, and equipment.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility.
3.4 THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE
A. Scale Range for Domestic Cold-Water Piping: 0 to 100 deg F
B. Scale Range for Domestic Hot and Recirculation-Water Piping: 0 to 250 deg F
3.5 PRESSURE-GAGE SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE
A. Scale Range for Water Service Piping: 0 to 160 psi.
B. Scale Range for Domestic Water Piping: 0 to 160 psi.
END OF SECTION 22 05 19
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0523
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 22 05 23
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Bronze ball valves.
2. Iron, single-flange butterfly valves.
3. Bronze swing check valves.
4. Iron swing check valves.
5. Iron swing check valves with closure control.
6. Iron, center-guided check valves.
7. Bronze gate valves.
8. Iron gate valves.
9. Bronze globe valves.
10. Iron globe valves.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 22 plumbing piping Sections for specialty valves applicable to those
Sections only.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. CWP: Cold working pressure.
B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene copolymer rubber.
C. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber.
D. NRS: Nonrising stem.
E. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke.
F. RS: Rising stem.
G. SWP: Steam working pressure.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from
single manufacturer.
B. ASME Compliance:
1. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria.
2. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves.
3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves.
C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable-water service.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows:
1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0523
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooves, and weld ends.
3. Set angle, gate, and globe valves closed to prevent rattling.
4. Set ball and plug valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces.
5. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open.
6. Block check valves in either closed or open position.
B. Use the following precautions during storage:
1. Maintain valve end protection.
2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point
temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in
watertight enclosures.
C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not
use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES
A. Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves.
B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for
system pressures and temperatures.
C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.
D. Valve Actuator Types:
1. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types.
2. Handlever: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 and smaller except plug valves.
3. Wrench: For plug valves with square heads. Furnish Owner with 1 wrench for
every 10 plug valves, for each size square plug-valve head.
4. Chainwheel: Device for attachment to valve handwheel, stem, or other actuator;
of size and with chain for mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve
Installation" Article.
E. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch stem extensions and the following features:
1. Gate Valves: With rising stem.
2. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive
material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking
the vapor seal or disturbing insulation.
3. Butterfly Valves: With extended neck.
F. Valve-End Connections:
1. Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves.
2. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18.
3. Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
G. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45.
2.2 BRONZE BALL VALVES
A. Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
b. Milwaukee Valve Company.
c. NIBCO INC.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0523
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-110.
b. SWP Rating: 150 psig.
c. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
d. Body Design: Two piece.
e. Body Material: Bronze.
f. Ends: Threaded.
g. Seats: PTFE or TFE.
h. Stem: Bronze.
i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
j. Port: Full.
B. Two-Piece, Regular-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
b. Milwaukee Valve Company.
c. NIBCO INC.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-110.
b. SWP Rating: 150 psig.
c. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
d. Body Design: Two piece.
e. Body Material: Bronze.
f. Ends: Threaded.
g. Seats: PTFE or TFE.
h. Stem: Bronze.
i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
j. Port: Regular.
2.3 IRON, SINGLE-FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES
A. 200 CWP, Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves with NBR Seat and Aluminum-Bronze
Disc:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves.
b. Milwaukee Valve Company.
c. NIBCO INC.
d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated
pressure without use of downstream flange.
d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, cast iron or ASTM A 536, ductile iron.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0523
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
e. Seat: NBR.
f. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel.
g. Disc: Aluminum bronze or stainless steel.
2.4 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Design: Horizontal flow.
d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze.
e. Ends: Threaded.
f. Disc: Bronze.
2.5 IRON SWING CHECK VALVES
A. Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Design: Clear or full waterway.
d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.
e. Ends: Flanged.
f. Trim: Bronze.
g. Gasket: Asbestos free.
2.6 IRON SWING CHECK VALVES WITH CLOSURE CONTROL
A. Class 125, Iron Swing Check Valves with Lever- and Weight-Closure Control:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Design: Clear or full waterway.
d. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0523
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
e. Ends: Flanged.
f. Trim: Bronze.
g. Gasket: Asbestos free.
h. Closure Control: Factory-installed, exterior lever and weight.
2.7 IRON, CENTER-GUIDED CHECK VALVES
A. Class 125, Iron, Compact-Wafer, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. APCO Willamette Valve and Primer Corporation.
b. Milwaukee Valve Company.
c. NIBCO INC.
d. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-125.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
d. Style: Compact wafer.
e. Seat: Bronze.
B. Class 125, Iron, Globe, Center-Guided Check Valves with Metal Seat:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-125.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron.
d. Style: Globe, spring loaded.
e. Ends: Flanged.
f. Seat: Bronze.
2.8 BRONZE GATE VALVES
A. Class 125, NRS Bronze Gate Valves:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.
d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint.
e. Stem: Bronze.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0523
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.
g. Packing: Asbestos free.
h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, or bronze.
2.9 IRON GATE VALVES
A. Class 125, NRS, Iron Gate Valves:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.
d. Ends: Flanged.
e. Trim: Bronze.
f. Disc: Solid wedge.
g. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.
2.10 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES
A. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Bronze Disc:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet.
d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint.
e. Stem and Disc: Bronze.
f. Packing: Asbestos free.
g. Handwheel: Malleable iron or bronze.
2.11 IRON GLOBE VALVES
A. Class 125, Iron Globe Valves:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Milwaukee Valve Company.
b. NIBCO INC.
c. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
2. Description:
a. Standard: MSS SP-85, Type I.
b. CWP Rating: 200 psig.
c. Body Material: ASTM A 126, gray iron with bolted bonnet.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0523
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
d. Ends: Flanged.
e. Trim: Bronze.
f. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion.
Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement
during shipping and handling.
B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats
made accessible by such operations.
C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness.
D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting
for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its
material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage.
E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves.
3.2 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow
service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.
B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.
C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.
D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.
E. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows:
1. Swing Check Valves: In horizontal position with hinge pin level.
2.Center-Guided Check Valves: In horizontal or vertical position, between
flanges.
3. Lift Check Valves: With stem upright and plumb.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into
service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking
occurs.
3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:
1. Shutoff Service: Ball or butterfly valves.
2. Butterfly Valve Dead-End Service: Single-flange (lug) type.
3. Throttling Service: Globe, ball, or butterfly valves.
4. Pump-Discharge Check Valves:
a. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze disc.
b. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger for Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage: Iron swing
check valves with lever and weight or spring.
B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types
of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted.
C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections:
1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-
joint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0523
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC General Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Flanged ends except where threaded
valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.
3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 and Larger: Flanged ends.
3.5 DOMESTIC, HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller:
1. Bronze Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded
ends.
2. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, bronze with bronze trim.
3. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, bronze disc.
4. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS.
5. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze disc.
3.6 SANITARY-WASTE AND STORM-DRAINAGE VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Pipe NPS 2 and Smaller:
1. Bronze Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded
ends.
2. Ball Valves: Two piece, full port, bronze with bronze trim.
3. Bronze Swing Check Valves: Class 125, bronze disc.
4. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS.
5. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, bronze disc.
B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 and Larger:
1. Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: May be provided with threaded ends instead
of flanged ends.
2. Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 125, metal seats.
3. Iron Swing Check Valves with Closure Control: Class 125, lever and weight.
4. Iron Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS.
5. Iron Globe Valves: Class 125.
END OF SECTION 22 05 23
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0525
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Hangers and Supports
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 22 05 25
PLUMBING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Steel pipe hangers and supports.
2. Trapeze pipe hangers.
3. Metal framing systems.
4. Thermal-hanger shield inserts.
5. Fastener systems.
6. Equipment supports.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers
and Supports."
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of
supported systems, system contents, and test water.
B. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of
supported equipment and connected systems and components.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Steel pipe hangers and supports.
2. Thermal-hanger shield inserts.
3. Powder-actuated fastener systems.
4. Pipe Stands.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for
the following:
1. Trapeze pipe hangers. Include Product Data for components.
2. Metal framing systems. Include Product Data for components.
3. Equipment supports.
C. Welding certificates.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code: Section IX.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 STEEL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to
Part 3 "Hanger and Support Applications" Article for where to use specific hanger and
support types.
B. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: Pre-galvanized or hot dipped.
C. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner.
D. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion for
support of bearing surface of piping.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0525
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Hangers and Supports
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.2 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS
A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly
made from structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods,
nuts, saddles, and U-bolts.
2.3 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS
A. Description: 100-psig minimum, compressive-strength insulation insert encased in
sheet metal shield.
B. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with
vapor barrier.
C. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass.
D. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of
pipe.
E. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.
F. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below
ambient air temperature.
2.4 FASTENER SYSTEMS
A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement
concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads
and building materials where used.
B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel anchors, for use
in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities
appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
2.5 PIPE STANDS
A. General Requirements for Pipe Stands: Manufactured assemblies made of
manufactured corrosion-resistant components to support roof-mounted piping.
B. Compact Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic unit with integral-rod roller, pipe clamps, or V-
shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration.
C. Low-Type, Single-Pipe Stand: One-piece plastic base unit with plastic roller, for roof
installation without membrane penetration.
D. High-Type, Single-Pipe Stand:
1. Description: Assembly of base, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe
support, for roof installation without membrane penetration.
2. Base: Plastic.
3. Vertical Members: Two or more cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel,
continuous-thread rods.
4. Horizontal Member: Cadmium-plated-steel or stainless-steel rod with plastic or
stainless-steel, roller-type pipe support.
E. High-Type, Multiple-Pipe Stand:
1. Description: Assembly of bases, vertical and horizontal members, and pipe
supports, for roof installation without membrane penetration.
2. Bases: One or more; plastic.
3. Vertical Members: Two or more protective-coated-steel channels.
4. Horizontal Member: Protective-coated-steel channel.
5. Pipe Supports: Galvanized-steel, clevis-type pipe hangers.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0525
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Hangers and Supports
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS
A. Specific hanger and support requirements are specified in Sections specifying piping
systems and equipment.
B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not
specified in piping system Sections.
C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized, metallic coatings for piping and equipment
that will not have field-applied finish.
D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments
are in direct contact with copper tubing.
E. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.
F. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as
specified in piping system Sections, install the following types:
1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated
or insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.
2. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes, NPS 2, if longitudinal
movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical
adjustment is not necessary.
G. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Sections, install the following types:
1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers,
NPS 3/4 to NPS 20
2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers,
NPS 3/4 to NPS 20, if longer ends are required for riser clamps.
H. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to
suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling.
2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-
joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape.
3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of
beams, channels, or angles.
4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of
beams.
5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if
loads are considerable and rod sizes are large.
6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.
I. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping
system Sections, install the following types:
1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with
insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by
manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation.
3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0525
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Hangers and Supports
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
J. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in
piping system Sections, install the following types:
1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not
exceed 1-1/4 inches (32 mm).
2. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger
with springs.
3. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit
variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping
system from base support.
K. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe hanger selections and applications that are
not specified in piping system Sections.
L. Comply with MFMA-102 for metal framing system selections and applications that are
not specified in piping system Sections.
3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Steel Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install
hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping
from building structure.
B. Trapeze Pipe Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange
for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and support together on field-
fabricated trapeze pipe hangers.
1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe
size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified
above for individual pipe hangers.
2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel shapes selected for loads being
supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1.
C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping
and support together on field-assembled metal framing systems.
D. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated
piping.
E. Fastener System Installation:
1. Prior to use in concrete slabs less than 4”, obtain written approval from the
structural engineer for use of power-actuated fasteners. Install powder-actuated
fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick
in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are
licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to
powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual.
2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and
completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
F. Pipe Stand Installation:
1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb-Mounted Type: Assemble components and
mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane.
G. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts,
washers, and other accessories.
H. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0525
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Hangers and Supports
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
I. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal movement of piping systems,
to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of
expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.
J. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.
K. Install building attachments within wood framing or attach to structural steel. Install
additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers,
NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping.
L. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so piping live and dead loads and
stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.
M. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so
maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.1 (for power piping) and
ASME B31.9 (for building services piping) are not exceeded.
N. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following:
1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.
a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project
through insulation.
b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger
shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.
c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.1 for power piping
and ASME B31.9 for building services piping.
2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier
is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.
3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier.
Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees.
4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:
a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2: 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.
b. NPS 4: 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
c. NPS 5 and NPS 6: 18 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.
5. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield.
6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping
insulation.
3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to
support equipment above floor.
B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing
surface.
C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.
3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers.
B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that
cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0525
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Hangers and Supports
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding,
appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and
with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and
corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and
contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and
to achieve indicated slope of pipe.
3.6 PAINTING
A. Touch Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas
immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop
painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted
surfaces.
1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0
mils.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 22 05 25
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 22 07 00
PLUMBING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes mechanical insulation for duct, equipment, and pipe, including
the following:
1. Insulation Materials:
a. Flexible elastomeric.
b. Mineral fiber.
2. Insulating cements.
3. Adhesives.
4. Mastics.
5. Lagging adhesives.
6. Sealants.
7. Factory-applied jackets.
8. Field-applied fabric-reinforcing mesh.
9. Field-applied cloths.
10. Field-applied jackets.
11. Tapes.
12. Securements.
13. Corner angles.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ASJ: All-service jacket.
B. FSK: Foil, scrim, kraft paper.
C. FSP: Foil, scrim, polyethylene.
D. PVDC: Polyvinylidene chloride.
E. SSL: Self-sealing lap.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated, identify thermal conductivity,
thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any).
B. Shop Drawings: Show details for the following:
1. Application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of
insulation and hanger.
2. Attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation.
3. Insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation.
4. Insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each
type of insulation.
5. Removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access
panels.
6. Application of field-applied jackets.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
7. Application at linkages of control devices.
8. Field application for each equipment type.
C. Installer Certificates: Signed by Contractor certifying that installers comply with
requirements.
D. Field quality-control inspection reports.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an
apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department
of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training.
B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-
test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per
ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, and
cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and
inspecting agency.
1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-
developed index of 50 or less.
2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-
developed index of 150 or less.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with
appropriate ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use
temperature.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Division 22 Section "Hangers and Supports."
B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation
application, duct Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for
equipment insulation application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop
Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation
and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.
C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing where applicable.
1.8 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required,
after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments
that have satisfactory test results.
B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in
each area of construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 schedule articles for requirements about where insulating materials
shall be applied.
B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride
content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
according to ASTM C 795.
E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the
manufacturing process.
F. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply
with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials.
1. Available Products:
a. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aerocel.
b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex.
c. RBX Corporation; Insul-Sheet 1800 and Insul-Tube 180.
2. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
3. Ultraviolet-Protective Coating: As recommended by insulation manufacturer.
G. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:
1. Available Products:
a. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok.
b. Knauf Insulation; 1000(Pipe Insulation.
c. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.
2. Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ-SSL.
Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory-Applied
Jackets" Article.
H. Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a
thermosetting resin. Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ complying
with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to
ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. or more. Thermal conductivity
(k-value) at 100 deg F is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or less. Factory-applied jacket
requirements are specified in Part 2 "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
1. Available Products:
a. CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap.
b. Johns Manville; MicroFlex.
c. Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation.
d. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.
I. Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 for
dimensions used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges.
2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS
A. Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.
2.3 ADHESIVES
A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for
bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.
1. Products: Provide manufacturer’s recommended latching product.
C. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
D. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.
2.4 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS
A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications.
When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive
covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
2.5 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784,
Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and
forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.
1. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
2. Color: White.
3. Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field
fabricate.
a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves,
flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints,
and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories.
4. Factory-fabricated tank heads and tank side panels.
C. Metal Jacket:
1. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005,
Temper H-14.
a. Factory cut and rolled to size.
b. Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.
c. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil- thick, heat-bonded
polyethylene and kraft paper.
d. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 2.5-mil- thick Polysurlyn.
e. Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers:
1) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket.
2) Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius
elbows.
3) Tee covers.
4) Flange and union covers.
5) End caps.
6) Beveled collars.
7) Valve covers.
8) Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers
are not available.
2.6 TAPES
A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic
adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136 and UL listed.
1. Width: 3 inches.
2. Thickness: 11.5 mils.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
4. Elongation: 2 percent.
5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
B. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic
adhesive. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications.
1. Width: 2 inches.
2. Thickness: 6 mils.
3. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width.
4. Elongation: 500 percent.
5. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width.
2.7 SECUREMENTS
A. Bands:
1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304 or Type 316;
0.015 inch thick, 1/2 inch wide with wing seal.
B. Wire: 0.062-inch soft-annealed, stainless steel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free
of defects.
2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials
that will adversely affect insulation application.
B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating,
apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows:
1. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32
and 300 deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for
appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating
temperature range.
C. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with
requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.
D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in
contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.
3.3 COMMON INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even
surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and
piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses
required for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in
insulation system schedules.
C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service.
Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in
either wet or dry state.
D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and
specialties.
G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints
with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at
hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation
on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment
to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier
mastic.
3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal
insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound
recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install
shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger,
support, and shield.
K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate
and wet and dry film thicknesses.
L. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows:
1. Pull jacket tight and smooth.
2. Circumferential Joints: Cover with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as
insulation jacket
3. Longitudinal Seams: Overlap jacket seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Apply
insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to
receive self-sealing lap.
4. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on
seams and joints and at ends adjacent to flanges, unions, valves, and fittings.
5. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers and pressure gages, fill and seal
voids with vapor-retarder mastic.
M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its
nominal thickness.
N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and
cracking due to thermal movement.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged
areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and
seal patches similar to butt joints.
P. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1. Vibration-control devices.
2. Testing agency labels and stamps.
3. Nameplates and data plates.
4. Manholes.
5. Handholes.
6. Cleanouts.
3.4 PENETRATIONS
A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through
roof penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above
roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and
outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to
indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below
top of roof flashing.
4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation
continuously through wall penetrations.
1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside
wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and
outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to
indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall
flashing at least 4 inches.
4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire
Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
D. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation
continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. Terminate
insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations.
Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct
insulation at least 2 inches.
1. Firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers are specified in Division 7 Section
"Through-Penetration Firestop Systems."
3.5 EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Insulation Installation on Pumps:
1. Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and
coincide box joints with splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
bolted flanges. Bolt flanges on 6-inch centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8-
inch- diameter fasteners with wing nuts. Alternatively, secure the box sections
together using a latching mechanism.
2. Fabricate boxes from aluminum, at least 0.040 inch thick.
3. For below ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and
penetrations. Seal between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a
vapor barrier.
3.6 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Requirements in this Article generally apply to all insulation materials except where
more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation
articles.
B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other
specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless
otherwise indicated.
2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made
from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be
butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints,
seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth,
hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation
of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe
insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie
wire. Bond pieces with adhesive.
4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of
same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap
adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to
and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints,
seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement.
5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation
of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap
adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and
irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket
flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the
insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below
ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier.
6. Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe
insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the
thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat
with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below ambient services and a
breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-
reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible
elastomeric, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges,
and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining
insulation facing using PVC tape.
9. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word
"UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels.
C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure
temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on
insulated pipes, vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by
tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with
finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.
D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to
the following:
1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of
same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as
adjoining pipe insulation.
2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend
insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness
over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange
cover in place with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material
compatible with insulation and jacket.
3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges
except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting
of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its
attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches
over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or
union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly
with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and
trowel second coat to a smooth finish.
5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed
surfaces with a metal jacket.
3.7 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to
eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus
twice the thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer
circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet
insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended
adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface
being insulated.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended
adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface
being insulated.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation
when available.
2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and
sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing
and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation.
3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's
recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of
air to surface being insulated.
3.8 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and
tighten bands without deforming insulation materials.
2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and
protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure
laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not
staple longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as
recommended by insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier
mastic and flashing sealant.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus
twice the thickness of pipe insulation.
3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer
circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket
insulation.
4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap
seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant.
C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe
insulation when available.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered
sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation.
Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.
D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe
insulation when available.
2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe
insulation to valve body.
3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation
without disturbing insulation.
4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
3.9 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
A. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and
end joints; for horizontal applications, install with longitudinal seams along top and
bottom of tanks and vessels. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap
and the finish bead along seam and joint edge.
B. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams
and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints
with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket
with stainless-steel bands 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and at end joints.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1. Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by
removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their
installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight
pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two
locations of welded strainers, and three locations of threaded valves for each
pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article.
B. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection
reveals noncompliance with requirements. Remove defective Work.
C. Install new insulation and jackets to replace insulation and jackets removed for
inspection. Repeat inspection procedures after new materials are installed.
3.11 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are
identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is
listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the
following:
1. Fire-suppression piping.
2. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.
3. Below-grade piping.
4. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 0700
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.12 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
A. Domestic Cold Water:
1. All pipe sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.
B. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water:
1. All pipe sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.
C. Stormwater and Overflow:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.
D. Roof Drain and Overflow Drain Bodies:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.
E. Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for
Plumbing Fixtures for People with Disabilities:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Mineral-Fiber Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch thick.
F. Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch thick.
G. Floor Drains, Traps, and Sanitary Drain Piping within 5 Feet of Drain Receiving
Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F:
1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a. Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch thick.
3.13 OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket,
install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's
option.
C. Piping, Exposed:
1. Aluminum, smooth, 0.032 inch (0.81mm) thick.
3.14 UNDERGROUND, FIELD-INSTALLED INSULATION JACKET
A. For underground direct-buried piping applications, install underground direct-buried
jacket over insulation material.
END OF SECTION 22 07 00
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1116
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 22 11 16
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes domestic water piping inside the building.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for water distribution piping
specialties.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
B. PEX: Crosslinked polyethylene plastic.
C. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide components and installation capable of producing domestic water piping
systems with 125 psig, unless otherwise indicated.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.
B. Water Samples: Specified in Part 3 "Cleaning" Article.
C. Field quality-control test reports.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
B. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1
through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 "Pipe and Fitting Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube,
fitting, and joining materials.
B. Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other
manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends
compatible with, piping to be joined.
2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L (ASTM B 88M, Types B), water tube, drawn
temper.
1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22,
wrought- copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if
indicated.
2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint ends. Furnish
Class 300 flanges if required to match piping.
3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-
and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1116
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXCAVATION
A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
3.2 PIPE AND FITTING APPLICATIONS
A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may
be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Fitting Option: Extruded-tee connections and brazed joints may be used on
aboveground copper tubing.
D. Under-Building-Slab, Water-Service Piping on Service Side of Water Meter: Refer to
Division 2 Section "Water Distribution."
E. Domestic Water Piping on Service Side of Water Meter inside the Building: Use the
following piping materials for each size range:
1. NPS 6 and smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L (Type B); copper pressure fittings;
and soldered joints.
F. Under-Building-Slab, Domestic Water Piping on House Side of Water Meter, NPS 4
and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L (Type B); copper pressure fittings; and
soldered joints.
G. Aboveground Domestic Water Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size
range:
1. NPS 2-1/2 and smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L (Type B); copper pressure
fittings; and soldered joints.
3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not
indicated, the following requirements apply:
1. Shutoff Duty: Use bronze ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use
cast-iron butterfly or gate valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and
larger.
2. Throttling Duty: Use bronze ball or globe valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller.
Use cast-iron butterfly valves with flanged ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
3. Hot-Water-Piping, Balancing Duty: Memory-stop balancing valves.
4. Drain Duty: Hose-end drain valves.
B. Install shutoff valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing
fixtures or equipment, on each water supply to equipment, and on each water supply
to plumbing fixtures that do not have supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping
NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
C. Install drain valves for equipment at base of each water riser, at low points in
horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping.
1. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches.
2. Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated.
D. Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side
of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop
flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller and butterfly valves for
piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Balancing valves are specified in Division 22.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1116
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.4 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "General
Plumbing Requirements."
B. Install under-building-slab copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube
Handbook."
C. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe
penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links
required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are
specified in Division 22 Section "General Plumbing Requirements."
D. Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with
valve, inside the building at each domestic water service entrance. Drain valves and
strainers are specified in Division 22 Section.
E. Install water-pressure regulators downstream from shutoff valves. Water-pressure
regulators are specified in Division 22.
F. Install domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain
and plumb.
G. Rough-in domestic water piping for water-meter installation according to utility
company's requirements.
3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 22 Section
"General Plumbing Requirements."
B. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-
free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with grooved-end-pipe or grooved-end-tube coupling
housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's
written instructions.
D. Extruded-Tee Connections: Form tee in copper tube according to ASTM F 2014. Use
tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to
form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar.
3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Pipe hanger and support devices are specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing
Hangers and Supports." Install the following:
1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following:
a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
c. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls, if indicated.
3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44,
pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
B. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Hangers and Supports."
C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
D. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8
inch.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1116
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
E. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
minimum rod diameters:
1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
4. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
5. NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod.
F. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet.
G. Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches.
H. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
3.7 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance.
C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting
to join dissimilar piping materials.
D. Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve, and extend
and connect to the following:
1. Water Heaters: Cold-water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes
indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections.
2. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but
not smaller than required by plumbing code. Refer to Division 22 Section
"Plumbing Fixtures."
3. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller
than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each
connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect domestic water piping as follows:
1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected
and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.
2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before
inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of
authorities having jurisdiction:
a. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before
concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
b. Final Inspection: Arrange final inspection for authorities having
jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with
requirements.
3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test
or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Test domestic water piping as follows:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1116
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air
bound and that piping is full of water.
2. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have
been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit
separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
3. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and
unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was
covered or concealed before it was tested.
4. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) above
operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system
materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in
test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.
5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof
until satisfactory results are obtained.
6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
3.9 ADJUSTING
A. Perform the following adjustments before operation:
1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.
2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position.
3. Open throttling valves to proper setting.
4. Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide
adequate flow.
a. Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return
piping to provide flow of hot water in each branch.
b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.
5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for temporary
sealing of piping during installation.
6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs.
7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified
for application where used and are clean and ready for use.
8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and
operation.
3.10 CLEANING
A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:
1. Purge new piping and parts of existing domestic water piping that have been
altered, extended, or repaired before using.
2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having
jurisdiction or, if methods are not prescribed, procedures described in either
AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or as described below:
a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not
appear at outlets.
b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1116
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least
50 ppm (50 mg/L) of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand
for 24 hours.
2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least
200 ppm (200 mg/L) of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three
hours.
c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming
from system after the standing time.
d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction.
Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.
B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.
C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work
progresses.
END OF SECTION 22 11 16
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1119
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 22 11 19
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following domestic water piping specialties:
1. Vacuum breakers.
2. Water pressure-reducing valves.
3. Balancing valves.
4. Temperature-actuated water mixing valves.
5. Strainers.
6. Outlet boxes.
7. Hose bibbs.
8. Wall hydrants.
9. Drain valves.
10. Water hammer arresters.
11. Air vents.
12. Trap-seal primer valves.
13. Trap-seal primer systems.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig, unless
otherwise indicated.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Field quality-control test reports.
D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For domestic water piping specialties to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
B. NSF Compliance:
1. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for
plastic domestic water piping components.
2. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects;
Sections 1 through 9."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WATER PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVES
A. Water Regulators:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1119
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work
include, but are not limited to, the following:
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.
b. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
c. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.
3. Standard: ASSE 1003.
4. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig.
5. Design Outlet Pressure Setting: 80 psig.
6. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying
with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3.
7. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and
NPS 3.
2.2 BALANCING VALVES
A. Memory-Stop Balancing Valves:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Conbraco Industries, Inc.
b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
c. Milwaukee Valve Company.
d. NIBCO INC.
2. Standard: MSS SP-110 for two-piece, copper-alloy ball valves.
3. Pressure Rating: 400-psig minimum CWP.
4. Size: NPS 2 or smaller.
5. Body: Copper alloy.
6. Port: Standard or full port.
7. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
8. Seats and Seals: Replaceable.
9. End Connections: Solder joint or threaded.
10. Handle: Vinyl-covered steel with memory-setting device.
2.3 DUAL-CHECK-VALVE BACKFLOW PREVENTORS
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Mueller Co.; Water Products Div.
b. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
c. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Div.
2. Standard: ASSE 1024.
3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications.
4. Size: As indicated on the drawings or full size of the connecting pipe.
5. Body: Bronze with union inlet.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1119
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.4 TEMPERATURE-ACTUATED WATER MIXING VALVES
A. Primary, Thermostatic, Water Mixing Valves
1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the
product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
a. Armstrong International, Inc.
b. Lawler Manufacturing Company, Inc.
c. Symmons Industries, Inc.
2. Standard: ASSE 1017.
3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig.
4. Type: Cabinet-type, thermostatically controlled water mixing valve.
5. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components.
6. Connections: Union inlets and outlet.
7. Accessories: Manual temperature control, check stops on hot- and cold-water
supplies, and adjustable, temperature-control handle.
8. Valve Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated.
9. Valve Finish: Rough bronze.
10. Piping Finish: Copper.
11. Cabinet: Factory-fabricated, stainless steel, for surface mounting and with
hinged, stainless-steel door.
B. INDIVIDUAL-FIXTURE, WATER TEMPERING VALVES:
1. Watts regulator company series USG-B.
2. Standard: ASSE 1016 & 1070, listed and control the temperature of the hot water.
3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated.
4. Body: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components and integral
check valves.
5. Temperature Control: Adjustable.
6. Inlets and Outlet: 3/8” compression fittings.
7. Finish: Rough or chrome-plated bronze.
8. Tempered-Water Setting: 100°F
9. 4-Port configuration.
10. Locking adjusting cap.
2.5 STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
A. Y-Pattern Strainers:
1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying
with AWWA C550 or FDA-approved, epoxy coating and for NPS 2-1/2 and
larger.
3. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and
larger.
4. Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations, unless otherwise indicated.
5. Perforation Size:
a. Strainers NPS 2 and Smaller: 0.033 inch.
b. Strainers NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: 0.062 inch.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1119
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
6. Drain: Factory-installed, hose-end drain valve.
2.6 OUTLET BOXES
A. Icemaker Outlet Boxes:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work
include, but are not limited to, the following:
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Acorn Engineering Company.
b. IPS Corporation.
c. Oatey.
3. Mounting: Recessed.
4. Material and Finish: Plastic box and faceplate.
5. Faucet: Valved fitting complying with ASME A112.18.1. Include NPS 1/2
(DN 15) or smaller copper tube outlet.
6. Supply Shutoff Fitting: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) gate, globe, or ball valve and NPS 1/2
(DN 15) copper, water tubing.
2.7 HOSE BIBBS
A. Nonfreeze Wall Hydrants:
1. Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for concealed-outlet, self-draining wall hydrants.
2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa).
3. Operation: Loose key.
4. Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include
wall clamp.
5. Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1 (DN 20 or DN 25).
6. Outlet: Concealed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread
complying with ASME B1.20.7.
7. Box: Deep, flush mounting with cover.
8. Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze.
9. Outlet: Exposed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden-hose thread
complying with ASME B1.20.7.
10. Nozzle and Wall-Plate Finish: Polished nickel bronze.
11. Operating Keys(s): One with each wall hydrant.
2.8 DRAIN VALVES
A. Ball-Valve-Type, Hose-End Drain Valves:
1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for standard-port, two-piece ball valves.
2. Pressure Rating: 400-psig (2760-kPa) minimum CWP.
3. Size: NPS 3/4 (DN 20).
4. Body: Copper alloy.
5. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
6. Seats and Seals: Replaceable.
7. Handle: Vinyl-covered steel.
8. Inlet: Threaded or solder joint.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1119
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
9. Outlet: Threaded, short nipple with garden-hose thread complying with
ASME B1.20.7 and cap with brass chain.
B. Stop-and-Waste Drain Valves:
1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for ball valves or MSS SP-80 for gate valves.
2. Pressure Rating: 200-psig (1380-kPa) minimum CWP or Class 125.
3. Size: NPS 3/4 (DN 20).
4. Body: Copper alloy or ASTM B 62 bronze.
5. Drain: NPS 1/8 (DN 6) side outlet with cap.
2.9 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS
A. Water Hammer Arresters:
1. Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201.
2. Type: Copper tube with piston.
3. Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F.
2.10 AIR VENTS
A. Welded-Construction Automatic Air Vents:
1. Body: Stainless steel.
2. Pressure Rating: 150-psig (1035-kPa) minimum pressure rating.
3. Float: Replaceable, corrosion-resistant metal.
4. Mechanism and Seat: Stainless steel.
5. Size: NPS 3/8 (DN 10) minimum inlet.
6. Inlet and Vent Outlet End Connections: Threaded.
2.11 TRAP-SEAL PRIMER VALVES
A. Supply-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Valves:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. MIFAB, Inc.
b. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
c. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
d. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
2. Standard: ASSE 1018.
3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum.
4. Body: Bronze.
5. Inlet and Outlet Connections: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) threaded, union, or solder joint.
6. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) threaded or solder joint.
7. Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is
not chrome finished.
2.12 TRAP-SEAL PRIMER SYSTEMS
A. Trap-Seal Primer Systems:
1. Standard: ASSE 1044,
2. Piping: NPS 3/4, ASTM B 88, Type L (DN 20, ASTM B 88M, Type B); copper,
water tubing.
3. Cabinet: Surface-mounting steel box with stainless-steel cover.
4. Electric Controls: 24-hour timer, solenoid valve, and manual switch for 120-V ac
power.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1119
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
5. Vacuum Breaker: ASSE 1001.
6. Number Outlets: Six.
7. Size Outlets: NPS 1/2 (DN 15).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 22 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for piping
joining materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements.
B. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and
systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of
contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system.
2. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers.
C. Install water regulators with inlet and outlet shutoff valves and bypass with memory-
stop balancing valve. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet.
D. Install balancing valves in locations where they can easily be adjusted.
E. Install individual fixture water tempering valves between fixture and stop valve on all
hand washing fixtures, including sinks, lavatories, kitchen sinks, etc, conceal units
within cabinets.
F. Install Y-pattern strainers for water on supply side of each water pressure-reducing
valve.
G. Install outlet boxes recessed in wall. Install 2-by-4-inch (38-by-89-mm) fire-retardant-
treated-wood blocking wall reinforcement between studs. Fire-retardant-treated-wood
blocking is specified in Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry."
H. Install water hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI-WH 201.
I. Install air vents at high points of water piping. Install drain piping and discharge onto
floor drain.
J. Install supply-type, trap-seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward
drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet
fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow.
K. Install trap-seal primer systems with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a
minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust
system for proper flow.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping and specialties.
B. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
C. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
3.3 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment
nameplate or sign on or near each of the following:
1. Intermediate atmospheric-vent backflow preventers.
2. Water pressure-reducing valves.
3. Primary water tempering valves.
4. Outlet boxes.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1119
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Domestic Water Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
5. Supply-type, trap-seal primer valves.
6. Trap-seal primer systems.
B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements,
indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper
operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in
Division 22 Section "Mechanical Identification."
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Remove and replace malfunctioning domestic water piping specialties and retest as
specified above.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Set field-adjustable pressure set points of water pressure-reducing valves.
B. Set field-adjustable flow set points of balancing valves.
C. Set field-adjustable temperature set points of temperature-actuated water mixing
valves.
END OF SECTION 22 11 19
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1316
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 22 13 16
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following for soil, waste, and vent piping inside the building:
1. Pipe, tube, and fittings.
2. Special pipe fittings.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
B. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
C. LLDPE: Linear, low-density polyethylene plastic.
D. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
E. PE: Polyethylene plastic.
F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
G. TPE: Thermoplastic elastomer.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum
working pressure, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.
B. Field quality-control inspection and test reports.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.
B. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for
plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste,
and vent piping; "NSF-drain" for plastic drain piping; "NSF-tubular" for plastic
continuous waste piping; and "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work
include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
2.2 PIPING MATERIALS
A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and
joining materials.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1316
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.3 HUBLESS CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.
B. Shielded Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion-
resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.
1. Heavy-Duty, Shielded, Stainless-Steel Couplings: With stainless-steel shield,
stainless-steel bands and tightening devices, and ASTM C 564, rubber sleeve.
2.4 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
A. Copper DWV Tube: ASTM B 306, drainage tube, drawn temper.
1. Copper Drainage Fittings: ASME B16.23, cast copper or ASME B16.29, wrought
copper, solder-joint fittings.
B. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M (ASTM B 88M, Types B and C), water
tube, drawn temper.
1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22,
wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if
indicated.
2. Copper Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, cast copper with solder-joint end.
3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body with ball-and-
socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces, and solder-joint or threaded ends.
2.5 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent.
1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 3311, drain,
waste, and vent patterns.
2.6 SPECIAL PIPE FITTINGS
A. Flexible, Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric,
sleeve-type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring, ends of same sizes as
piping to be joined, and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening
mechanism on each end.
1. Sleeve Materials:
a. For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber.
b. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC.
c. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible
with pipe materials being joined.
B. Shielded Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: ASTM C 1460, elastomeric or rubber sleeve
with full-length, corrosion-resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension
band and tightening mechanism on each end.
C. Rigid, Unshielded, Nonpressure Pipe Couplings: ASTM C 1461, sleeve-type reducing-
or transition-type mechanical coupling molded from ASTM C 1440, TPE material with
corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.
D. Pressure Pipe Couplings: AWWA C219 metal, sleeve-type same size as, with pressure
rating at least equal to, and ends compatible with, pipes to be joined.
1. Center-Sleeve Material: Stainless steel.
2. Gasket Material: Natural or synthetic rubber.
3. Metal Component Finish: Corrosion-resistant coating or material.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1316
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
E. Wall-Penetration Fittings: Compound, ductile-iron coupling fitting with sleeve and
flexing sections for up to 20-degree deflection, gaskets, and restrained-joint ends
complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include AWWA C111, ductile-iron
glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXCAVATION
A. Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.
3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise
indicated.
B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 2-1/2 and smaller shall be any of the
following:
1. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings and sovent stack fittings; heavy-duty
shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints.
2. Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints.
3. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure pipe couplings for
joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD.
C. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 3 and larger shall be the following:
1. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings and heavy-duty shielded, stainless-steel
couplings; and hubless-coupling joints.
D. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be any of the following:
1. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; heavy-duty shielded, stainless-steel
couplings; and hubless-coupling joints.
2. Copper DWV tube, copper drainage fittings, and soldered joints.
3. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure pipe couplings for
joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD.
E. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 6 (DN 100) and smaller shall be the
following:
1. Solid wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.
2. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure pipe couplings for
joining dissimilar pipe materials with small difference in OD.
3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Sanitary sewer piping outside the building is specified in Division 2 Section "Sanitary
Sewerage."
B. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Division 22 Section "General
Plumbing Requirements."
C. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to
building sanitary sewers.
D. Install underground, ductile-iron, special pipe fittings according to AWWA C600.
1. Install encasement on piping according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.
A. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe
penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links
required to make installation watertight. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are
specified in Division 22 Section "General Plumbing Requirements."
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1316
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."
C. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using
appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep
1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from
horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2
fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight
tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow
more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of
different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is
prohibited.
D. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install
true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub
ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written
instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements.
Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed.
E. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes,
unless otherwise indicated:
1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping
NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4
and larger.
2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.
3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.
F. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-
grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing.
G. Install PVC soil and waste drainage and vent piping according to ASTM D 2665.
H. Install underground PVC soil and waste drainage piping according to ASTM D 2321.
I. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved
by authorities having jurisdiction.
3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Basic piping joint construction requirements are specified in Division 22 Section
"General Plumbing Requirements."
B. Join hubless cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil
Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-coupling joints.
C. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-
free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.
D. PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665.
3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Pipe hangers and supports are specified in Division 22 Section "Plumbing Hangers and
Supports." Install the following:
1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps.
2. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs according to the following:
a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.
b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1316
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
c. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.
3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44,
pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.
B. Install supports according to Division 22 Section "Plumbing Hangers and Supports."
C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.
D. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum
rods.
E. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal
spacing and minimum rod diameters:
1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod.
4. NPS 6: 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod.
F. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet.
G. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and
minimum rod diameters:
1. NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
2. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod.
3. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod.
4. NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod.
H. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet.
I. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and
manufacturer's written instructions.
3.6 CONNECTIONS
A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition
fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.
C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:
1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller
than required by plumbing code.
2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes
indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but
not smaller than required by plumbing code.
4. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if
indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for
connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before
inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities
having jurisdiction.
1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or
closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1316
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction
to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.
B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or
inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.
C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having
jurisdiction.
D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having
jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows:
1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have
been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit
separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.
2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage
and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was
covered or concealed before it was tested.
3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except
outside leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system
and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water.
From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level
must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks.
4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and
traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and
watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they
leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg.
Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this
pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air
throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas
and water leaks.
5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof,
until satisfactory results are obtained.
6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
3.8 CLEANING
A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.
B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and
debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.
C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.
3.9 PROTECTION
A. Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of
water-based latex paint.
END OF SECTION 22 13 16
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1319
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Drainage Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 22 13 19
DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A.This Section includes the following drainage piping specialties:
1. Cleanouts.
2. Floor drains.
3. Roof flashing assemblies.
4. Through-penetration firestop assemblies.
5. Roof drains.
6. Miscellaneous drainage piping specialties.
7. Flashing materials.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A.ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
B.FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic.
C.HDPE: High-density polyethylene plastic.
D.PE: Polyethylene plastic.
E.PP: Polypropylene plastic.
F.PUR: Polyurethane plastic.
G.PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating
characteristics, and accessories.
B.Finishes: For approval by architect.
C.Field quality-control test reports.
D.Operation and Maintenance Data: For drainage piping specialties to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified
testing agency.
B.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
C.Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic
sanitary and storm piping specialty components.
1.6 COORDINATION
A.Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.
Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.
B.Coordinate size and location of roof penetrations.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1319
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Drainage Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CLEANOUTS
A.Metal Floor Cleanouts:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Josam Company; Josam Div.
b. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
c. Watts Drainage Products Inc.
d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.
2. Size: Same as connected branch.
3. Type: Adjustable housing.
4. Body or Ferrule: Cast iron.
5. Clamping Device: Required.
6. Outlet Connection: Spigot.
7. Closure: Brass plug with tapered threads.
8. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads.
9. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: To selected by architect and as indicated
on drawings
10. Frame and Cover Shape: Square.
11. Top Loading Classification: Medium Duty.
12. Riser: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to
cleanout.
B.Cast-Iron Wall Cleanouts :
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Josam Company; Josam Div.
b. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
c. Watts Drainage Products Inc.
d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access.
3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping.
4. Body: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping.
5. Closure: Countersunk, brass plug.
6. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size.
7. Wall Access: Round, flat cover plate with screw. Finish to be selected by
architect.
2.2 FLOOR DRAINS
A.Cast-Iron Floor Drains:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a. Josam Company; Josam Div.
b. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc.
c. Watts Drainage Products Inc.
d. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1319
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Drainage Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. Standard: ASME A112.6.3.
3. Pattern: Floor drain.
4. Body Material: Gray iron.
5. Seepage Flange: Required where drains are installed in floors with waterproof
membranes.
6. Anchor Flange: Required.
7. Outlet: Bottom.
8. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: To be selected by architect and as indicated on
the drawings
9. Top Shape: Square
2.3 ROOF FLASHING ASSEMBLIES
A.Roof Flashing Assemblies:
B.Description: Manufactured assembly made of 6.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch- thick, lead
flashing collar and skirt extending at least 8 inches from pipe, with galvanized-steel
boot reinforcement and counterflashing fitting.
1. Open-Top Vent Cap: Without cap.
2.4 THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP ASSEMBLIES
A.Through-Penetration Firestop Assemblies:
1. Standard: UL 1479 assembly of sleeve and stack fitting with firestopping plug.
2. Size: Same as connected soil, waste, or vent stack.
3. Sleeve: Molded PVC plastic, of length to match slab thickness and with integral
nailing flange on one end for installation in cast-in-place concrete slabs.
4. Stack Fitting: ASTM A 48/A 48M, gray-iron, hubless-pattern, wye branch with
neoprene O-ring at base and gray-iron plug in thermal-release harness. Include
PVC protective cap for plug.
5. Special Coating: Corrosion resistant on interior of fittings.
2.5 ROOF DRAINS
A.Metal Roof Drains:
1. Standard: ASME A112.21.2M.
2. Pattern: Roof drain.
3. Body Material: Cast iron.
4. Combination Flashing Ring and Gravel Stop: Not required.
5. Outlet: Bottom.
6. Dome Material: Cast iron.
7. Extension Collars: Required.
8. Underdeck Clamp: Required.
9. Sump Receiver: Required.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES
A.Floor-Drain, Trap-Seal Primer Fittings:
1. Description: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and
trap-seal primer valve connection.
2. Size: Same as floor drain outlet with NPS 1/2 side inlet.
B.Automatic trap primer w/ intergral vacuum breaker, ½” NPT outlet to trap, ½” male
NPT inlet connections Precision Products ‘Prime-Rite’, Model PR-502 adjustable. Four
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1319
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Drainage Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
discharge lines maximum. Provide for all evaporator coil discharge drains and
seasonal flow drains.
C.Locate in an assessable location.
2.7 FLASHING MATERIALS
A.Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following minimum
weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated:
1. General Use: 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch thickness.
2. Vent Pipe Flashing: 3.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0469-inch thickness.
3. Burning: 6-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch thickness.
B.Elastic Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 4068, flexible, chlorinated polyethylene, 40-mil
minimum thickness.
C.Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened.
D.Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar
accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being
installed.
E.Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy.
F.Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.Refer to Division 22 Section "General Plumbing Requirements" for piping joining
materials, joint construction, and basic installation requirements.
B.Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the
following, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping
unless larger cleanout is indicated.
2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees.
3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet
for larger piping.
4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack.
C.For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush
with finished floor.
D.For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types
indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall.
E.Cleanouts shall not be located in corridors or common public spaces.
F.Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains
flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance.
2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor
drainage. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area
radii:
a. Radius, 30 Inches or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than
1/4-inch total depression.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1319
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Drainage Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3. Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain
and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where
penetrated.
4. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain,
unless otherwise indicated.
G.Install roof flashing assemblies on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend
through roof.
H.Install roof drains at low points of roof areas according to roof membrane
manufacturer's written installation instructions. Roofing materials are specified in
Division 7.
1. Install roof-drain flashing collar or flange so that there will be no leakage
between drain and adjoining roofing. Maintain integrity of waterproof
membranes where penetrated.
2. Position roof drains for easy access and maintenance.
I.Install deep-seal traps on floor drains and other waste outlets, if indicated.
J.Install floor-drain, trap-seal primer fittings on inlet to floor drains that require trap-seal
primer connection.
1. Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap-seal primer connection.
2. Size: Same as floor drain inlet.
K.Install sleeve flashing device with each riser and stack passing through floors with
waterproof membrane.
L.Install escutcheons at wall, floor, and ceiling penetrations in exposed finished locations
and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal
protruding pipe fittings.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A.Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
C.Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
D.Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Conductors and Cables."
3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION
A.Provide in accordance with architectural specifications and drawings. If no
requirements are listed, comply with the following.
B.Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes
are required. Join flashing according to the following if required:
1. Lead Sheets: Burn joints of lead sheets 6.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0938-inch thickness or
thicker. Solder joints of lead sheets 4.0-lb/sq. ft., 0.0625-inch thickness or thinner.
C.Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in
floors and roofs with waterproof membrane.
1. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10
inches, and skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around pipe.
2. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches
around sleeve.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 1319
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Drainage Piping Specialties
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8
inches around specialty.
D.Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement.
E.Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device.
F.Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially
made flashing fittings, according to Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and
Trim."
G.Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or secure
flashing into cast-iron sleeve having calking recess.
H.Fabricate and install flashing and pans, sumps, and other drainage shapes.
3.4 PROTECTION
A.Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or
debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work.
B.Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops.
END OF SECTION 221319
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 4000
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Fixtures
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 22 40 00
PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following conventional plumbing fixtures and related
components:
1. Faucets for lavatories, bathtub/showers and sinks.
2. Flushometers.
3. Toilet seats.
4. Protective shielding guards.
5. Fixture supports.
6. Water closets.
7. Urinals.
8. Lavatories.
9. Kitchen sinks.
10. Service basins.
11. Owner-furnished fixtures.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 22 Section “General Plumbing Requirements”.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
B. Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by
people with disabilities.
C. Cast Polymer: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material. This material includes cultured-
marble and solid-surface materials.
D. Cultured Marble: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material with surface coating.
E. Fitting: Device that controls the flow of water into or out of the plumbing fixture.
Fittings specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower
heads and tub spouts, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping and
general-duty valves are included where indicated.
F. FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic.
G. PMMA: Polymethyl methacrylate (acrylic) plastic.
H. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
I. Solid Surface: Nonporous, homogeneous, cast-polymer-plastic material with heat-,
impact-, scratch-, and stain-resistance qualities.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of plumbing fixture indicated. Include selected fixture
and trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports.
Indicate materials and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control
rates.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: For plumbing fixtures to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 4000
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Fixtures
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each
category through one source from a single manufacturer.
1. Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a
single manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified
for that category.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and
Usable Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and
Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act" Georgia Accessibility Code 120-
3-20; for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities.
D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy
Policy Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.
E. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health
Effects," for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.
F. Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that
are compatible.
G. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
plumbing fixtures:
1. Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M.
2. Plastic Sinks: ANSI Z124.6.
3. Solid-Surface-Material Lavatories and Sinks: ANSI/ICPA SS-1.
4. Stainless-Steel Commercial, Handwash Sinks: NSF 2 construction.
5. Stainless-Steel Residential Sinks: ASME A112.19.3.
6. Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M.
7. Water-Closet, Flush Valve, Tank Trim: ASME A112.19.5.
H. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
lavatory and sink faucets:
1. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Side Spray: ASME A112.18.3M.
2. Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose-Thread Outlet:
ASME A112.18.3M.
3. Diverter Valves for Faucets with Hose Spray: ASSE 1025.
4. Faucets: ASME A112.18.1.
5. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011.
6. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.
7. Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
8. NSF Potable-Water Materials: NSF 61.
9. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
10. Supply Fittings: ASME A112.18.1.
11. Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.
I. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous fittings:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 4000
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Fixtures
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1. Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
2. Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1.
3. Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings: ASSE 1021.
4. Plastic Tubular Fittings: ASTM F 409.
5. Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.
J. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous components:
1. Disposers: ASSE 1008 and UL 430.
2. Dishwasher Air-Gap Fittings: ASSE 1021.
3. Flexible Water Connectors: ASME A112.18.6.
4. Floor Drains: ASME A112.6.3.
5. Grab Bars: ASTM F 446.
6. Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.
7. Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M.
8. Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
9. Plastic Shower Receptors: ANSI Z124.2.
10. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1. Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and
size installed.
2. Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and
size installed.
3. Provide hinged-top wood or metal box, or individual metal boxes, with separate
compartments for each type and size of extra materials listed above.
4. Water-Closet Tank, Repair Kits: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type
installed.
5. Toilet Seats: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Refer to drawings for required Fixtures
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems
to verify actual locations of piping connections before plumbing fixture installation.
B. Examine cabinets, counters, floors, and walls for suitable conditions where fixtures will
be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to
manufacturers' written instructions.
B. Install floor-mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or
building substrate.
C. Install wall-mounting fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 4000
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Fixtures
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
D. Install floor-mounting, back-outlet water closets attached to building floor substrate
and wall bracket and onto waste fitting seals.
E. Install counter-mounting fixtures in and attached to casework.
F. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.
G. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to
water distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces
behind fixtures. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for
operation.
H. Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly
connected to sanitary drainage system.
I. Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to
drainage system.
J. Install tanks for accessible, tank-type water closets with lever handle mounted on wide
side of compartment.
K. Install toilet seats on water closets.
L. Install trap-seal liquid in dry urinals.
M. Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if
faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.
N. Install water-supply flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at
stop valves.
O. Install faucet flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet
spouts if faucets are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if
required.
P. Install traps on fixture outlets.
1. Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps.
2. Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated.
Q. Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations
and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal
protruding fittings. Set service sinks in leveling bed of cement grout.
R. Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary-type, one-
part, mildew-resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants
are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and
vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.
C. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
D. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Verify that installed plumbing fixtures are categories and types specified for locations
where installed.
B. Check that plumbing fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other
specified components.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 22 4000
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Plumbing Fixtures
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C. Inspect installed plumbing fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and
components.
D. Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation.
Replace malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until
units operate properly.
E. Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms.
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
fixtures, fittings, and controls.
B. Operate and adjust controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and controls.
C. Adjust water pressure at faucets and flushometer valves to produce proper flow and
stream.
D. Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.
3.6 CLEANING
A. Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning
methods and materials. Do the following:
1. Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall
strainers and spouts.
2. Remove sediment and debris from drains.
B. After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished fixtures, faucets, and fittings,
inspect exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.
B. Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in
writing by Owner.
END OF SECTION 22 40 00
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0130.52-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Existing HVAC Air Distribution System Cleaning
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 230130.52
EXISTING HVAC AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CLEANING
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A.Section includes cleaning existing HVAC air-distribution equipment, ducts, plenums,
and system components.
B.Related Requirements:
1.Section 233113.00 "Metal Ducts" for cleaning newly installed metal ducts.
2.Section 230593.00 "Testing, Adjusting, Balancing for HVAC" for system flow
documentation before cleaning and balancing and following cleaning and
restoration.
3.Section 233300.00 "Air Duct Accessories" for restoration of opened ducts and
plenums with access doors.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A.ACAC: American Council for Accredited Certification.
B.AIHA-LAP: American Industrial Hygiene Association Lab Accreditation
Program
C.ASCS: Air systems cleaning specialist.
D.CESB: Council of Engineering and Scientific Specialty Boards.
E.CMI: Certified Microbial Investigator.
F.CMC: Certified Microbial Consultant.
G.CMR: Certified Microbial Remediator.
H.CMRS: Certified Microbial Remediation Supervisor.
I.EMLAP: Environmental Microbiology Laboratory Accreditation Program.
J.IEP: Indoor Environmental Professional.
K.IICRC: Institute of Inspection, Cleaning, and Restoration Certification.
L.NADCA: National Air Duct Cleaners Association.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 HVAC CLEANING AGENTS
A.Description:
1.Formulated for each specific soiled coil condition that needs remedy.
2.Will not corrode or tarnish aluminum, copper, or other metals.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0130.52-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Existing HVAC Air Distribution System Cleaning
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.2 ANTIMICROBIAL SURFACE TREATMENT
A.Description: Specific product selected shall be as recommended by the IEP based on
the specific antimicrobial needs of the specific Project conditions.
1.Formulated to kill and inhibit growth of microorganisms.
2.EPA-registered for use in HVAC systems and for the specific application in
which it will be used.
3.Have no residual action after drying, with zero VOC off-gassing.
4.OSHA compliant.
5.Treatment shall dry clear to allow continued visual observation of the treated
surface.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A.Inspect HVAC air-distribution equipment, ducts, plenums, and system components to
determine appropriate methods, tools, and equipment required for performance of the
Work.
B.Perform "Project Evaluation and Recommendation" according to NADCA ACR.
C.Cleaning Plan: Prepare a written plan for air-distribution system cleaning that
includes strategies and step-by-step procedures. At a minimum, include the following:
1.Supervisor contact information.
2.Work schedule, including location, times, and impact on occupied areas.
3.Methods and materials planned for each HVAC component type.
4.Required support from other trades.
5.Equipment and material storage requirements.
6.Exhaust equipment setup locations.
D.Proceed with work only after conditions detrimental to performance of the Work have
been corrected.
E.Use the existing service openings, as required for proper cleaning, at various points of
the HVAC system for physical and mechanical entry and for inspection.
F.Comply with NADCA ACR, "Guidelines for Constructing Service Openings in HVAC
Systems" Section.
G.Mark the position of manual volume dampers and air-directional mechanical devices
inside the system prior to cleaning.
3.2 CLEANING
A.Comply with NADCA ACR, including items identified as "recommended," "advised,"
and "suggested."
B.Perform electrical lockout and tagout according to Owner's standards or authorities
having jurisdiction.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0130.52-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Existing HVAC Air Distribution System Cleaning
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C.Remove non-adhered substances and deposits from within the HVAC system.
D.Complete cleaning in accordance with Owner-Contractor agreed-upon scope of work.
E.Systems and Components to Be Cleaned: All air-moving and -distribution equipment.
F.Collect debris removed during cleaning. Ensure that debris is not dispersed outside
the HVAC system during the cleaning process.
G.Particulate Collection:
1.For particulate collection equipment, include adequate filtration to contain
debris removed. Locate equipment downwind and away from all air intakes
and other points of entry into the building.
2.HEPA filtration with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for particles sized 0.3
micrometer or larger shall be used where the particulate collection equipment
is exhausting inside the building,
H.Control odors and mist vapors during the cleaning and restoration process.
I.Mark the position of manual volume dampers and air-directional mechanical devices
inside the system prior to cleaning. Restore them to their marked position on
completion of cleaning.
J.System components shall be cleaned so that all HVAC system components are visibly
clean. On completion, all components must be returned to those settings recorded just
prior to cleaning operations.
K.Clean all air-distribution devices, registers, grilles, and diffusers.
L.Clean non-adhered substance deposits according to NADCA ACR and the following:
1.Clean air-handling units, airstream surfaces, components, condensate
collectors, and drains.
2.Ensure that a suitable operative drainage system is in place prior to beginning
wash-down procedures.
3.Clean evaporator coils, reheat coils, and other airstream components.
M.Air-Distribution Systems:
1.Create service openings in the HVAC system as necessary to accommodate
cleaning.
2.Mechanically clean air-distribution systems specified to remove all visible
contaminants, so that the systems are capable of passing the HVAC System
Cleanliness Tests (see NADCA ACR).
N.Debris removed from the HVAC system shall be disposed of according to applicable
Federal, state, and local requirements.
O.Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0130.52-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Existing HVAC Air Distribution System Cleaning
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.Source-Removal Cleaning Methods: The HVAC system shall be cleaned using
source-removal mechanical cleaning methods designed to extract
contaminants from within the HVAC system and to safely remove these
contaminants from the facility. No cleaning method, or combination of
methods, shall be used that could potentially damage components of the
HVAC system or negatively alter the integrity of the system.
a.Use continuously operating vacuum-collection devices to keep each
section being cleaned under negative pressure.
b.Cleaning methods that require mechanical agitation devices to
dislodge debris that is adhered to interior surfaces of HVAC system
components shall be equipped to safely remove these devices.
Cleaning methods shall not damage the integrity of HVAC system
components or damage porous surface materials, such as duct and
plenum liners.
2.Cleaning Mineral-Fiber Insulation Components:
a.Fibrous-glass thermal or acoustical insulation elements present in
equipment or ductwork shall be thoroughly cleaned with HEPA
vacuuming equipment while the HVAC system is under constant
negative pressure and shall not be permitted to get wet according to
NADCA ACR.
b.Cleaning methods used shall not cause damage to fibrous-glass
components and will render the system capable of passing the HVAC
System Cleanliness Tests (see NADCA ACR).
c.Fibrous materials that become wet shall be discarded and replaced.
P.Coil Cleaning:
1.See NADCA ACR, "Coil Surface Cleaning" Section. Type 1, or Type 1 and
Type 2, cleaning methods shall be used to render the coil visibly clean and
capable of passing coil cleaning verification.
2.Coil drain pans shall be subject to NADCA ACR, "Non-Porous Surfaces
Cleaning Verification." Ensure that condensate drain pans are operational.
3.Electric-resistance coils shall be de-energized, locked out, and tagged before
cleaning.
4.Cleaning methods shall not cause any appreciable damage to, cause
displacement of, inhibit heat transfer, or cause erosion of the coil surface or
fins, and shall comply with coil manufacturer's written recommendations.
5.Rinse thoroughly with clean water to remove any latent residues.
Q.Application of Antimicrobial Treatment:
1.Apply antimicrobial agents and coatings if active fungal growth is determined
by the IEP to be at Condition 2 or Condition 3 status according to IICRC S520,
as analyzed by a laboratory accredited by AIHA-LAP with an EMLAP
certificate, and with results interpreted by an IEP. Apply antimicrobial agents
and coatings according to manufacturer's written rec
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0130.52-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Existing HVAC Air Distribution System Cleaning
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ommendations and EPA registration listing after the removal of surface
deposits and debris.
2.Apply antimicrobial treatments and coatings after the system is rendered
clean.
3.Apply antimicrobial agents and coatings directly onto surfaces of interior
ductwork.
4.Microbial remediation shall be performed by a qualified CMR and CMRS.
3.3 CLEANLINESS VERIFICATION
A.Verify cleanliness according to NADCA ACR, "Verification of HVAC System
Cleanliness" Section.
B.Verify HVAC system cleanliness after mechanical cleaning and before applying any
treatment or introducing any treatment-related substance to the HVAC system,
including biocidal agents and coatings.
C.Surface-Cleaning Verification: Perform visual inspection for cleanliness. If no
contaminants are evident through visual inspection, the HVAC system shall be
considered clean. If visible contaminants are evident through visual inspection, those
portions of the system where contaminants are visible shall be re-cleaned and
subjected to re-inspection for cleanliness.
D.Prepare a written cleanliness verification report. At a minimum, include the following:
1.Written documentation of the success of the cleaning.
2.Site inspection reports, initialed by supervisor, including notation on areas of
inspection, as verified through visual inspection.
3.Surface comparison test results if required.
4.Gravimetric analysis (nonporous surfaces only).
5.System areas found to be damaged.
3.4 RESTORATION
A.Restore and repair HVAC air-distribution equipment, ducts, plenums, and
components according to NADCA ACR, "Restoration and Repair of Mechanical
Systems" Section.
B.Restore service openings capable of future reopening. Comply with requirements in
Section 233113 "Metal Ducts."
C.Replace damaged insulation according to Section 230713 "Duct Insulation."
D.Ensure that closures do not hinder or alter airflow.
E.New closure materials, including insulation, shall match opened materials and shall
have removable closure panels fitted with gaskets and fasteners.
F.Restore manual volume dampers and air-directional mechanical devices inside the
system to their marked position on completion of cleaning.
G.Measure air flows through air-distribution system.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0130.52-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Existing HVAC Air Distribution System Cleaning
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
H.Measure static-pressure differential across each coil.
3.5 PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A.Post-Project Report:
1.Post-cleaning laboratory results if any.
2.Post-cleaning verification summary.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0529-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Hangers and Supports doe HVAC Equipment
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 230529
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Equipment stands.
2. Equipment supports.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" for duct hangers and supports.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC equipment shall
withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under
conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7.
1. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating
weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components.
2.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from
structural carbon-steel shapes.
2.3 OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT STANDS
A. Description: Individual foot supports with elevated adjustable channel cross bars
and clamps/fasteners/bolts for ground or roof supported outdoor equipment
components, without roof membrane penetration, in a pre-fabricated system that
can be modularly-assembled on site.
B. Foot Material: Rubber or polypropylene.
C. Rails Material: Hot dip galvanized carbon steel.
D. Wind/Sliding Load Resistance: Up to 150 mph minimum.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0529-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Hangers and Supports doe HVAC Equipment
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.4 MATERIALS
A. Aluminum: ASTM B221.
B. Carbon Steel: ASTM A1011/A1011M.
C. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars;
galvanized.
D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M.
E. Threaded Rods: Continuously threaded. Zinc-plated or galvanized steel for
indoor applications and stainless steel for outdoor applications. Mating nuts and
washers of similar materials as rods.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 APPLICATION
A. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for
firestopping materials and installation for penetrations through fire-rated walls,
ceilings, and assemblies.
B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components
so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within
specified loading limits.
3.2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS
A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead
or to support equipment above floor.
B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface
smooth.
C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments
and to achieve indicated slope of pipe.
B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2
inches.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0553-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Identification for HVAC Equipment
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 230553
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Equipment labels.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS
A. Plastic Labels for Equipment:
1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical
engraving, 1/8 inch thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
2. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3.
3. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not
less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch
4. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than
24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances of up to 72 inches, and proportionately
larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-
thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
5. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
6. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with
substrate.
B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment
number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and
schedules), and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is
specified.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clean equipment surfaces of incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants, as
well as dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and other substances that could impair
bond of identification devices.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and
painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.
B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and
doors.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0553-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Identification for HVAC Equipment
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar
concealment.
D. Locate identifying devices so that they are readily visible from the point of
normal approach.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT LABELS, WARNING SIGNS, AND LABELS
A. Permanently fasten labels on each item of mechanical equipment.
B. Sign and Label Colors:
1. White letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-blue background.
C. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0593-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 23 0593
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes:
1.Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Air Systems:
2.Testing, adjusting, and balancing of equipment.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A.AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.
B.NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.
C.TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
D.TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau.
E.TAB Specialist: An independent entity meeting qualifications to perform TAB work.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.Qualification Data: Within 90 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit
documentation that the TAB specialist and this Project's TAB team members meet the
qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.
B.Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 90 days of Contractor's Notice to
Proceed, submit the Contract Documents review report, as specified in Part 3.
C.Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 90 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed,
submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures, as specified in "Preparation"
Article.
D.System Readiness Checklists: Within 90 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit
system readiness checklists, as specified in "Preparation" Article.
E.Examination Report: Submit a summary report of the examination review required in
"Examination" Article.
F.Certified TAB reports.
G.Instrument calibration reports, to include the following:
1.Instrument type and make.
2.Serial number.
3.Application.
4.Dates of use.
5.Dates of calibration.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0593-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.TAB Specialists Qualifications, Certified by NEBB or TABB:
1.TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by NEBB
or TABB.
2.TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB specialist and certified by NEBB or
TABB.
B.Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: Comply with
requirements in ASHRAE 111, Section 4, "Instrumentation."
C.Code and AHJ Compliance: TAB is required to comply with governing codes and
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to
discover conditions in systems designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and
equipment.
B.Examine installed systems for balancing devices, such as manual volume dampers.
Verify that locations of these balancing devices are applicable for intended purpose
and are accessible.
C.Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.
D.Examine design data, including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design
assumptions for environmental conditions and systems output, and statements of
philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.
E.Examine equipment performance data, including fan curves.
1.Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including
system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause
reduced capacities in all or part of a system.
2.Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC
equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used
to rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use
tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's
"HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and
installed conditions.
F.Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control
testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.
G.Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0593-3SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
H.Examine HVAC equipment and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and
tight, filters are clean, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.
I.Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment.
J.Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures.
Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set
points if different from indicated values.
3.2 PREPARATION
A.Prepare a TAB plan that includes the following:
1.Equipment and systems to be tested.
2.Strategies and step-by-step procedures for balancing the systems.
3.Instrumentation to be used.
4.Sample forms with specific identification for all equipment.
B.Perform system-readiness checks of HVAC systems and equipment to verify system
readiness for TAB work. Include, at a minimum, the following:
1.Airside:
a.Verify that leakage and pressure tests on air distribution systems have
been satisfactorily completed.
b.Duct systems are complete with terminals installed.
c.Volume, smoke, and fire dampers are open and functional.
d.Clean filters are installed.
e.Fans are operating, free of vibration, and rotating in correct direction.
f.Variable-frequency controllers' startup is complete and safeties are
verified.
g.Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.
h.Ceilings are installed.
i.Windows and doors are installed.
j.Suitable access to balancing devices and equipment is provided.
3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING
A.Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system in accordance with the
procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance" or
NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental
Systems" and in this Section.
B.Cut insulation, ducts, and equipment casings for installation of test probes to the
minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures.
1.After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material
and thickness as used to construct ducts.
2.Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore
insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish in accordance with
Section 230713 "Duct Insulation.”
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0593-4SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C.Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve
position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with
paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings.
D.Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units.
3.4 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING OF HVAC EQUIPMENT
A.Test, adjust, and balance HVAC equipment indicated on Drawings, including, but not
limited to, the following:
1.Fans and ventilators.
2.Rooftop air-conditioning units.
3.Split-system air conditioners.
3.5 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS
A.Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and
recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet
volumes with required fan volumes.
B.Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' Record drawings duct layouts.
C.Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow
measurements.
D.Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and
exhaust-air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.
E.Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.
F.Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.
G.Check for airflow blockages.
H.Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.
I.Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components.
3.6 PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS
A.Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan
speed listed by fan manufacturer.
1.Measure total airflow.
a.Set outside-air, return-air, and relief-air dampers for proper position
that simulates minimum outdoor-air conditions.
b.Where duct conditions allow, measure airflow by main Pitot-tube
traverse. If necessary, perform multiple Pitot-tube traverses close to
the fan and prior to any outlets, to obtain total airflow.
c.Where duct conditions are unsuitable for Pitot-tube traverse
measurements, a coil traverse may be acceptable.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0593-5SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.Measure fan static pressures as follows:
a.Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the
flexible connection.
b.Measure static pressure directly at the fan inlet or through the flexible
connection.
c.Measure static pressure across each component that makes up the air-
handling system.
d.Report artificial loading of filters at the time static pressures are
measured.
3.Obtain approval from Architect for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower
than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in HVAC Sections for air-
handling units for adjustment of fans to achieve indicated air-handling-unit
performance.
4.Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult
equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers
and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload occurs. Measure
amperage in full-cooling, full-heating, economizer, and any other operating
mode to determine the maximum required brake horsepower.
B.Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated
airflows.
1.Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts.
2.Adjust submain and branch duct volume dampers for specified airflow.
3.Re-measure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted.
C.Adjust air inlets and outlets for each space to indicated airflows.
1.Set airflow patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without
drafts.
2.Measure inlets and outlets airflow.
3.Adjust each inlet and outlet for specified airflow.
4.Re-measure each inlet and outlet after they have been adjusted.
D.Verify final system conditions.
1.Re-measure and confirm that minimum outdoor, return, and relief airflows
are within design. Readjust to design if necessary.
2.Re-measure and confirm that total airflow is within design.
3.Re-measure all final fan operating data, speed, volts, amps, and static profile.
4.Mark all final settings.
5.Test system in economizer mode. Verify proper operation and adjust if
necessary.
6.Measure and record all operating data.
7.Record final fan-performance data.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0593-6SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.7 TOLERANCES
A.Set HVAC system's airflow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances:
1.Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus
10 percent. If design value is less than 100 cfm, within 10 cfm.
2.Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent. If design value is less than
100 cfm, within 10 cfm.
B.Maintaining pressure relationships as designed shall have priority over the tolerances
specified above.
3.8 FINAL REPORT
A.General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate
sections for tested systems and balanced systems.
1.Include a certification sheet signed and sealed by the certified testing and
balancing engineer.
2.Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of
calibration.
3.Certify validity and accuracy of field data.
B.General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:
1.Title page.
2.Name and address of the TAB specialist.
3.Project name.
4.Project location.
5.Architect's name and address.
6.Engineer's name and address.
7.Contractor's name and address.
8.Report date.
9.Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report.
10.Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of
the report. Number each page in the report.
11.Summary of contents, including the following:
a.Indicated versus final performance.
b.Notable characteristics of systems.
c.Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract
Documents.
12.Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
13.Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from
indicated values.
14.Test conditions for fans performance forms, including the following:
a.Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.
b.Conditions of filters.
c.Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0593-7SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
d.Heating coil, dry-bulb conditions.
e.Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch
diameter.
f.Other system operating conditions that affect performance.
C.System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air distribution systems. Present each
system with single-line diagram and include the following:
1.Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows.
2.Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes.
D.Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units, include the following:
1.Unit Data:
a.Unit identification.
b.Location.
c.Make and type.
d.Model number and unit size.
e.Manufacturer's serial number.
2.Motor Data:
a.Horsepower and speed.
b.Volts, phase, and hertz.
c.Full-load amperage and service factor.
3.Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.Total airflow rate in cfm.
b.Total system static pressure in inches wg.
c.Fan speed.
d.Inlet and discharge static pressure in inches wg.
e.Outdoor airflow in cfm.
f.Return airflow in cfm.
E.Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:
1.Fan Data:
a.System identification.
b.Location.
c.Make and type.
d.Model number and size.
e.Manufacturer's serial number.
2.Motor Data:
a.Horsepower and speed.
b.Volts, phase, and hertz.
3.Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.Total airflow rate in cfm.
b.Total system static pressure in inches wg.
c.Fan speed.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0593-8SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Testing, Adjusting, And Balancing For HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
F.Air-Terminal-Device Reports:
1.Unit Data:
a.System and air-handling unit identification.
b.Location and zone.
c.Apparatus used for test.
d.Area served.
e.Make.
f.Number from system diagram.
g.Type and model number.
h.Size.
2.Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.Airflow rate in cfm.
b.Preliminary airflow rate as needed in cfm.
c.Final airflow rate in cfm.
d.Space temperature in deg F.
G.Instrument Calibration Reports:
1.Report Data:
a.Instrument type and make.
b.Serial number.
c.Application.
d.Dates of use.
e.Dates of calibration.
3.9 VERIFICATION OF TAB REPORT
A.The TAB specialist's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in the
presence of Construction Manager.
B.Prepare test and inspection reports.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0713-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Duct Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 230713
DUCT INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section includes insulating the following duct services:
1.Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air.
2.Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air.
3.Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space.
4.Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space.
5.Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building
exterior.
6.Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building
exterior.
7.Outdoor, exposed supply and return.
B.Related Sections:
1.Section 230716 "HVAC Equipment Insulation."
2.Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation."
3.Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" for duct liners.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by
testing identical products in accordance with ASTM E84, by a testing agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation, jacket materials, adhesive, mastic,
tapes, and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing
agency.
1.All Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-
developed index of 50 or less.
2.2 INSULATION MATERIALS
A.Comply with requirements in "Duct Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Duct and
Plenum Insulation Schedule," and "Aboveground, Outdoor Duct and Plenum Insulation
Schedule" articles for where insulating materials are applied.
B.Products do not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C.Products that come in contact with stainless steel have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested in accordance with ASTM C871.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0713-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Duct Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
D.Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel are qualified as acceptable in
accordance with ASTM C795.
E.Foam insulation materials do not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
F.Glass-Fiber Blanket: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin; suitable for
maximum use temperature up to 450 deg F in accordance with ASTM C411. Comply with
ASTM C553, Type II, and ASTM C1290, Type II with factory-applied vinyl jacket. Factory-
applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a.Certainteed; SAINT-GOBAIN.
b.Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company.
c.Knauf Insulation.
d.Owens Corning.
G.Glass-Fiber Board Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin; suitable for
maximum use temperature between 35 deg F and 250 deg F for jacketed and between 35
deg F and 450 deg F for unfaced in accordance with ASTM C411. Comply with
ASTM C612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation
with factory-applied ASJ. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-
Applied Jackets" Article.
1.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the following:
a.Certainteed; SAINT-GOBAIN.
b.Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company.
c.Knauf Insulation.
d.Owens Corning.
2.3 ADHESIVES
A.Materials are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for
bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.
B.Glass-Fiber and Mineral Wool Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
C.ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for
bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints.
2.4 MASTICS AND COATINGS
A.Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
B.Vapor-Retarder Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services.
1.Water-Vapor Permeance: Comply with ASTM C755, Section 7.2.2, Table 2, for
insulation type and service conditions.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0713-3SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Duct Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
3.Color: White.
C.Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient
services.
1.Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96, greater than 1.0 perm at manufacturer's
recommended dry film thickness.
2.Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
3.Color: White.
2.5 SEALANTS
A.FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1.Materials are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2.Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3.Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
4.Color: Aluminum.
B.ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1.Materials are compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2.Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3.Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
4.Color: White.
2.6 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS
A.Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications.
When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1.ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing;
complying with ASTM C1136, Type I.
2.ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered
by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C1136, Type I.
3.FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing;
complying with ASTM C1136, Type II.
4.FSP Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene
backing; complying with ASTM C1136, Type II.
5.Vinyl Jacket: White vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms when tested in
accordance with ASTM E96/E96M, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A
and NFPA 90B.
6.ASJ+: All-service jacket composed of aluminum foil reinforced with glass scrim
bonded to a kraft paper interleaving with an outer film leaving no paper exposed;
complying with ASTM C1136, Types I, II, III, IV, and VII
7.PSK Jacket: Aluminum foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene
backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0713-4SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Duct Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.7 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A.Field-applied jackets comply with ASTM C921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
B.FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil-face, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing.
C.Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-
14.
1.Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.
2.Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil-thick, heat-bonded polyethylene
and kraft paper.
3.Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil-thick polysurlyn.
D.Self-Adhesive Outdoor Jacket (Asphaltic): 60-mil-thick, laminated vapor barrier and
waterproofing membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors;
consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin on a crosslaminated polyethylene film
covered with white aluminum-foil facing.
E.Self-Adhesive Indoor/Outdoor Jacket (Non-Asphaltic): Vapor barrier and waterproofing
jacket for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors or indoors.
Specialized jacket has five layers of laminated aluminum and polyester film with low-
temperature acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. Outer aluminum surface is coated with
UV-resistant coating for protection from environmental contaminants.
1.Permeance: 0.00 perm as tested in accordance with ASTM F1249.
2.Flamespread/Smoke Developed: 25/50 as tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
3.Aluminum Finish: Embossed.
2.8 FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH
A.Woven Polyester Mesh: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by
10 strands/sq. in., in a Leno weave, for ducts.
2.9 TAPES
A.ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic
adhesive, complying with ASTM C1136.
1.Width: 3 inches.
2.Thickness: 11.5 mils.
3.Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
4.Elongation: 2 percent.
5.Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
6.ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
B.FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic
adhesive; complying with ASTM C1136.
1.Width: 3 inches.
2.Thickness: 6.5 mils.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0713-5SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Duct Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
4.Elongation: 2 percent.
5.Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
6.FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.
C.Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive.
1.Width: 2 inches.
2.Thickness: 3.7 mils.
3.Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width.
4.Elongation: 5 percent.
5.Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch in width.
2.10 SECUREMENTS
A.Aluminum Bands: ASTM B209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch
thick, 1/2 inch wide with wing seal or closed seal.
B.Insulation Pins and Hangers:
1.Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate
welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness
indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place.
Comply with the following requirements:
a.Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2
inches square.
b.Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-
inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.
c.Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with
demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates
indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.
2.Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate
fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness
indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place.
Comply with the following requirements:
a.Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 1-1/2 inches in
diameter.
b.Spindle: Nylon, 0.106-inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of
insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches.
c.Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with
demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates
indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.
3.Self-Sticking-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that
is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position
indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following
requirements:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0713-6SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Duct Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
a.Baseplate: Galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by 2 inches
square.
b.Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-
inch-diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated.
c.Adhesive-backed base with a peel-off protective cover.
4.Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch-thick,
galvanized-steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation
securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
a.Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring
steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.
5.Nonmetal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-
inch-thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation
securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
C.Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch-wide, stainless steel or
Monel.
D.Wire: 0.062-inch soft-annealed, stainless steel.
2.11 CORNER ANGLES
E.Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum in
accordance with ASTM B209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A.Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that
will adversely affect insulation application.
3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A.Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even
surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings.
B.Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required
for each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules.
C.Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, compress, or otherwise damage insulation or jacket.
D.Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E.Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0713-7SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Duct Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
F.Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. Replace insulation
materials that get wet during storage or in the installation process before being properly
covered and sealed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
G.Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
H.Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
I.Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at
hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1.Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
2.For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation
on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment
to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier
mastic.
3.Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal
insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended
by insulation material manufacturer.
J.Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and
wet and dry film thicknesses.
K.Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1.Draw jacket tight and smooth, but not to the extent of creating wrinkles or areas
of compression in the insulation.
2.Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch-wide strips, of same material as
insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along
both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c.
3.Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Clean and dry surface to
receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2
inches o.c.
a.For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
4.Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's
written instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
5.Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and
joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.
L.Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation.
M.Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and
cracking due to thermal movement.
N.Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches
similar to butt joints.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0713-8SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Duct Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.3 PENETRATIONS
A.Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof
penetrations.
1.Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2.For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof
surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor
insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor
insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
3.Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below
top of roof flashing.
4.Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
B.Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation
continuously through wall penetrations.
1.Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
2.For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall
surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor
insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor
insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
3.Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall
flashing at least 2 inches.
4.Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
C.Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire
Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
D.Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation
at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate
damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches.
1.Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for
firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers.
E.Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:
2.Duct: For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire
damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match
adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2
inches.
3.Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in
Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."
3.4 INSTALLATION OF GLASS-FIBER INSULATION
A.Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and
insulation pins.
B.Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions.
1.Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per
unit area.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0713-9SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Duct Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
3.Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head,
capacitor-discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides
of vertical ducts as follows:
a.On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along
longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation
end joints, and 16 inches o.c.
b.On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches
o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install
additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.
c.Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts
and plenums.
d.Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
e.Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers.
f.Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend
parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with
tape matching insulation facing.
4.For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a
continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams
and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end
of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch
outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or
field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams,
and protrusions.
a.Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain
vapor-barrier seal.
b.Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F
at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in
a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and
over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width
equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches.
5.Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end
joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c.
6.Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation
section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows
with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
7.Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation
surface with 6-inch-wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on
alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0713-10SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Duct Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C.Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation
pins.
1.Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per
unit area.
2.Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
3.Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head,
capacitor-discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides
of vertical ducts as follows:
a.On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along
longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation
end joints, and 16 inches o.c.
b.On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16 inches
o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install
additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.
c.Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts
and plenums.
d.Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
e.Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend
parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with
tape matching insulation facing.
4.For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a
continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams
and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from one edge and one end
of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch
outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or
field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams,
and protrusions.
a.Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain
vapor-barrier seal.
b.Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F
at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in
a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and
over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width
equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches.
5.Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation
section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to
outside and inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct
elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
6.Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation
surface with 6-inch-wide strips of same material used to insulate
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0713-11SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Duct Insulation
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced
6 inches o.c.
3.5 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
A.Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows:
1.Draw jacket material smooth and tight.
2.Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket.
3.Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
4.Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch-wide joint
strips at end joints.
5.Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed
insulation with vapor-barrier mastic.
B.Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and
end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with
weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with
stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints.
3.6 FIRE-RATED INSULATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A.Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions.
B.Where fire-rated insulation system is indicated, secure system to ducts and duct hangers
and supports to maintain a continuous fire rating.
C.Insulate duct access panels and doors to achieve same fire rating as duct.
D.Install firestopping at penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Fire-stop systems are
specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 230900
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM - GENERAL DESCRIPTION
A.Provide a new Building Automation System (BAS) to integrate and control all
mechanical equipment associated with this project.
1.The Building Automation System shall be as indicated on the drawings and
described in these specifications. System must be fully integrated and
coordinated with mechanical equipment DDC controllers furnished and
installed in the equipment manufacturer’s factory as specified in those sections.
The intent of the BAS is to integrate all mechanical equipment into one system
for global monitoring, control, and alarming associated with the building. It is
the BAS manufacturer’s responsibility to provide all the design, engineering,
and field coordination required to ensure all equipment sequence of operations
are met as specified and the designated BAS operators have the capability of
managing the building mechanical system to ensure occupant comfort while
maintaining energy efficiency.
2.The BAS shall meet open standard protocol communication standards (As
defined in System Communications Section) to ensure the system maintains
“interoperability” to avoid proprietary arrangements that will make it difficult
for the Owner to consider other BAS manufacturers in future projects.
3.Direct Digital Control (DDC) technology shall be used to provide the functions
necessary for control of mechanical systems and terminal devices on this
project.
4.The BAS shall accommodate simultaneous multiple user operation. Access to
the control system data should be limited only by the security permissions of
the operator role. Multiple users shall have access to all valid system data. An
operator shall be able to log onto any workstation on the control system and
have access to all appropriate data.
1.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
A.Codes and Standards: Meet requirements of all applicable standards and codes, except
when more detailed or stringent requirements are indicated by the Contract
Documents, including requirements of this Section.
1.National Electrical Code -- NFPA 70.
2.Federal Communications Commission -- Part J.
3.ASHRAE/ANSI 135-2012 (BACnet)
1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A.A. Performance Standards. The BAS system shall conform to the following:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.Graphic Display. The system shall display a graphic with dynamic points.
2.Graphic Refresh. The system shall update all dynamic points with current data
within 10 seconds.
3.Object Command. The maximum time between the command of a binary
object by the operator and the reaction by the device shall be 5 seconds.
Analog objects shall start to adjust within 5 seconds.
4.Object Scan. All changes of state and change of analog values shall be
transmitted over the high-speed network such that any data used or displayed
at a controller or workstation will be current within the prior 10 seconds.
5.Alarm Response Time. The maximum time from when an object goes into
alarm to when it is annunciated at the workstation shall not exceed 10 seconds.
6.Program Execution Frequency. Custom and standard applications shall be
capable of running as often as once every 5 seconds. The Contractor shall be
responsible for selecting execution times consistent with the mechanical
process under control.
7.Programmable Controllers shall be able to execute DDC PID control loops at a
selectable frequency from at least once every 5 seconds. The controller shall
scan and update the process value and output generated by this calculation at
this same frequency.
8.Multiple Alarm Annunciations. All workstations on the network shall receive
alarms within 5 seconds of each other.
9.Reporting Accuracy.
1.4 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A.BAS manufacturer shall provide shop drawings and manufacturers’ standard
specification data sheets on all hardware and software being provided for this project.
No work may begin on any segment of this project until the Engineer and Owner have
reviewed submittals for conformity with the plan and specifications.
B.Quantities of items submitted shall be reviewed by the Engineer and Owner. Such
review shall not relieve the BAS manufacturer of furnishing quantities required based
upon contract documents.
C.Provide the Engineer and Owner, any additional information or data which is deemed
necessary to determine compliance with the specifications or which is deemed valuable
in documenting and understanding the system to be installed.
D.All shop drawings shall be provided to the Owner electronically as .dwg or .dxf file
formats once they have been approved and as-built drawings have been completed.
E.Submit the following:
1.A complete bill of materials of equipment to be used indicating quantities,
manufacturers and model numbers.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-3SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.A schedule of all control dampers including damper size, pressure drop,
manufacturer, and model number.
3.Provide all manufacturers’ technical cut sheets for major system components.
When technical cut sheets apply to a product series rather than a specific
product, the data specifically applicable to the project shall be highlighted or
clearly indicated by other means. Include:
a.Building Controllers
b.Custom Application Controllers
c.Application Specific Controllers
d.Operator Workstations
e.Portable Operator Terminals
f.Auxiliary Control Devices
4.Provide proposed Building Automation System architectural diagram
depicting various controller types, workstations, device locations, addresses,
and communication cable requirements
5.Provide detailed termination drawings showing all required field and factory
terminations, as well as terminal tie-ins to DDC controls provided by
mechanical equipment manufacturers. Terminal numbers shall be clearly
labeled.
6.Provide a sequence of operation for each controlled mechanical system and
terminal end devices.
7.Provide a BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) for
each BACnet system level device (i.e. Building Controller & Operator
Workstations) type. This defines the points list for proper coordination of
interoperability with other building systems if applicable for this project.
F.Project Record Documents: Upon completion of installation, submit three (3) copies of
record (as-built) documents. The documents shall be submitted for approval prior to
final completion and include:
1.Project Record Drawings - These shall be as-built versions of the submittal
shop drawings. One set of electronic media including CAD .dwg and .pdf
drawing files shall be provided.
2.Testing and Commissioning Reports and Checklists signed off by trained
factory (equipment manufacturers) and field (BAS) commissioning personnel.
3.Operating and Maintenance (O & M) Manuals - These shall be as-built versions
of the submittal product data. In addition to the information required for the
submittals, Operating & Maintenance manual shall include:
a.Procedures for operating the BAS including logging on/off, alarm
management, generation of reports, trends, overrides of computer
control, modification of setpoints, and other interactive system
requirements.
b.Explanation of how to design and install new points, new DDC
controllers, and other BAS hardware.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-4SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
c.Documentation, installation, and maintenance information for all third
party hardware/software products provided including personal
computers, printers, hubs, sensors, valves, etc.
d.Original issue media for all software provided, including operating
systems, programming language, operator workstation software, and
graphics software.
e.Licenses, Guarantee, and Warranty documents for all equipment and
systems.
4.Training Manuals: The BAS manufacturer shall provide a course outline and
copies of training manuals at least two weeks prior to the start of any corporate
training class to be attended by the Owner.
1.5 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
A.Warrant all work as follows:
1.BAS system labor and materials shall be warranted free from defects for a
period of twelve (12) months after final completion acceptance by the Owner.
BAS failures during the warranty period shall be adjusted, repaired, or
replaced at no charge to the Owner.
2.At the end of the final start-up/testing, if equipment and systems are operating
satisfactorily to the Owner and Engineer, the Owner shall sign certificates
certifying that the BAS is operational and has been tested and accepted in
accordance with the terms of this specification. The date of Owner's acceptance
shall be the start of the warranty period.
3.To ensure that the owner will have the most current operating system provided
by the manufacturer, the BAS manufacturer shall include licensing and labor
costs to facilitate software/firmware updates throughout the warranty period
at no charge to the owner. These updates shall include upgrades for functional
enhancements associated with the following: operator workstation software,
project specific software, graphics, database, firmware updates, and all security
related service packs. Written authorization by the Owner must be granted
prior to the installation of these updates.
4.The BAS manufacturer shall provide a web-accessible Users Network for the
proposed System and give the Owner free access to question/answer forum,
user tips, upgrades, and training schedules for a one-year period of time
correlating with the warranty period.
1.6 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND REMOTE ANALYSIS
A.The BAS Manufacture shall provide Building Automation System remote support and
system analysis for a period of 1 year (beginning the date of substantial completion).
B.The BAS manufacturer shall setup a secure remote connection for data collection,
analytics and remote technical support for the HVAC systems included in this contract.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-5SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.Provide technician support during the warranty period to diagnose issues
remotely through the secure remote connection.
2.The building owner is responsible for providing adequate internet access.
C.Connectivity / Remote Access / Network Security
1.Provide and maintain secure remote access to the facilities Building
Automation System (BAS) or other building systems. Users accessing service
through this connection shall not have access to the building owners network.
Secure remote access to the BAS shall not require ANY inbound ports on a
firewall to be “exposed” or “forwarded”.
2.Secure remote access to the BAS shall be available anywhere, anytime, using a
compatible client device (PC/tablet/phone)
3.The Owner will provide up to Three (3) IP drops and IP addresses on the
owners network to gain access to the internet. The BAS manufacture shall
coordinate with the Owners IT team, verify the proposed system shall meet all
network security requirements and any other network configuration
information necessary to each control contractor for the purpose of configuring
each Area Controller on the network. It shall be the responsibility of the BAS
manufacture to coordinate with the owner for network connectivity.
D.The BAS Manufacture shall provide a professional analysis for the facility HVAC
systems.
1.The analysis shall consist of an evaluation of HVAC systems including charts
and graphs which indicate both current building performance and
opportunities for building and HVAC system performance improvement.
E.The following shall be provided after substantial completion of the project:
1.Orientation meeting with the building owner’s representative to identify the
HVAC systems that will be evaluated.
2.System setup for data collection and analytics. BAS Manufacture to setup a
secure remote data collection and analytics for identified systems.
3.Assessment analysis shall be performed by trained personnel with relevant
professional credentials in HVAC systems, energy management and building
optimization methodologies.
4.Consultation meeting with owner to review performance reports and
improvement opportunities.
F.Do not assign or transfer maintenance service to agent or subcontractor without prior
written consent of owner.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS:
A.Use new products that the manufacturer is currently manufacturing. Do not use this
installation as a product test site unless explicitly approved in writing by the owner or
the owner’s representative. Spare parts shall be available for at least five years after
completion of this contract.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-6SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.2 SYSTEM COMMUNICATION:
A.System Communications
1.Each workstation, building controller, and equipment controller
communication interface shall utilize the BACnet protocol with an Ethernet
(IEEE 802.3, 802.11), RS485 (EIA-485) physical interface and an appropriate
data link technology as defined in ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2012. (e.g.
BACnet IP, BACnet IPv6, BACnet MS/TP).
2.All system controllers shall be BTL listed as a BACnet Building Controller (B-
BC) as defined in ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2012.
3.All documented status and control points, schedule, alarm, and data-log
services or objects shall be available as standard object types as defined in
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-2012.
4.Each System Controller shall communicate with a network of Custom
Application and Application Specific Controllers utilizing one or more of the
interfaces documented within Field Bus Communications below.
5.For minimally managed IP networks, BACnet communication shall support
BACnet Secure Connect (BACnet/SC), a secure and encrypted datalink layer
specifically design for those networks.
B.Field Bus Communications
1.BACnet
a.All equipment and plant controllers shall be BTL listed as a BACnet
Application Specific Controller (B-ASC) or a BACnet Advanced
Application Controller (B-AAC) as defined in ANSI/ASHRAE
Standard 135-2012.
b.All communication shall conform to ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135-
2012.
c.System Controller shall function as a BACnet router to each unit
controller providing a globally unique BACnet Device ID for all
BACnet controllers within the system.
d.Communication between System Controller and equipment/plant
controllers shall utilize BACnet MS/TP as defined in ANSI/ASHRAE
Standard 135-2012.
2.3 OPERATOR INTERFACE:
A.Provide Building Operator Web Interface
1.Manufacturer shall provide a user interface with time-of-day schedules, data
collection, dashboards, reports and building summary, system applications,
and self-expiring timed overrides. Manufacturer shall provide a published
user and applications guide(s) that detail the system application operation,
configuration, setup and troubleshooting.
2.The building operator web interface shall be accessible via a web browser
without requiring any “plug-ins” (i.e. JAVA Runtime Environment (JRE),
Adobe Flash).
3.User Roles
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-7SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
a.The system shall include pre-defined “roles” that allow a system
administrator to quickly assign permissions to a user.
b.User logon/logoff attempts shall be recorded.
c.The system shall protect itself from unauthorized use by automatically
logging off following the last keystroke. The delay time shall be user
definable.
4.On-Help and Training
a.Provide a context sensitive, online help system to assist the operator in
operation and configuration of the system.
5.Equipment and Application Pages
a.The building operator web interface shall include standard pages for
all equipment and applications. These pages shall allow an operator to
obtain information relevant to the operation of the equipment and/or
application, including:
1)Animated Equipment Graphics for each major piece of
equipment and floor plan in the System. This includes:
a)Each Chiller, Air Handler, VAV Terminal, and Fan
Coil. These graphics shall show all points dynamically
as specified in the points list.
b)Animation capabilities shall include the ability to show
a sequence of images reflecting the position of analog
outputs, such as valve or damper positions. Graphics
shall be capable of launching other web pages.
2)Alarms relevant to the equipment or application without
requiring a user to navigate to an alarm page and perform a
filter.
3)Historical Data for the equipment or application without
requiring a user to navigate to a Data Log page and perform a
filter.
6.System Graphics. Building operator web interface shall be graphically based
and shall include at least one graphic per piece of equipment or occupied zone,
graphics for each chilled water and hot water system.
a.Graphic imagery – graphics shall use 3D images for all standard and
custom graphics. The only allowable exceptions will be photo images,
maps, schematic drawings, and selected floor plans.
b.Animation. Graphics shall be able to animate by displaying different
Image lies for changed object status.
c.Alarm Indication. Indicate areas or equipment in an alarm condition
using color or other visual indicator.
7.Graphics Library. Furnish a library of standard HVAC equipment such as air
handlers, terminals, fan coils, rooftop units, and VAV boxes, in 3-dimensional
graphic depictions. The library shall be furnished in a file format compatible
with the graphics generation package program.
8.Manual Control and Override
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-8SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
a.Point Control. Provide a method for a user to view, override, and edit
if applicable, the status of any object and property in the system. The
point status shall be available by menu, on graphics or through custom
programs.
b.Temporary Overrides. The user shall be able to perform a temporary
override wherever an override is allowed, automatically removing the
override after a specified period of time.
c.Override Owners. The system shall convey to the user the owner of
each override for all priorities that an override exists.
d.Provide a specific icon to show timed override or operator override,
when a point, unit controller or application has been overridden
manually.
9.Scheduling. - The scheduling application shall provide graphical
representation of the day, week, month, and exception events.
10.Alarm/Event Notification
a.Alarm/Event Log. The operator shall be able to view all logged system
alarms/events from any building operator web interface.
1)The operator shall be able to sort and filter alarms from events.
Alarms shall be sorted in a minimum of 4 categories based on
severity.
2)The operator shall be able to acknowledge and add comments
to alarms
3)Alarm/event messages shall use full language, easily
recognized descriptors.
b.Alarm Suppression. Alarms shall be able to be suppressed based on
load/source relationships to present the likely root cause to the
building operator as described in ASHRAE Guideline 36. Load/Source
relationships shall be configurable by the user through a web interface.
11.Reports and Logs.
a.The building operator web interface shall provide a reporting package
that allows the operator to select reports.
b.The building operator web interface shall provide the ability to
schedule reports to run at specified intervals of time.
c.The following standard reports shall be available without requiring a
user to manually configure the report:
1)All Points in Alarm Report: Provide an on-demand report
showing all current alarms.
2)All Points in Override Report: Provide an on-demand report
showing all overrides in effect.
3)Commissioning Report: Provide a one-time report that lists all
equipment with the unit configuration and present operation.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-9SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
4)Points report: Provide a report that lists the current value of all
points
d.The controls vendor shall provide a hardening report that summarizes
the port configuration details to ensure sites have not been exposed to
the Internet in alignment with Cyber Security best practices.
B.Provide Mobile App Interface
1.Provide mobile (smart phone or tablet) interfaces to the building automation
system, compatible with iOS and Android™ operating systems.
2.Controls manufacturer shall provide a phone/tablet interface with the ability
to view/override status and setpoints, view/change schedules,
view/acknowledge/comment on alarms, and view graphics for all spaces and
equipment.
3.This phone/tablet interface shall resize itself appropriately for the size of the
interface (i.e. no "pinching and zooming" required).
4.This phone/tablet interface shall function remotely from the facility while
following IT security best practices (e.g. no ports exposed to the internet).
5.The operator interface shall support system access on a mobile device via a
mobile app to:
a.Alarm log
b.System Status
c.Equipment status
d.Space Status
e.Standard Equipment graphics
f.Override set points
g.Override occupancy
h.Acknowledge Alarms
i.Add Comment(s) to Alarms
2.4 BUILDING CONTROLLER SOFTWARE:
A.Manufacturer shall provide standard applications to deliver HVAC system control.
Standard applications include Time of Day Scheduling with Optimal Start/Stop, VAV
Air Systems Control, Historical Trend Logs and Trim and Respond. Manufacturer
shall provide system optimization strategies for functions such as fan pressure
optimization and ventilation optimization.
B.Furnish the following applications software for building and energy management. All
software applications shall reside and run in the system controllers. Editing of
applications shall occur at the building operator interface.
1.Trend Logs
a.The system shall harvest trend logs for defined key measurements for
each controlled HVAC device and HVAC application. Trend logs shall
be captured for a minimum of 5 key operating points for each piece of
HVAC equipment and HVAC application and stored for no less than 1
year at 15-minute intervals. Data Logs shall be
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-10SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
capable of being configured on an interval or change of value basis.
1)Air Handling Unit
a)Discharge Air Temperature
b)Space Temperature Active
c)Space Temperature Setpoint Active
d)Cooling Capacity Status
e)Heating Capacity Primary Status
f)Outdoor Air Damper Position
2.5 BUILDING / SYSTEM CONTROLLERS:
A.There shall be one or more independent, standalone microprocessor based System
Controllers to manage the global strategies described in controller software section.
1.The controller shall provide a USB communications port for connection to a
PC.
2.The operating system of the Controller shall manage the input and output
communications signals to allow distributed controllers to share real and
virtual point information and allow central monitoring and alarms.
3.All System Controllers shall have a real time clock and shall be able to accept a
BACnet time synchronization command for automatic time synchronization.
4.Data shall be shared between networked System Controllers.
5.Serviceability – The System Controller shall have a display on the main board
that indicates the current operating mode of the controller.
B.Controls manufacturer shall provide secure remote access to the Building Automation
System (BAS). Secure remote access shall not require IP ports to be "exposed" (i.e. port-
forwarded or external public IP addresses) to the Internet. Controls manufacturer shall
update secure remote access software as necessary to follow cyber security best
practices and respond to cyber security events.
2.6 ADVANCED APPLICATION CONTROLLERS
A.Advance Application Controllers shall be used to control all equipment or applications
of medium and high complexity
B.The Advanced Application Controller shall be capable of operating as a stand-alone
controller or as a member of a Building Automation System (BAS).
C.When the Advanced Application Controller is operating as a member of a Building
Automation System (BAS), the application controller shall operate as follows:
1.Application Controller will receive operation mode commands from the BAS
network controller. The BAS commands shall include but not be limited to the
follow: Occupied Heat/Cool, Unoccupied Heat/Cool, Morning Warm-up, /
Pre-cool, Occupied Bypass).
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-11SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.Application Controller will provide equipment status parameters to the BAS
through BACnet communication.
3.Application Controller will operate as a stand-alone controller in the event of
communication failure with the BAS.
4.In case of communications failure, stand-alone operation shall use default
values or last known values for remote sensors read over the network such as
outdoor air temperature.
D.For Stand-Alone Operation of Advanced Application Controllers:
1.Shall operate a schedule in a standalone application using a Real Time Clock
with a 7-day power backup.
a.The Controller shall have a built-in schedule (assessable with or
without a display)
b.Support will be for at least 3 schedules with up to 10 events for each
day of the week.
c.Each of the 3 schedules can be Analog, Binary or Multi-State
d.The controller shall support a minimum of 25 exceptions each with up
to 10 events.
E.For ease of troubleshooting, the Controller shall support data trend logging.
1.Trends shall be capable of being collected at a minimum sample rate of once
every second
2.Shall be capable of trending all BACnet points used by controller
3.Trends shall be capable of being scheduled or triggered.
4.With a minimum of 20,000 trending points total on a controller
F.To meet the sequence of operation for each application, the Controller shall use library
programs provided by the controller manufacturer that are either factory loaded or
downloaded with service tool to the controller.
G.Environment. Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient
conditions.
1.Controllers used indoors shall be mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure at a
minimum.
2.Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted within
NEMA 4 type waterproof enclosures.
H.Input/Output: The Controller shall have on board or through expansion module all
I/O capable of performing all functionality needed for the application. Controls
provided by the equipment manufacture must supply the required I/O for the
equipment. In addition, other controls must meet the following requirements:
1.Shall support flexibility in valve type, the controllers shall be capable of
supporting the following valve control types: 0-10VDC, 0-5VDC, 4-20mA,
24VAC - 2 position.
2.Shall support flexibility in sensor type, the Controller shall be capable of
reading sensor input ranges of 0 to10V, 0 to 20mA, 50ms or longer pulses, 200
to 20Kohm and RTD input.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-12SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.Shall support flexibility in sensor type, all Analog Outputs shall have the
additional capability of being programmed to operate as Universal Inputs or
Pulse Width Modulation Outputs.
4.Shall support flexibility in sensor type, the Controller and/or expansion
modules shall support dry and wetted (24VAC) binary inputs.
5.The controller shall support pulse accumulator for connecting devices like
energy meters.
6.In order to support a wide range of devices, the Controller’s binary output
shall be able to drive at least 10VA each.
7.Any unused I/O that is not needed for the functionality of the equipment shall
be available to be used by custom programs on the Controller and by any other
controller on the network.
8.The Controller shall provide 24VAC and 24VDC power terminals sensors and
other devices required.
9.The Controller shall provide a dedicated static pressure input.
I.Input/Output Expandability – The Controller shall provide the following functionality
in order to meet current and future application needs:
1.For the application flexibility, the Controller shall be capable of expanding to a
total of at least 100 hardware I/O terminations.
2.Expansion I/O can be mounted up to 650 ft. (200m) from control.
3.To keep BACnet MS/TP network traffic to a minimum, expansion I/O must
communicate via an internal controller communication bus (point expansion
via the BACnet MS/TP network is not allowed).
J.Serviceability – The Controller shall provide the following in order to improve
serviceability of the Controller.
1.Diagnostic LEDs for power/normal operation/status, BACnet
communications, sensor bus communications, and binary outputs. All wiring
connections shall be clearly labeled and made to be field removable.
2.Binary and analog inputs and outputs shall use removable connectors or be
connected to terminal strip external to the control box.
3.Software service tool connection through the following methods: direct cable
connection to the Controller, connection through another controller on BACnet
link.
4.For safety purposes, the controller shall be capable of being powered by a
portable computer's USB port for the purposes of configuration, programming
and testing programs so that this work can be accomplished with the power off
to the associated equipment.
5.The Controller software tool service port shall utilize standard off-the-shelf
USB printer cable.
6.Capabilities to temporarily override the BACnet point values with built-in time
expiration in the Controller.
7.To aid in service replacement, the Controller shall easily attached to standard
DIN rail mounting.
8.For future expansion, the Controller shall be capable of adding sequence of
operation programming utilizing service tools software with a graph
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-13SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ical programming interface (editing or programming in line code is not
permissible).
9.To aid in service replacement, the Controller shall allow for setting its BACnet
address via controller mounted rotary switches that correspond to the
numerical value of the address. (DIP switch methodologies are not allowed).
Setting of the address shall be accomplished without the need of a service tool
or power applied to the controller.
10.Controller data shall be maintained through a power failure.
K.Software Retention: All Controller operating parameters, setpoints, BIOS, and
sequence of operation code must be stored in non-volatile memory in order to maintain
such information for months without power.
L.Controller must meet the following Agency Compliance:
1.UL916 PAZX, Open Energy Management Equipment
2.UL94-5V, Flammability
3.FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Limit
4.BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) listed as BACnet Advanced Application
Controller (B-AAC)
2.7 APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS:
A.General Description
1.Application Specific Controllers (ASC) shall be microprocessor-based DDC
controllers which, through hardware or firmware design, control specified
equipment. They are not user programmable, but are customized for operation
within the confines of the equipment they are designed to serve.
2.Zone Controllers are controllers that operate equipment that control the space
temperature of single zone. Examples are controllers for VAV and Fan Coils.
B.The Application Specific Controller shall be capable of operating as a stand-alone
controller or as a member of a Building Automation System (BAS).
C.When the Application Specific Controller is operating as a member of a Building
Automation System (BAS), the application controller shall operate as follows:
1.Application Controller will receive operation mode commands from the BAS
network controller. The BAS commands shall include but not be limited to the
follow: Occupied Heat/Cool, Unoccupied Heat/Cool, Morning Warm-up, /
Pre-cool, Occupied Bypass).
2.Application Controller will provide equipment status parameters to the BAS
through BACnet communication.
3.Application Controller will operate as a stand-alone controller in the event of
communication failure with the BAS.
4.In case of communications failure stand-alone operation shall use default
values or last known values for remote sensors read over the network such as
outdoor air temperature.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-14SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
D.Stand-Alone Operation: Each piece of equipment specified in section “A” shall be
controlled by a single controller and provide stand-alone control in the event that a
BAS is not present.
E.Software
1.To meet the sequence of operation for each zone control, the controller shall
use programs developed and tested by the controller manufacturer that are
either factory loaded or downloaded with service tool to the controller.
2.For controlling ancillary devices and for flexibility to change the sequence of
operation in the future, the controller shall be capable running custom
programs written in a graphical programming language.
F.Environment: Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient
conditions.
1.Controllers used indoors shall be mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure at a
minimum.
2.Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted within
NEMA 4 type waterproof enclosures.
G.Input/Output:
1.For flexibility in selection and replacement of valves, the controllers shall be
capable of supporting all of the following valve control types 0-10VDC, 0-
5VDC, 4-20mA, 24VAC floating point, 24VAC - 2 position (Normally Open or
Normally Closed).
2.For flexibility in selection and replacement of sensors, the controllers shall be
capable of reading sensor input ranges of 0 to10V, 0 to 20mA, pulse counts, and
200 to 20Kohm.
3.For flexibility in selection and replacement of binary devices, the controller
shall support dry and wetted (24VAC) binary inputs.
4.For flexibility in selection and replacement devices, the controller’s shall have
binary output which are able to drive at least 12VA each.
5.For flexibility in selection and replacement of motors, the controller shall be
capable of outputting 24VAC (binary output), DC voltage (0 to 10VDC
minimum range) and PWM (in the 80 to 100 Hz range).
6.For future needs, any I/O that is unused by functionality of equipment control
shall be available to be used by custom program on the controller and by
another controller on the network.
7.For future expansion and flexibility, the controller shall have either on board or
through expansion, 20 hardware input/output points. Expansion points must
communicate with the controller via an internal communications bus.
Expansion points that require the BACnet network for communication with the
controller are not allowed.
H.Serviceability – The controller shall provide the following in order to improve
serviceability of the controller.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-15SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.Diagnostic LEDs shall indicate correct operation or failures/faults for all of the
following: power, sensors, BACnet communications, and I/O communications
bus.
2.All binary output shall have LED’s indicating the output state.
3.All wiring connectors shall removable without the use of a tool.
4.Software service tool connection through all of the following methods: direct
cable connection to the controller, connection through another controller on
BACnet link
5.For safety purposes, the controller shall be capable of being powered by a
portable computer for the purposes of configuration, programming, and testing
programs so that this work can be accomplished with the power off to the
equipment.
6.Capabilities to temporarily override of BACnet point values with built-in time
expiration in the controller.
7.BACnet MAC Address shall be set using decimal (0-9) based rotary switches.
a.Configuration change shall not be made in a programming
environment, but rather by a configuration page utilizing dropdown
list, check boxes, and numeric boxes.
8.For ease of troubleshooting, the Controller shall support BACnet data trend
logging.
a.With a minimum of 20,000 trending points total on controller
b.Trends shall be capable of being collected at a minimum sample rate of
once every second.
c.Shall be capable of trending all BACnet points used by controller
d.Trends shall be capable of being scheduled or triggered
I.Software Retention: All Zone Controller operating parameters, setpoints, BIOS, and
sequence of operation code must be stored in non-volatile memory in order to maintain
such information for months without power.
J.Application controller shall meet the following Agency Compliance:
1.UL916 PAZX, Open Energy Management Equipment
2.UL94-5V, Flammability
3.FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Limit
4.BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) listed as BACnet Application Specific
Controller (B-ASC)
2.8 APPLICATION CONTROLLER for Air Handler Units
A.The Air Handler Unit (AHU) Application Controller shall be a microprocessor-based
DDC controller which, through hardware or firmware design, controls specified
equipment. The controller is not user programmable, but is customized for operation
within the confines of the equipment it is designed to serve.
B.The Application Controller shall be capable of operating as a stand-alone controller or
as a member of a Building Automation System (BAS).
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-16SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C.When the Application Controller is operating as a member of a Building Automation
System (BAS), the application controller shall operate as follows:
1.Application Controller will receive operation mode commands from the BAS
network controller. The BAS commands shall include but not be limited to the
follow: Occupied Heat/Cool, Unoccupied Heat/Cool, Morning Warm-up, /
Pre-cool, Occupied Bypass).
2.Application Controller will provide equipment status parameters to the BAS
through BACnet communication.
3.Application Controller will operate as a stand-alone controller in the event of
communication failure with the BAS.
4.In case of communications failure stand-alone operation shall use default
values or last known values for remote sensors read over the network such as
outdoor air temperature.
D.Software
1.To meet the sequence of operation for each zone control, the controller shall
use programs developed and tested by the controller manufacturer that are
either factory loaded or customized with use of service tool native to the
controller.
E.Environment: Controller hardware shall be suitable for the anticipated ambient
conditions.
1.Controllers used indoors shall be mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure at a
minimum.
2.Controllers used outdoors and/or in wet ambient shall be mounted within
NEMA 4 type waterproof enclosures.
F.Controller Input/Output: The controller shall have on board capable of performing all
functionality needed for the application. Controls provided by the equipment
manufacture must supply the required I/O for the equipment.
1.For flexibility in selection and replacement of valves, the controllers shall be
capable of supporting all of the following output types; 0-10VDC, 0-5VDC, 4-
20mA, Binary.
2.For flexibility in selection and replacement of sensors, the controllers shall be
capable of reading sensor input ranges of 0 to10V, 0 to 20mA, Pulse counts, and
200 to 20Kohm.
G.Serviceability – The controller shall provide the following in order to improve
serviceability of the controller.
1.Diagnostic LEDs shall indicate correct operation or failures/faults for all of the
following: power, sensors, BACnet communications, and I/O communications
bus.
2.All binary output shall have LED’s indicating the output state.
3.All wiring connectors shall removable without the use of a tool.
4.Software service tool connection through the following methods: direct cable
connection to the controller, connection through another controller on BACnet
link.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-17SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
H.Software Retention: All Zone Controller operating parameters, setpoints, BIOS, and
sequence of operation code must be stored in non-volatile memory in order to maintain
such information for months without power.
I.Controller shall meet the following Agency Compliance:
1.UL916 PAZX, Open Energy Management Equipment
2.UL94-5V, Flammability
3.FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B Limit
4.BACnet Testing Laboratory (BTL) listed
2.9 INPUT/OUTPUT INTERFACE:
A.Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into the system through building, custom
application, or ASCs.
B.All input points and output points shall be protected such that shorting of the point to
itself, to another point, or to ground will cause no damage to the controller. All input
and output points shall be protected from voltage up to 24V of any duration, such that
contact with this voltage will cause no damage to the controller.
C.Binary inputs shall allow the monitoring of on/off signals from remote devices. The
binary inputs shall provide a wetting current of at least 12 mA to be compatible with
commonly available control devices and shall be protected against the effects of contact
bounce and noise. Binary inputs shall sense “dry contact” closure without external
power (other than that provided by the controller) being applied.
D.Pulse accumulation input objects. This type of object shall conform to all the
requirements of binary input objects and also accept up to 10 pulses per second for
pulse accumulation.
E.Analog inputs shall allow the monitoring of low voltage (0 to 10 VDC), current (4 to 20
mA), or resistance signals (thermistor, RTD). Analog inputs shall be compatible with
and field configurable to commonly available sensing devices.
F.Binary outputs shall provide for on/off operation or a pulsed low-voltage signal for
pulse width modulation control. Binary outputs on building and custom application
controllers shall have status lights. Outputs shall be selectable for either normally open
or normally closed operation.
G.Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices.
Outputs shall provide either a 0 to 10VDC or a 4 to 20 mA signal as required to provide
proper control of the output device. Analog outputs shall not exhibit a drift of greater
than 0.4% of range per year.
H.Tri-State Outputs. Provide tri-state outputs (two coordinated binary outputs) for
control of three-point floating type electronic actuators without feedback. Use of three-
point floating devices shall be limited to zone control and terminal unit control
applications (VAV terminal units, duct-mounted heating coils, zone
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-18SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
dampers, radiation, etc.). Control algorithms shall run the zone actuator to one end of
its stroke once every 24 hours for verification of operator tracking.
I.System Object Capacity. The system size shall be expandable to at least twice the
number of input/ output objects required for this project. Additional controllers (along
with associated devices and wiring) shall be all that is necessary to achieve this
capacity requirement. The operator interfaces installed for this project shall not require
any hardware additions or software revisions in order to expand the system.
2.10 POWER SUPPLIES:
A.Control transformers shall be UL listed. Furnish Class 2 current-limiting type or
furnish overcurrent protection in both primary and secondary circuits for Class 2
service in accordance with NEC requirements. Limit connected loads to 80% of rated
capacity.
1.DC power supply output shall match output current and voltage requirements.
Unit shall be full-wave rectifier type with output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum
peak-to-peak. Regulation shall be 1.0% line and load combined, with 100-
microsecond response time for 50% load changes. Unit shall have built-in
overvoltage and overcurrent protection and shall be able to withstand a 150%
current overload for at least three seconds without trip-out or failure.
a.Unit shall operate between 0°C and 50°C (32°F and 120°F). EM/RF
shall meet FCC Class B and VDE 0871 for Class B and MIL-STD 810C
for shock and vibration.
b.Line voltage units shall be UL recognized and CSA approved.
2.11 AUXILLARY CONTROL DEVICES:
A.Motorized dampers, unless otherwise specified elsewhere, shall be as follows:
1.Damper frames shall be 16-gauge galvanized sheet metal or 1/8" extruded
aluminum with reinforced corner bracing.
2.Damper blades shall not exceed 8" in width or 48" in length. Blades are to be
suitable for medium velocity performance (2,000 fpm). Blades shall be not less
than 16 gauge.
3.Damper shaft bearings shall be as recommended by manufacturer for
application.
4.All blade edges and top and bottom of the frame shall be provided with
compressible seals. Side seals shall be compressible stainless steel. The blade
seals shall provide for a maximum leakage rate of 10 CFM per square foot at
2.5" w.c. differential pressure.
5.All leakage testing and pressure ratings will be based on AMCA Publication
500.
6.Individual damper sections shall not be larger than 48" x 60". Provide a
minimum of one damper actuator per section.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-19SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B.Control dampers shall be parallel or opposed blade types as scheduled on drawings.
C.Electric damper/valve actuators
1.The actuator shall have electronic overload or digital rotation sensing circuitry
to prevent damage to the actuator throughout the rotation of the actuator.
2.Where shown, for power-failure/safety applications, an internal mechanical,
spring return mechanism shall be built into the actuator housing.
3.All rotary spring return actuators shall be capable of both clockwise or counter
clockwise spring return operation. Linear actuators shall spring return to the
retracted position.
4.Proportional actuators shall accept a 0-10 VDC or 0-20 ma control signal and
provide a 2-10 VDC or 4-20 ma operating range.
5.All non-spring return actuators shall have an external manual gear release to
allow manual positioning of the damper when the actuator is not powered.
Spring return actuators with more than 60 in-lb. torque capacity shall have a
manual crank for this purpose.
6.Actuators shall be provided with a conduit fitting and a minimum 1m electrical
cable and shall be pre-wired to eliminate the necessity of opening the actuator
housing to make electrical connections.
7.Actuators shall be Underwriters Laboratories Standard 873 listed.
8.Actuators shall be designed for a minimum of 60,000 full stroke cycles at the
actuator's rated torque.
D.Binary Temperature Devices
1.Low-voltage space thermostat shall be 24 V, bimetal-operated, mercury-switch
type, with either adjustable or fixed anticipation heater, concealed setpoint
adjustment, 13°C to 30°C (55°F to 85°F) setpoint range, 1°C (2°F) maximum
differential, and vented ABS plastic cover.
2.Line-voltage space thermostat shall be bimetal-actuated, open contact type, or
bellows-actuated, enclosed, snap-switch type or equivalent solid-state type,
with heat anticipator, UL listed for electrical rating, concealed setpoint
adjustment, 13°C to 30°C (55°F to 85°F) setpoint range, 1°C (2°F) maximum
differential, and vented ABS plastic cover.
3.Low-limit thermostats. Low-limit airstream thermostats shall be UL listed,
vapor pressure type, with an element of 6 m (20 ft) minimum length. Element
shall respond to the lowest temperature sensed by any 30 cm (1 ft) section. The
low-limit thermostat shall be manual reset only.
E.Wired Temperature Sensors
1.Temperature sensors shall be RTD or thermistor.
2.Duct sensors shall be single point or averaging as shown. Averaging sensors
shall be a minimum of 1.5 m (5 ft) in length per 1 m2 (10 ft2) of duct cross
section.
3.Immersion sensors shall be provided with a separable stainless steel well.
Pressure rating of well is to be consistent with the system pressure in
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-20SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
which it is to be installed. The well must withstand the flow velocities in the
pipe.
4.Space sensors shall be equipped with setpoint adjustment, override switch,
display, and/or communication port as shown on plans.
5.Provide matched temperature sensors for differential temperature
measurement.
F.Wired Humidity Sensors
1.Duct and room sensors shall have a sensing range of 20% to 80%.
2.Duct sensors shall be provided with a sampling chamber.
G.Static Pressure Sensors
1.Sensor shall have linear output signal. Zero and span shall be field-adjustable.
2.Sensor sensing elements shall withstand continuous operating conditions plus
or minus 50% greater than calibrated span without damage.
H.Low Limit Thermostats
1.Safety low limit thermostats shall be vapor pressure type with an element 6m
[20 ft] minimum length. Element shall respond to the lowest temperature
sensed by any one foot section.
2.Low limit shall be manual reset only.
2.12 WIRING AND RACEWAYS:
A.General: Provide copper wiring, plenum cable, and raceways as specified in the
applicable sections of this specification.
B.All insulated wire to be copper conductors, UL labeled for 90°C (194°F) minimum
service.
C.Fiber Optic Cable. Optical cables shall be duplex 900 mm tight-buffer construction
designed for intra-building environments. The sheath shall be UL Listed OFNP in
accordance with NEC Article 770. The optical fiber shall meet the requirements of
FDDI, ANSI X3T9.5 PMD for 62.5/125 µm.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION:
A.The Contract Documents shall be thoroughly examined for coordination of control
devices, their installation, wiring, and commissioning. Coordinate and review
mechanical equipment specifications, locations, and identify any discrepancies,
conflicts, or omissions that shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer for resolution
before rough-in work is started.
B.The BAS manufacturer shall inspect the jobsite in order to verify that control
equipment can be installed as required, and any discrepancies, conflicts, or omissions
shall be reported to the Architect/Engineer for resolution before rough-in work is
started.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-21SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.2 PROTECTION:
A.The BAS installation contractor shall protect all work and material from damage by
their work or personnel and shall be liable for all damage thus caused.
B.The BAS manufacturer shall be responsible for their work and equipment until final
inspection, testing, and acceptance. The BAS installing contractor shall protect their
work against theft or damage and shall carefully store material and equipment
received on site that is not immediately installed. The Contractor shall close all open
ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to
prevent entry of foreign objects.
3.3 COORDINATION:
A.Site
1.Where the mechanical work will be installed in close proximity to, or will
interfere with, work of other trades, the contractor shall assist in working out
space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. If the contractor installs
his/her work before coordinating with other trades, so as to cause any
interference with work of other trades, the contractor shall make the necessary
changes in his/her work to correct the condition without extra charge.
2.Coordinate and schedule work with all other work in the same area, or with
work that is dependent upon other work, to facilitate mutual progress.
B.Submittals. Refer to the Submittals section of this specification for requirements.
C.Test and Balance
1.The contractor shall furnish a single set of all tools necessary to interface to the
control system for test and balance purposes.
2.The contractor shall provide training in the use of these tools.
3.In addition, the contractor shall provide a qualified technician to assist in the
test and balance process.
4.The tools used during the test and balance process shall be returned to the
contractor at the completion of the testing and balancing.
D.Life Safety
1.The contractor shall interlock smoke detectors to air handlers for shutdown as
described in the Sequences of Operation for this project.
E.Coordination with Controls Specified in Other Sections or Divisions. Other sections
and/or divisions of this specification include controls and control devices that are to be
part of or interfaced to the control system specified in this section. These controls shall
be integrated into the system and coordinated by the contractor as follows:
1.All communication media and equipment shall be provided as specified in the
“Communication” section of this specification.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-22SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.Each supplier of a controls product is responsible for the configuration,
programming, start-up, and testing of that product to meet the sequences of
operation described in this section.
3.The Contractor shall coordinate and resolve any incompatibility issues that
arise between the control products provided under this section and those
provided under other sections or divisions of this specification.
3.4 GENERAL WORKMANSHIP:
A.Install equipment, piping, wiring/conduit, parallel to building lines (i.e. horizontal,
vertical, and parallel to walls) wherever possible.
B.Provide sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for vibration of piping and
equipment.
C.Install all equipment in readily accessible locations as defined by National Electric
Code (NEC). Control panels shall be attached to structural walls or properly
supported in a free-standing configuration, unless mounted in equipment enclosure
specifically designed for that purpose. Panels shall be mounted to allow for
unobstructed access for service.
D.Verify integrity of all control wiring to ensure continuity and freedom from shorts and
grounds prior to commencing the startup and commissioning procedures.
E.All control device installation and wiring shall comply with Contract Documents,
acceptable industry specifications, and industry standards for performance, reliability,
and compatibility. Installation and wiring shall be executed in strict adherence to local
codes and standard practices referenced in Contract Documents.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A.All work, materials, and equipment shall comply with the rules and regulations of
applicable local, state, and federal codes and ordinances as identified in Contract
Documents.
B.BAS manufacturer shall continually monitor the field installation for building code
compliance and quality of workmanship. All visible piping and or wiring runs shall be
installed parallel to building lines and properly supported.
C.BAS installing Contractor(s) shall arrange for field inspections by local and/or state
authorities having jurisdiction over the work.
3.6 COMMUNICATION WIRING:
A.All cabling shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Follow
manufacturer’s installation recommendations for all communication cabling.
B.Do not install communication wiring in raceway and enclosures containing Class 1 or
other Class 2 wiring.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-23SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C.Maximum pulling, tension, and bend radius for cable installation, as specified by the
cable manufacturer shall not be exceeded during installation.
D.Contractor shall verify the integrity of the entire network following cable installation.
Use appropriate test measures for each particular cable.
E.When a cable enters or exits a building, a lighting arrestor must be installed between
the line and ground.
F.All runs of communication wiring shall be unspliced length when the length is
commercially available.
G.All communication wiring shall be labeled to indicate origin and destination.
3.7 FIBER OPTIC CABLE:
A.All cabling shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Minimum cable and
unjacketed fiber bend radii as specified by cable manufacturer shall be maintained.
B.Maximum pulling tensions as specified by the cable manufacturer shall not be
exceeded during installation. Post installation residual cable tension shall be within
cable manufacturer's specifications.
C.Fiber optic cabinets, hardware, and cable entering the cabinet shall be installed in
accordance with manufacturers' instructions. Minimum cable and unjacketed fiber
bend radii as specified by cable manufacturer shall be maintained.
3.8 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS:
A.Sensors required for mechanical equipment operation shall be factory installed and
wired as specified in mechanical equipment specifications. BAS manufacturer shall be
responsible for coordinating these control devices and ensuring the sequence of
operations will be met. Installation and wiring shall be in accordance with the BAS
manufacturer's recommendations.
B.Sensors that require field mounting shall meet the BAS manufacturer’s
recommendations and be coordinated with the mechanical equipment they will be
associated.
C.Mount sensors rigidly and adequately for the environment the sensor will operate.
D.Room temperature sensors shall be installed on concealed junction boxes properly
supported by the block wall framing. For installation in dry wall ceilings, the low
voltage sensor wiring can be installed exposed and must meet applicable National and
Local Electrical Codes.
E.All wires attached to wall mounted sensors shall be sealed off to prevent air from
transmitting in the associated conduit and affecting the room sensor readings.
F.Install duct static pressure tap with tube end facing directly down-stream of air flow.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-24SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
G.Install space static pressure sensor with static sensing probe applicable for space
installation where applicable.
H.Sensors used in mixing plenums, and hot and cold decks shall be of the averaging type.
Averaging sensors shall be installed in a serpentine manner horizontally across duct.
Each bend shall be supported with a capillary clip.
I.All pipe mounted temperature sensors shall be installed in matched thermowells.
Install all liquid temperature sensors with heat conducting fluid in thermal wells for
adequate thermal conductance.
J.Wiring for space sensors shall be concealed in building drywall. EMT conduit is
acceptable within mechanical equipment and service rooms.
K.Install outdoor air temperature sensors on north wall complete with sun shield at
manufacturer’s recommended location and coordinated with Engineer.
3.9 WARNING LABELS:
A.Permanent warning labels shall be affixed to all equipment that can be automatically
started by the BAS system.
B.Permanent warning labels shall be affixed to all motor starters and all control panels
that are connected to multiple power sources utilizing separate disconnects.
3.10 IDENTIFICATION OF HARDWARE AND WIRING:
A.All field wiring and cabling, including that within factory mounted, and wired control
panels and devices for mechanical equipment, shall be labeled at each end within 2" of
termination with a cable identifier and other descriptive information for
troubleshooting, maintenance, and service purposes. BAS manufacturer to coordinate
this labeling requirement with mechanical equipment manufacturer as it relates to
controls.
B.Permanently label or code each point of field terminal strips to show the instrument or
item served and correlate them to the BAS design drawings.
C.Identify control panels with minimum 1-cm letters on laminated plastic nameplates.
D.Identifiers shall match record documents. All plug-in components shall be labeled
such that removal of the component does not remove the label.
3.11 CONTROLLERS:
A.Provide a separate DDC Controller for individual HVAC mechanical equipment. BAS
manufacturer shall furnish and coordinate DDC controllers and control devices and
ensure that installation and wiring adhere to BAS manufacturer’s design
recommendations. For those mechanical equipment units that do not have factory
installed controls specified, the BAS manufacturer shall field mount con
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-25SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
trols and coordinate all installation and termination information to ensure the specified
sequence of operations are met.
B.Building Controllers and Custom Application Controllers shall be selected to provide a
minimum of 15% spare I/O point capacity for each point type (analog or digital) found
at each location. If input points are not universal, 15% of each type is required. If
outputs are not universal, 15% of each type is required. A minimum of one spare is
required for each type of point used in each controller.
1.Future use of spare I/O point capacity shall require providing the field
instrument and control device, field wiring, engineering, programming, and
commissioning. No additional Controller boards or point modules shall be
required to implement use of these spare points.
3.12 PROGRAMMING:
A.Provide sufficient internal memory for all controllers to ensure specified sequence of
operations, alarming, trending, and reporting requirements are achieved. BAS
manufacturer shall provide a minimum of 25% spare memory capacity for future use.
B.Point Naming: System point names shall be modular in design, allowing easy operator
interface without the use of a written point index.
C.Software Programming
1.Provide programming for individual mechanical systems to achieve all aspects
of the sequence of operation specified. It is the BAS manufacturer’s
responsibility to ensure all mechanical equipment functions and operates as
specified in sequence of operations. Provide sufficient programming comments
in controller application software to clearly describe each section of the
program. The comment statements shall reflect the language used in the
sequence of operations.
D.BAS Operator’s Interface
1.When Operator Workstation is specified, provide color graphics for each piece
of mechanical equipment depicting sufficient I/O to monitor and troubleshoot
operation. Operator color graphics shall include Air Handling Units, Rooftop
Units, VAV Terminal Boxes, Fan Coil Units, Exhaust Fans, etc. These standard
graphics shall depict all points dynamically as specified in the points list
and/or indicated in sequence of operation.
2.The BAS manufacturer shall provide all the labor necessary to install, initialize,
start up, and trouble-shoot all operator interface software and their functions as
described in this section. This includes any operating system software, the
operator interface data base, and any third party software installation and
integration required for successful operation of the operator interface.
3.As part of this execution phase, the BAS manufacturer shall perform a
complete test of the operator interface.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-26SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.13 CONTROL SYSTEM CHECKOUT AND TESTING:
A.Start-up testing. All testing in this section shall be performed by the contractor and
shall make up part of the necessary verification of an operating control system. This
testing shall be completed before the owner’s representative is notified of the system
demonstration.
1.The contractor shall furnish all labor and test apparatus required to calibrate
and prepare for service all of the instruments, controls, and accessory
equipment furnished under this specification.
2.Verify that all control wiring is properly connected and free of all shorts and
ground faults. Verify that terminations are tight.
3.Enable the control systems and verify calibration of all input devices
individually. Perform calibration procedures according to manufacturer’s
recommendations.
4.Verify all binary output devices (relays, solenoid valves, two-position actuators
and control valves, magnetic starter, etc.) operate properly and normal
positions are correct.
5.Verify all analog output devices (I/Ps, actuators, etc.) are functional, that start
and span are correct, and that direction and normal positions are correct. The
contractor shall check all control valves and automatic dampers to ensure
proper action and closure. The contractor shall make any necessary
adjustments to valve stem and damper blade travel.
6.Verify the system operation adheres to the sequences of operation. Simulate
and observe all modes of operation by overriding and varying inputs and
schedules. Tune all DDC loops and optimal start/stop routines.
7.Alarms and Interlocks
a.Check each alarm separately by including an appropriate signal at a
value that will trip the alarm.
b.Interlocks shall be tripped using field contacts to check the logic, as
well as to ensure that the fail-safe condition for all actuators is in the
proper direction.
c.Interlock actions shall be tested by simulating alarm conditions to
check the initiating value of the variable and interlock action.
3.14 CLEANING:
A.The BAS manufacturer’s installing contractor(s) shall clean up all debris resulting from
their installation activities on a daily basis. The installation contractors shall remove all
cartons, containers, crates, etc. under his control as soon as their contents have been
removed. Waste shall be collected and placed in a location designated by the Owner,
Construction Manager, General Contractor, and/or Mechanical Contractor.
B.At the completion of work in any area, the installation contractor shall clean all of their
work, equipment, etc., making it free from dust, dirt and debris.
C.At the completion of work, all equipment furnished under this Section shall be checked
for paint damage. Any factory finished paint that has been damaged
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 0900-27SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
shall be repaired to match the adjacent areas. Any metal cabinet or enclosure that has
been deformed shall be replaced with new material and repainted to match the
adjacent areas.
3.15 TRAINING:
A.Provide minimum of (4) hours of operator training throughout the contract period.
The training will be provided for personnel designated by the Owner.
B.These objectives will be divided into logical groupings; participants may attend one or
more of these, depending on level of knowledge required:
1.Day-to-day BAS Operators
2.BAS Troubleshooting & Maintenance
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 1123-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Facility Natural-Gas Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 231123
FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes:
1.Pipes, tubes, and fittings.
2.Piping specialties.
3.Joining materials.
4.Manual gas shutoff valves.
5.Pressure regulators.
6.Dielectric fittings.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data:
1.Piping specialties.
2.Corrugated, stainless steel tubing with associated components.
3.Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection
data of selected models.
4.Pressure regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities.
5.Dielectric fittings.
B.Shop Drawings: For facility natural-gas piping layout. Include plans, piping layout
and elevations, sections, and details for fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers,
supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and
attachments of the same to building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment
guides, and expansion joints and loops.
1.Shop Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch per foot.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.Certificates:
1.Welding certificates.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.Operation and maintenance data.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Qualifications:
1.Steel Support Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance
with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
2.Pipe Welding: Qualify procedures and operators in accordance with the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 1123-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Facility Natural-Gas Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.6 COORDINATION
A.Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for valves installed and
concealed behind finished surfaces. Comply with requirements on plans.
B.Coordinate requirements for piping identification for natural-gas piping. Comply
with requirements in Section 220553 "Identification of Plumbing Piping and
Equipment."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code.
B.Minimum Operating-Pressure Ratings:
1.Piping and Valves: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated.
2.Service Regulators: 65 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated.
C.Natural-Gas System Pressure within Buildings:
1.Two pressure ranges. Primary pressure is more than 0.5 psig, but not more
than 2 psig, and is reduced to secondary pressure of 0.5 psig or less.
D.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application.
2.2 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS
A.Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B.
1.Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern.
2.Wrought-Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M for butt welding and
socket welding.
3.Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat,
ground joint, and threaded ends.
4.Protective Coating for Underground Piping: Factory-applied, three-layer
coating of epoxy, adhesive, and PE.
a.Joint Cover Kits: Epoxy paint, adhesive, and heat-shrink PE sleeves.
2.3 PIPING SPECIALTIES
A.Appliance Flexible Connectors:
1.Indoor, Fixed-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24.
2.Indoor, Movable-Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with
ANSI Z21.69.
3.Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75.
4.Corrugated, stainless steel tubing with polymer coating.
5.Operating-Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 1123-3SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Facility Natural-Gas Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
6.End Fittings: Zinc-coated steel.
7.Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1.
8.Maximum Length: 72 inches.
B.Y-Pattern Strainers:
1.Body: ASTM A126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain
connection.
2.End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for
NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
3.Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless steel
basket with 50 percent free area.
4.CWP Rating: 125 psig.
C.Weatherproof Vent Cap:
1.Cast- or malleable-iron increaser fitting with corrosion-resistant wire screen,
with free area at least equal to cross-sectional area of connecting pipe and
threaded-end connection.
2.4 JOINING MATERIALS
A.Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.
B.Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials
appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
C.Brazing Filler Metals: Alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F complying
with AWS A5.8/A5.8M. Brazing alloys containing more than 0.05 percent
phosphorus are prohibited.
2.5 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES
A.See "Underground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground,
Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" articles for where each valve type is applied in
various services.
B.General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply with
ASME B16.33.
1.CWP Rating: 125 psig.
2.Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1.
3.Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.3.
4.Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in
"Underground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground,
Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" articles.
5.Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction
for valves 1 inch and smaller.
6.Service Mark: Valves NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2 having initials "WOG"
permanently marked on valve body.
C.General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Comply with
ASME B16.38.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 1123-4SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Facility Natural-Gas Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.CWP Rating: 125 psig.
2.Flanged Ends: Comply with ASME B16.5 for steel flanges.
3.Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in
"Underground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground,
Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" articles.
4.Service Mark: Initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body.
D.One-Piece, Bronze Ball Valve with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110.
1.Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B584.
2.Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
3.Stem: Bronze; blowout proof.
4.Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof.
5.Packing: Separate packnut with adjustable-stem packing threaded ends.
6.Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground, Manual
Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve
Schedule" articles.
7.CWP Rating: 600 psig.
8.Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller are to be listed and labeled by an NRTL
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
9.Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve
body.
E.Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110.
1.Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B584.
2.Ball: Chrome-plated bronze.
3.Stem: Bronze; blowout proof.
4.Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof.
5.Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing.
6.Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground, Manual
Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve
Schedule" articles.
7.CWP Rating: 600 psig.
8.Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller are to be listed and labeled by an NRTL
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
9.Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve
body.
F.Two-Piece, Regular-Port Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110.
1.Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B584.
2.Ball: Chrome-plated bronze.
3.Stem: Bronze; blowout proof.
4.Seats: Reinforced TFE.
5.Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing.
6.Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground, Manual
Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve
Schedule" articles.
7.CWP Rating: 600 psig.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 1123-5SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Facility Natural-Gas Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
8.Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller are to be listed and labeled by an NRTL
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
9.Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve
body.
G.Bronze Plug Valves: MSS SP-78.
1.Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B584.
2.Plug: Bronze.
3.Ends: Threaded, socket, or flanged as indicated in "Underground, Manual
Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground, Manual Gas Shutoff Valve
Schedule" articles.
4.Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where
indicated.
5.Pressure Class: 125 psig.
6.Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller are to be listed and labeled by an NRTL
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
7.Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve
body.
H.Valve Boxes:
8.Cast-iron, two-section box.
9.Top section with cover with "GAS" lettering.
10.Bottom section with base to fit over valve and barrel a minimum of 5 inches
in diameter.
11.Adjustable cast-iron extensions of length required for depth of bury.
12.Include tee-handle, steel operating wrench with socket end fitting valve nut
or flat head, and with stem of length required to operate valve.
2.6 PRESSURE REGULATORS
A.General Requirements:
1.Single stage and suitable for natural gas.
2.Steel jacket and corrosion-resistant components.
3.Elevation compensator.
4.End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for
regulators NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
B.Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80A.
1.Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum.
2.Springs: Zinc-plated steel; interchangeable.
3.Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plated steel.
4.Seat Disc: NBR; resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the
valve port.
5.Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable.
6.Seal Plug: UV-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon.
7.Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at
maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to
regulator.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 1123-6SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Facility Natural-Gas Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
8.Pressure regulator is to maintain discharge pressure setting downstream
and is to not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff.
9.Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless steel screen in
opening if not connected to vent piping.
2.7 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A.General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with
separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible
with pipes to be joined.
B.Dielectric Unions:
1.Description:
a.Standard: ASSE 1079.
b.Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F.
c.End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous.
2.8 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A.Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant, PE film warning tape
manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6
inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description and rated
pressure of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion
protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep;
colored yellow.
B.Label and identify gas piping and pressure outside a multitenant building by
tenant.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A.Inspect natural-gas piping in accordance with the International Fuel Gas Code to
determine that natural-gas utilization devices are turned off in piping section
affected.
B.Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code requirements for preventing
accidental ignition.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR PIPING
A.Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of
natural-gas piping.
B.Install underground, natural-gas piping buried at least 36 inches below finished
grade.
1.If natural-gas piping is installed less than 36 inches below finished grade,
install it in containment conduit.
C.Steel Piping with Protective Coating:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 1123-7SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Facility Natural-Gas Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints.
2.Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by
protective coating manufacturer.
D.Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
E.Install pressure gauge downstream from each service regulator.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF INDOOR PIPING
A.Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of
natural-gas piping.
B.Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and
arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to
size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations.
Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on
Coordination Drawings.
C.Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure
during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.
D.Do not install piping in concealed locations unless sleeved with the sleeve open at
both ends.
E.Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service
areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited
unless specifically indicated otherwise.
F.Where installing piping above accessible ceilings, allow sufficient space for ceiling
panel removal.
G.Locate valves for easy access. Do not locate valves within return air plenums.
H.Install natural-gas piping at uniform grade of 2 percent down toward drip and
sediment traps.
I.Install piping free of sags and bends.
J.Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
K.Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
L.Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas-fired appliances and
equipment for roughing-in requirements.
M.Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect,
including service-meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and
emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing.
N.Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or
capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3
inches long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of
drip to remove plug or cap.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 1123-8SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Facility Natural-Gas Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
O.Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and
overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent
cap.
P.Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below
grade or floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view.
Q.Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with
level side down.
R.Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.
S.Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection
to each piece of equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections.
T.Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode.
U.Install strainer on inlet of each line-pressure regulator and automatic or electrically
operated valve.
V.Install pressure gauge downstream from each line regulator.
W.Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
requirements for sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for
HVAC Piping."
X.Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with
requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals
for HVAC Piping."
3.4 INSTALLATION OF VALVES
A.Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated
stainless steel tubing, aluminum, or copper connector.
B.Install underground valves with valve boxes.
C.Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access
space adequate for servicing and testing.
D.Install earthquake valves aboveground outside buildings according to listing.
E.Install anode for metallic valves in underground PE piping.
F.Do not install valves in return-air plenums.
3.5 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.
B.Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings
before assembly.
C.Threaded Joints:
1.Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B1.20.1.
2.Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 1123-9SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Facility Natural-Gas Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter
of pipe.
4.Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless
dryseal threading is specified.
5.Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are
corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open
welds.
D.Welded Joints:
1.Construct joints in accordance with AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified
processes and welding operators.
2.Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
3.Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer
at field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction.
E.Brazed Joints: Construct joints in accordance with AWS's "Brazing Handbook,"
"Pipe and Tube" Chapter.
F.Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in
flare dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, and then use
wrench. Do not overtighten.
3.6 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.Comply with requirements in Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC
Piping and Equipment" for hangers, supports, and anchor devices.
B.Install hangers for steel piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum
rod diameters, to comply with MSS SP-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities
having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent.
C.Install hangers for corrugated stainless steel tubing, with maximum horizontal
spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written
instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction
requirements, whichever are most stringent.
D.Support horizontal piping within 12 inches of each fitting.
E.Support vertical runs of steel piping to comply with MSS SP-58, locally enforced
codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most
stringent.
F.Support vertical runs of corrugated stainless steel tubing to comply with
manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having
jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent.
3.7 PIPING CONNECTIONS
A.Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 1123-10SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Facility Natural-Gas Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B.Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas-appliance
equipment grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance in
accordance with NFPA 70.
C.Where installing piping adjacent to appliances, allow space for service and
maintenance of appliances.
D.Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install
valve within 72 inches of each gas-fired appliance and equipment. Install union
between valve and appliances or equipment.
3.8 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION
A.Comply with requirements in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and
Equipment" for piping and valve identification.
B.Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished
grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Tests and Inspections:
1.Test, inspect, and purge natural gas in accordance with the International
Fuel Gas Code and authorities having jurisdiction.
2.Natural-gas piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and
inspections.
B.Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.10 OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE
A.Underground natural-gas piping is to be the following:
1.Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and
fittings with protective coating for steel piping.
2.Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded
joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.
B.Aboveground natural-gas piping is to be the following:
1.Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints.
3.11 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES LESS THAN 0.5 PSIG
A.Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller is to be the following:
1.Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
B.Aboveground, distribution piping is to be the following:
1.Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
C.Underground, below building, piping is to be one of the following:
1.Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints.
2.Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded
joints. Coat pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel piping.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 1123-11SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Facility Natural-Gas Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings
and threaded or wrought-steel fittings with welded joints. Coat
underground portion of vent pipe and fittings with protective coating for
steel piping.
3.12 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE FOR SYSTEM PRESSURES MORE THAN 0.5 PSIG AND
LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 2 PSIG
A.Aboveground, branch piping NPS 1 and smaller is to be the following:
1.Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
B.Aboveground, distribution piping is to be the following:
1.Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
C.Underground, below building, piping is to be the following:
1.Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints.
2.Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded
joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective coating for steel
piping.
3.Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings
and threaded or wrought-steel fittings with welded joints. Coat
underground portion of vent pipe and fittings with protective coating for
steel piping.
3.13 ABOVEGROUND, MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE
A.Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller at service meter are to be one of the
following:
1.One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim.
2.Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
3.Bronze plug valve.
B.Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller are to be one of the
following:
1.One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim.
2.Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
3.Bronze plug valve.
C.Valves in branch piping for single appliance are to be the following:
1.One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim.
2.Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
3.Bronze plug valve.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 2300-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Refrigerant Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 232300
REFRIGERANT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes:
1.Copper tube and fittings.
2.Valves and specialties.
3.Refrigerants.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of valve, refrigerant piping, and refrigerant piping
specialty.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.Field quality-control reports.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Refrigeration Systems."
B.Comply with ASME B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.Line Test Pressure for Refrigerant R-410A:
1.Suction Lines for Air-Conditioning Applications: 300 psig.
2.Suction Lines for Heat-Pump Applications: 535 psig.
3.Hot-Gas and Liquid Lines: 535 psig.
2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
A.Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K or L or ASTM B 280, Type ACR.
B.Wrought-Copper Fittings, Solder-Joint: ASME B16.22.
C.Wrought-Copper Fittings, Brazed-Joint: ASME B16.50.
D.Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32. Use 95-5 tin antimony or alloy HB solder to join
copper socket fittings on copper pipe.
E.Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M.
F.Flexible Connectors:
1.Body: Tin-bronze bellows with woven, flexible, tinned-bronze-wire-
reinforced protective jacket.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 2300-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Refrigerant Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.End Connections: Socket ends.
3.Offset Performance: Capable of minimum 3/4-inch misalignment in
minimum 7-inch-long assembly.
4.Working Pressure Rating: Factory test at minimum 500 psig.
5.Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 deg F.
G.Copper-Tube, Pressure-Seal-Joint Fittings for Refrigerant Piping:
1.Standard: UL 207; certified by UL for field installation. Certification as a UL-
recognized component alone is unacceptable.
2.Housing: Copper.
3.O-Rings: HNBR or compatible with specific refrigerant.
4.Tools: Manufacturer's approved special tools.
5.Minimum Rated Pressure: 700 psig
2.3 VALVES AND SPECIALTIES
A.Diaphragm Packless Valves:
1.Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze; globe design with straight-
through or angle pattern.
2.Diaphragm: Phosphor bronze and stainless steel with stainless-steel spring.
3.Operator: Rising stem and hand wheel.
4.Seat: Nylon.
5.End Connections: Socket, union, or flanged.
6.Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.
7.Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.
B.Packed-Angle Valves:
1.Body and Bonnet: Forged brass or cast bronze.
2.Packing: Molded stem, back seating, and replaceable under pressure.
3.Operator: Rising stem.
4.Seat: Nonrotating, self-aligning polytetrafluoroethylene.
5.Seal Cap: Forged-brass or valox hex cap.
6.End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged.
7.Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.
8.Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.
C.Check Valves:
1.Body: Ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; globe pattern.
2.Bonnet: Bolted ductile iron, forged brass, or cast bronze; or brass hex plug.
3.Piston: Removable polytetrafluoroethylene seat.
4.Closing Spring: Stainless steel.
5.Manual Opening Stem: Seal cap, plated-steel stem, and graphite seal.
6.End Connections: Socket, union, threaded, or flanged.
7.Maximum Opening Pressure: 0.50 psig.
8.Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.
9.Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 2300-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Refrigerant Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
D.Service Valves:
1.Body: Forged brass with brass cap including key end to remove core.
2.Core: Removable ball-type check valve with stainless-steel spring.
3.Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene.
4.End Connections: Copper spring.
5.Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.
6.Special Tool: For installing and unlocking.
E.Solenoid Valves: Comply with AHRI 760 and UL 429; listed and labeled by a
National Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL).
1.Body and Bonnet: Plated steel.
2.Solenoid Tube, Plunger, Closing Spring, and Seat Orifice: Stainless steel.
3.Seat: Polytetrafluoroethylene.
4.End Connections: Threaded.
5.Electrical: Molded, watertight coil in NEMA 250 enclosure of type required
by location with 1/2-inch conduit adapter, and 24-V ac coil.
6.Working Pressure Rating: 400 psig.
7.Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.
F.Thermostatic Expansion Valves: Comply with AHRI 750.
1.Body, Bonnet, and Seal Cap: Forged brass or steel.
2.Diaphragm, Piston, Closing Spring, and Seat Insert: Stainless steel.
3.Packing and Gaskets: Non-asbestos.
4.Capillary and Bulb: Copper tubing filled with refrigerant charge.
5.Suction Temperature: 40 deg F.
6.Reverse-flow option (for heat-pump applications).
7.End Connections: Socket, flare, or threaded union.
G.Straight-Type Strainers:
1.Body: Welded steel with corrosion-resistant coating.
2.Screen: 100-mesh stainless steel.
3.End Connections: Socket or flare.
4.Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.
5.Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.
H.Angle-Type Strainers:
1.Body: Forged brass or cast bronze.
2.Drain Plug: Brass hex plug.
3.Screen: 100-mesh monel.
4.End Connections: Socket or flare.
5.Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.
6.Maximum Operating Temperature: 275 deg F.
I.Moisture/Liquid Indicators:
1.Body: Forged brass.
2.Window: Replaceable, clear, fused glass window with indicating element
protected by filter screen.
3.Indicator: Color coded to show moisture content in parts per million (ppm).
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 2300-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Refrigerant Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
4.Minimum Moisture Indicator Sensitivity: Indicate moisture above 60 ppm.
5.End Connections: Socket or flare.
6.Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.
7.Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.
J.Replaceable-Core Filter Dryers: Comply with AHRI 730.
1.Body and Cover: Painted-steel shell with ductile-iron cover, stainless-steel
screws, and neoprene gaskets.
2.Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless-steel
support.
3.Desiccant Media: Activated alumina or charcoal.
4.Designed for reverse flow (for heat-pump applications).
5.End Connections: Socket.
6.Access Ports: NPS 1/4 connections at entering and leaving sides for
pressure differential measurement.
7.Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig.
8.Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.
9.Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.
K.Permanent Filter Dryers: Comply with AHRI 730.
1.Body and Cover: Painted-steel shell.
2.Filter Media: 10 micron, pleated with integral end rings; stainless-steel
support.
3.Designed for reverse flow (for heat-pump applications).
4.End Connections: Socket.
5.Access Ports: NPS 1/4 connections at entering and leaving sides for
pressure differential measurement.
6.Maximum Pressure Loss: 2 psig.
7.Working Pressure Rating: 500 psig.
8.Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 deg F.
2.4 REFRIGERANTS
A.ASHRAE 34, R-410A: Pentafluoroethane/Difluoromethane.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 VALVE AND SPECIALTY APPLICATIONS
B.Install service valves for gauge taps at inlet and outlet of hot-gas bypass valves and
strainers if they are not an integral part of valves and strainers.
C.Install a check valve at the compressor discharge and a liquid accumulator at the
compressor suction connection.
D.Except as otherwise indicated, install valves on inlet and outlet side of filter dryers.
E.Install a full-size, three-valve bypass around filter dryers.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 2300-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Refrigerant Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
F.Install thermostatic expansion valves as close as possible to distributors on
evaporators.
G.Install safety relief valves where required by 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code. Pipe safety-relief-valve discharge line to outside according to ASHRAE 15.
H.Install moisture/liquid indicators in liquid line at the inlet of the thermostatic
expansion valve or at the inlet of the evaporator coil capillary tube.
I.Install strainers upstream from and adjacent to the following unless they are
furnished as an integral assembly for the device being protected:
1.Solenoid valves.
2.Thermostatic expansion valves.
3.Hot-gas bypass valves.
4.Compressor.
J.Install filter dryers in liquid line between compressor and thermostatic expansion
valve.
K.Install flexible connectors at compressors.
L.Provide refrigerant locking caps on refrigerant charging ports that are located
outdoors unless otherwise protected from unauthorized access by a means
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPING, GENERAL
A.Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and
arrangement of piping systems; indicated locations and arrangements were used to
size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design
considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved
on Shop Drawings.
B.Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15.
C.Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in
equipment rooms and service areas.
D.Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service
areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited
unless specifically indicated otherwise.
E.Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
removal.
F.Install piping adjacent to machines to allow service and maintenance.
G.Install piping free of sags and bends.
H.Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
I.Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system
operating pressure.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 2300-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Refrigerant Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
J.Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of joints,
elbows, and fittings.
K.Arrange piping to allow inspection and service of refrigeration equipment. Install
valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and inspection.
Install access doors or panels as specified on plans if valves or equipment requiring
maintenance is concealed behind finished surfaces.
L.Install refrigerant piping in protective conduit where installed below ground.
M.Install refrigerant piping in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to
mechanical injury.
N.Slope refrigerant piping as follows:
1.Install horizontal hot-gas discharge piping with a uniform slope downward
away from compressor.
2.Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to
compressor.
3.Install traps and double risers to entrain oil in vertical runs.
4.Liquid lines may be installed level.
O.When brazing or soldering, remove solenoid-valve coils and sight glasses; also
remove valve stems, seats, and packing, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant
specialties. Do not apply heat near expansion-valve bulb.
P.Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and
hangers or between pipes for insulation installation.
Q.Identify refrigerant piping and valves according to Section 230553 "Identification
for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
3.3 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.
B.Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings
before assembly.
C.Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube
Handbook."
D.Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," Chapter
"Pipe and Tube."
1.Use Type BCuP (copper-phosphorus) alloy for joining copper socket fittings
with copper pipe.
2.Use Type BAg (cadmium-free silver) alloy for joining copper with bronze or
steel.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.Comply with Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and
Equipment" for hangers, supports, and anchor devices.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 2300-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Refrigerant Piping
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B.Install the following pipe attachments:
1.Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20
feet long.
2.Roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal runs 20 feet or
longer.
3.Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or
longer, supported on a trapeze.
4.Spring hangers to support vertical runs.
5.Copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct
contact with copper pipe.
C.Install hangers for copper tubing, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum
rod diameters, to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities
having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent.
D.Support horizontal piping within 12 inches of each fitting.
E.Support vertical runs of copper tubing to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced
codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most
stringent.
3.5 SYSTEM CHARGING
A.Charge system using the following procedures:
1.Install core in filter dryers after leak test but before evacuation.
2.Evacuate entire refrigerant system with a vacuum pump to 500
micrometers. If vacuum holds for 12 hours, system is ready for charging.
3.Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig.
4.Charge system with a new filter-dryer core in charging line.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A.Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat.
B.Adjust high- and low-pressure switch settings to avoid short cycling in response to
fluctuating suction pressure.
C.Replace core of replaceable filter dryer after system has been adjusted and after
design flow rates and pressures are established.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3113-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Metal Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 233113
METAL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Sup-
plementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Sec-
tion.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings.
2. Single-wall round ducts and fittings.
3. Sheet metal materials.
4. Duct liner.
5. Sealants and gaskets.
6. Hangers and supports.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing,
adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts.
2. Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devic-
es, duct-mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible
ducts.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of the following products:
1. Liners and adhesives.
2. Sealants and gaskets.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sec-
tions, components, and attachments to other work.
2. Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings.
3. Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static-
pressure classes.
4. Elevation of topof ducts.
5. Dimensions of duct runs from building grid lines.
6. Fittings.
7. Reinforcement and spacing.
8. Seam and joint construction.
9. Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions.
10. Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project.
11. Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and ac-
cess doors and panels.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3113-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Metal Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
12. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attach-
ment and vibration isolation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses,
seam and joint construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall
comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flex-
ible.”.
B. Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of
gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions described in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible".
C. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with airstream shall comply with re-
quirements in ASHRAE 62.1.
D. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 -
"Systems and Equipment," and Section 7 - "Construction and System Startup."
E. ASHRAE/IES Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1, Sec-
tion 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation."
F. Duct Dimensions: Unless otherwise indicated, all duct dimensions indicated on
Drawings are inside clear dimensions and do not include insulation or duct wall
thickness.
2.2 SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Con-
struction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class
unless otherwise indicated.
1. Construct ducts of galvanized sheet steel unless otherwise indicated.
2. For ducts exposed to weather, construct of Type 304 stainless steel indi-
cated by manufacturer to be suitable for outdoor installation.
B. Transverse Joints: Fabricate joints in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular
Duct/Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing require-
ments, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
1. For ducts with longest side less than 36 inches, select joint types in ac-
cordance with Figure 2-1.
2. For ducts with longest side 36 inches or greater, use flange joint connector
Type T-22, T-24, T-24A, T-25a, or T-25b. Factory-fabricated flanged duct
connection system may be used if submitted and approved by engineer of
record.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3113-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Metal Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate in accordance with SMAC-
NA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2,
"Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable
sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other pro-
visions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexi-
ble."
D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction:
Select types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construc-
tion Standards - Metal and Flexible," Ch. 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for
static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-
support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2.3 SINGLE-WALL ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Con-
struction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Ch. 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible
Duct," based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated.
1. Construct ducts of galvanized sheet steel unless otherwise indicated.
2. For ducts exposed to weather, construct of Type 304 stainless steel indi-
cated by manufacturer to be suitable for outdoor installation.
B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's
"HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round
Duct Transverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements,
materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's
"HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate in accordance with SMAC-
NA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2,
"Round Duct Longitudinal Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing
requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate in accordance with SMACNA's
"HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 De-
gree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class,
applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and
other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
2.4 SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Con-
struction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thick-
nesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal
materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations,
and other imperfections.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3113-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Metal Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A653/A653M.
1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60.
2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized.
C. Carbon-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A1008/A1008M, with oiled, matte fin-
ish for exposed ducts.
D. Stainless-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A480/A480M, Type 304 or 316; cold
rolled, annealed, sheet. Exposed surface finish shall be No. 2B, No. 2D, No. 3, or
No. 4.
E. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B209 Alloy 3003, H14 temper; with mill
finish for concealed ducts, and standard, one-side bright finish for duct surfaces
exposed to view.
F. Factory- or Shop-Applied Antimicrobial Coating:
1. Apply to the surface of sheet metal that will form the interior surface of
the duct. An untreated clear coating shall be applied to the exterior sur-
face.
2. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and reg-
istered by the EPA for use in HVAC systems.
3. Coating containing the antimicrobial compound shall have a hardness of
2H, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3363.
4. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and
maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with
UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
5. Shop-Applied Coating Color: Black.
6. Antimicrobial coating on sheet metal is not required for duct containing
liner treated with antimicrobial coating.
G. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36/A36M, steel plates, shapes, and
bars; black and galvanized.
1. Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce
aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene,
or EPDM gasket materials.
H. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch-minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or
less; 3/8-inch-minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
2.5 SEALANT AND GASKETS
A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for
sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maxi-
mum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested in accordance with UL 723; certi-
fied by an NRTL.
B. Two-Part Tape Sealing System:
1. Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modi-
fied acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form
hard, durable, airtight seal.
2. Tape Width: 4 inches.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3113-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Metal Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3. Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic.
4. Water resistant.
5. Mold and mildew resistant.
6. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative.
7. Service: Indoor and outdoor.
8. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.
9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and
bare), stainless steel, or aluminum.
C. Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant:
1. Application Method: Brush on.
2. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent.
3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20.
4. Water resistant.
5. Mold and mildew resistant.
6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water).
7. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative.
8. Service: Indoor or outdoor.
9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and
bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets.
10. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive or negative.
11. Service: Indoor or outdoor.
12. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and
bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets.
D. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C920.
1. General: Single-component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric.
2. Type: S.
3. Grade: NS.
4. Class: 25.
5. Use: O.
E. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene
plasticizer.
F. Round Duct Joint O-Ring Seals:
1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch
wg and shall be rated for10-inch wg static-pressure class, positive or neg-
ative.
2.6 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Galvanized-steel rods and nuts.
B. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum
Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct."
C. Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with
ASTM A603.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3113-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Metal Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
D. Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A492.
E. Steel Cable End Connections: Galvanized-steel assemblies with brackets, swivel,
and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and
clamping device.
F. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws;
compatible with duct materials.
G. Trapeze and Riser Supports:
1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates.
2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and ar-
rangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and ar-
rangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air-handling
equipment sizing and for other design considerations. Install duct systems as in-
dicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and coordi-
nation drawings.
B. Install ducts in accordance with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Stand-
ards - Metal and Flexible" unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install ducts in maximum practical lengths with fewest possible joints.
D. Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and
shape and for branch connections.
E. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel
and perpendicular to building lines.
F. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural
and permanent enclosure elements of building.
G. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.
H. Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equip-
ment rooms and enclosures.
I. Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls
and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or
duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct.
Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.
J. Install fire, combination fire/smoke, and smoke dampers where indicated on
Drawings and as required by code, and by local authorities having jurisdiction.
Comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and
smoke dampers and specific installation requirements of the damper UL listing.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3113-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Metal Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
K. Install heating coils, cooling coils, air filters, dampers, and all other duct-
mounted accessories in air ducts where indicated on Drawings.
L. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other for-
eign materials both before and after installation.
M. Elbows: Use long-radius elbows wherever they fit.
1. Fabricate 90-degree rectangular mitered elbows to include turning vanes.
2. Fabricate 90-degree round elbows with a minimum of three segments for
12 inches and smaller and a minimum of five segments for 14 inches and
larger.
N. Branch Connections: Use lateral or conical branch connections.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK
A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or dam-
aged.
B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead.
Do not use two-part tape sealing system.
C. Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld
splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds
flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration
caused by welding.
D. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in arrangement and fabrication
of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets.
E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with
these requirements.
3.3 DUCTWORK EXPOSED TO WEATHER
A. All external joints are to have secure watertight mechanical connections. Seal all
openings to provide weatherproof construction.
B. Construct ductwork to resist external loads of wind, snow, ice, and other effects
of weather. Provide necessary supporting structures.
C. Single Wall:
1. Ductwork shall be Type 304 stainless steel.
2. Ductwork shall be galvanized steel.
a. If duct outer surface is uninsulated, protect outer surface with
suitable paint. Paint materials and application requirements are
specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting."
3. Where ducts have external insulation, provide weatherproof aluminum
jacket. See Section 230713 "Duct Insulation."
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3113-8
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Metal Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.4 ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR TYPE I COMMERCIAL
KITCHEN GREASE HOOD EXHAUST DUCT
A. Install ducts in accordance with NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of
Commercial Cooking Operation"; SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible"; and SMACNA's "Kitchen Ventilation Systems and Food Service
Equipment Fabrication and Installation Guidelines" unless otherwise indicated.
B. Install all ducts without dips and traps that may hold grease, and sloped a minimum of 2
percent to drain grease back to the hood.
C. All ducts exposed to view shall be constructed of stainless steel as per "Duct Schedule"
Article. All ducts concealed from view shall be [stainless] [carbon] steel as per "Duct
Schedule" Article.
D. All joints shall be welded and shall be telescoping, bell, or flange joint as per NFPA 96.
E. Install fire-rated access panel assemblies at each change in direction and at maximum
intervals of [20 (6)] [12 (3.7)] <Insert dimension> feet (m) in horizontal ducts, and at
every floor for vertical ducts, or as indicated on Drawings.
F. Do not penetrate fire-rated assemblies except as allowed by applicable building codes and
authorities having jurisdiction.
3.5 ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR EXHAUST DUCTS SERVING
COMMERCIAL DISHWASHERS AND OTHER HIGH-HUMIDITY LOCATIONS
A. Install dishwasher exhaust ducts and other exhaust ducts from wet, high-humidity
locations without dips and traps that may hold water. Slope ducts a minimum of 2 percent
back to dishwasher or toward drain.
B. Provide a drain pocket at each low point and at the base of each riser with a 1-inch (25-
mm)trapped copper drain from each drain pocket to open site floor drain.
C. Minimize number of transverse seams.
D. Do not locate longitudinal seams on bottom of duct.
3.6 DUCT SEALING
A. Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, in accordance with SMACNA's
"HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
B. Seal ducts at a minimum to the following seal classes in accordance with
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible":
1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible."
2. Outdoor, Supply-Air Ducts: Seal Class A.
3. Outdoor, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
4. Outdoor, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3113-9
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Metal Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
5. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg
and Lower: Seal Class B.
6. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than
2-Inch wg: Seal Class A.
7. Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
8. Unconditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class B.
9. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and
Lower: Seal Class C.
10. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-
Inch wg: Seal Class B.
11. Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B.
12. Conditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flex-
ible," Chapter 5, "Hangers and Supports."
B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-
steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being
attached.
1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete.
2. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and
completely cured.
3. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate
concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick.
4. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate
concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.
5. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints.
C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards
- Metal and Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and
Table 5-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spac-
ing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48
inches of each branch intersection.
D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports.
E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the
duct with welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor
and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet.
F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with
pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and
building materials where used.
3.8 CONNECTIONS
A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Sec-
tion 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3113-10
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Metal Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flex-
ible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.
3.9 PAINTING
A. Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that
do not have duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible
galvanized-steel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are speci-
fied in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 099123 "Interior Painting."
3.10 DUCT CLEANING
A. Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B. Use duct cleaning methodology as indicated in NADCA ACR.
C. Use service openings for entry and inspection.
1. Provide openings with access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure
and leakage class at dampers, coils, and any other locations where re-
quired for inspection and cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for in-
sulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct
liner manufacturer. Comply with Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories"
for access panels and doors.
2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and in-
spection.
3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process.
D. Particulate Collection and Odor Control:
1. When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration
with 99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) par-
ticles.
2. When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris
removed from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away
from air intakes and other points of entry into building.
E. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and depos-
its:
1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers).
2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except
ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baf-
fles, dampers, and drive assemblies.
3. Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing
box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain
pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and con-
densate collectors and drains.
4. Coils and related components.
5. Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling
plenums and mechanical equipment rooms.
6. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes.
7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3113-11
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Metal Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
F. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract
contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from
building.
2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during
cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so
areas being cleaned are under negative pressure.
3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct sur-
faces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct acces-
sories.
4. Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not
permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is dam-
aged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or
fungus growth.
5. Clean coils and coil drain pans in accordance with NADCA ACR. Keep
drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent resi-
dues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins.
6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures.
7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial
agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents in accordance
with manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits
and debris.
3.11 STARTUP
A. Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting,
and Balancing for HVAC."
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3300-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Air Duct Accessories
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 233300
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes:
1.Backdraft and pressure relief dampers.
2.Manual volume dampers.
3.Control dampers.
4.Fire dampers.
5.Smoke dampers.
6.Flange connectors.
7.Turning vanes.
8.Duct-mounted access doors.
9.Duct access panel assemblies.
10.Flexible connectors.
11.Duct accessory hardware.
B.Related Requirements:
1.Section 233346 "Flexible Ducts" for insulated and non-insulated flexible
ducts.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of product.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
B.Operation and maintenance data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.
B.Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction
methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting,
seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
2.2 BACKDRAFT AND PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPERS
A.Description: Gravity balanced.
B.Performance:
1.AMCA Certification: Test and rate in accordance with AMCA 511.
2.Leakage:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3300-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Air Duct Accessories
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
a.Class I: Leakage shall not exceed 4 cfm/sq. ft. against 1-inch wg
differential static pressure.
C.Construction:
1.Frame:
a.Hat shaped.
2.Blades:
a.Multiple single-piece blades.
b.Blade Action: Parallel.
D.Return Spring: Adjustable tension.
E.Damper Actuator - Electric:
1.Electric - 120 V ac or 24 V ac.
2.UL 873 plenum rated.
3.Two position.
a.Sufficient motor torqueto drive damper fully closed with adequate
force to achieve required damper seal.
b.Minimum 90-degree drive rotation.
4.Clockwise or counterclockwise drive rotation as required for application.
5.Environmental Operating Range:
a.Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 130 deg F.
b.Humidity: 5 to 95 percent relative humidity noncondensing.
6.Environmental Enclosure: NEMA 2.
7.Actuator to be factory mounted and provided with a single-point wiring
connection.
F.Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring:
1.Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified
in Section 230923 "Direct Digital Control (DDC) System for HVAC."
G.Accessories:
1.Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure.
2.Counterweights and spring-assist kits for vertical airflow installations.
3.Screen Material: Galvanized steel.
4.Screen Type: Bird.
5.90-degree stops.
2.3 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS
A.Standard, Steel, Manual Volume Dampers:
1.Performance:
a.Leakage Rating Class III: Leakage not exceeding 40 cfm/sq. ft.
against 1-inch wg differential static pressure.
2.Construction:
a.Linkage out of airstream.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3300-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Air Duct Accessories
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
b.Suitable for horizontal or vertical airflow applications.
3.Frames:
a.Hat-shaped, 16-gauge-thick, galvanized sheet steel.
b.Mitered and welded corners.
c.Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in
ducts.
4.Blades:
a.Multiple or single blade.
b.Parallel- or opposed-blade design.
c.Stiffen damper blades for stability.
d.Galvanized steel; 16 gauge thick.
5.Blade Axles: Galvanized steel.
6.Bearings:
a.Dampers mounted with vertical blades to have thrust bearing at
each end of every blade.
7.Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.
8.Locking device to hold damper blades in a fixed position without vibration.
B.Standard, Aluminum, Manual Volume Dampers:
1.Performance:
a.Leakage Rating Class III: Leakage not exceeding 40 cfm/sq. ft.
against 1-inch wg differential static pressure.
2.Construction:
a.Linkage out of airstream.
b.Suitable for horizontal or vertical airflow applications.
3.Frames:
a.Hat-shaped, 0.10-inch-thick, aluminum sheet channels.
b.Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in
ducts.
4.Blades:
a.Multiple or single blade.
b.Parallel- or opposed-blade design.
c.Stiffen damper blades for stability.
d.Roll-Formed Aluminum Blades: 0.10-inch-thick aluminum sheet.
5.Blade Axles: Galvanized steel.
6.Bearings:
a.Dampers mounted with vertical blades to have thrust bearing at
each end of every blade.
7.Tie Bars and Brackets: Aluminum.
8.Locking device to hold damper blades in a fixed position without vibration.
C.Jackshaft:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3300-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Air Duct Accessories
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.Size: 0.5-inch diameter.
2.Material: Galvanized-steel pipe rotating within pipe-bearing assembly
mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple-damper
assemblies.
3.Length and Number of Mountings: As required to connect linkage of each
damper in multiple-damper assembly.
D.Damper Hardware:
1.Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle, made of 3/32-inch-thick
zinc-plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut.
2.Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size.
3.Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting.
2.4 CONTROL DAMPERS
A.General Requirements:
1.Unless otherwise indicated, use parallel-blade configuration for two-
position control, equipment isolation service, and when mixing two
airstreams. For other applications, use opposed-blade configuration.
2.Factory or field assemble multiple damper sections to provide a single
damper assembly of size required by the application.
B.Performance:
1.AMCA Certification: Test and rate in accordance with AMCA 511.
2.Leakage:
a.Class I: Leakage shall not exceed 4 cfm/sq. ft. against 1-inch wg
differential static pressure.
3.Pressure Drop: 0.05 inch wg at 1500 fpm across a 24-by-24-inch damper
when tested in accordance with AMCA 500-D, Figure 5.3.
4.Velocity: Up to 3000 fpm.
5.Temperature: Minus 25 to plus 180 deg F.
6.Pressure Rating: Damper close-off pressure equal to fan shutoff pressure
with a maximum blade deflection of 1/200 of blade length.
C.Construction:
1.Linkage out of airstream.
2.Suitable for horizontal or vertical airflow applications.
3.Frames:
a.Hat, U, or angle shaped.
b.Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in
ducts.
4.Blades:
a.Multiple blade with maximum blade width of 6 inches.
b.Opposed-blade design.
c.Galvanized steel.
d.16-gauge-thick single skin or 14-gauge-thick air foil dual skin.
5.Blade Edging Seals:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3300-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Air Duct Accessories
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
a.Inflatable seal blade edging or replaceable rubber seals.
6.Blade Jamb Seal: Flexible stainless steel, compression type.
7.Blade Axles: 1/2-inch diameter; galvanized steel.
8.Blade-Linkage Hardware: Zinc-plated steel and brass; ends sealed against
blade bearings. Linkage mounted out of air stream.
9.Bearings:
a.Dampers mounted with vertical blades to have thrust bearings at
each end of every blade.
D.Damper Actuator - Electric:
1.Electric - 120 V ac or 24 V ac.
2.UL 873, plenum rated.
3.Two position.
a.Sufficient motor torqueto drive damper fully open and fully closed
with adequate force to achieve required damper seal.
b.Minimum 90-degree drive rotation.
4.Clockwise or counterclockwise drive rotation as required for application.
5.Environmental Operating Range:
a.Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 130 deg F.
b.Humidity: 5 to 95 percent relative humidity noncondensing.
6.Environmental enclosure: NEMA 2.
7.Actuator to be factory mounted and provided with a single-point wiring
connection.
E.Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring:
1.Comply with requirements for electrical devices and connections specified
in Section 230923 "Direct Digital Control (DDC) System for HVAC."
2.5 FIRE DAMPERS
A.Type: dynamic; rated and labeled in accordance with UL 555 by an NRTL.
B.Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg static pressure class and minimum 2000
fpm.
C.Fire Rating: 1-1/2 hours.
D.Frame: Curtain type with blades outside airstream; fabricated with roll-formed
galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners; gauge in accordance with
UL listing.
E.Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field-installed, galvanized sheet steel; gauge in
accordance with UL listing.
F.Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated.
G.Blades: Roll-formed. Material gauge is to be in accordance with UL listing.
H.Heat-Responsive Device:
1.Replaceable, 165 deg F rated, fusible links.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3300-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Air Duct Accessories
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.6 FLANGE CONNECTORS
A.Description: Add-on or roll-formed, factory fabricated, slide-on transverse flange
connectors, gaskets, and components.
B.Material: Galvanized steel.
C.Gauge and Shape: Match connecting ductwork.
2.7 TURNING VANES
A.Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Fabricate curved blades of
galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane
runners suitable for duct mounting.
1.Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with
perforated faces and fibrous-glass fill.
B.Manufactured Turning Vanes for Nonmetal Ducts: Fabricate curved blades of resin-
bonded fiberglass with acrylic polymer coating; support with bars perpendicular to
blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting.
C.General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and
Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
D.Vane Construction:
1.Double wall.
2.8 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS
A.Duct-Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels in accordance with
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figure 7-2
(7-2M), "Duct Access Doors and Panels," and Figure 7-3, "Access Doors - Round
Duct."
1.Door:
a.Double wall, rectangular.
b.Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as
indicated for duct pressure class.
c.24-gauge-thick galvanized steel or 0.032-inch thick aluminum or 24-
gauge-thick stainless steel.
d.Vision panel.
e.Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inch butt or piano hinge and cam
latches.
f.Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.
2.Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets.
a.24-gauge-thick galvanized steel or 0.032-inch-thick aluminum frame.
3.Number of Hinges and Locks:
a.Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches Square: No hinges and two sash
locks.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3300-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Air Duct Accessories
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
b.Access Doors up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash
locks.
c.Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches: Three hinges and two
compression latches.
d.Access Doors Larger Than 24 by 48 Inches: Four hinges and two
compression latches with outside and inside handles.
2.9 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A.Fire-Performance Characteristics: Adhesives, sealants, fabric materials, and
accessory materials shall have flame-spread index not exceeding 25 and smoke-
developed index not exceeding 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
B.Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with
requirements in ASHRAE 62.1.
C.Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics.
D.Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1.
E.Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with
neoprene.
1.Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd. Insert value.
2.Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp and 360 lbf/inch in the filling.
3.Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.
F.Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with
weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone.
1.Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd..
2.Tensile Strength: 530 lbf/inch in the warp and 440 lbf/inch in the filling.
3.Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F.
2.10 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE
A.Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including
screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing
instruments and of length to suit duct-insulation thickness.
B.Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant
to gasoline and grease.
2.11 MATERIALS
A.Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A653/A653M.
1.Galvanized Coating Designation: G90.
2.Exposed-Surface Finish: Mill phosphatized.
B.Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed
on galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless
steel ducts.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3300-8
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Air Duct Accessories
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C.Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or
less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.Install duct accessories in accordance with applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in
NAIMA AH116 for fibrous-glass ducts.
B.Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel
accessories in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless steel accessories in
stainless steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts.
C.Install dampers at inlet of exhaust fans or exhaust ducts as close as possible to
exhaust fan unless otherwise indicated.
D.Where multiple damper sections are necessary to achieve required dimensions,
provide reinforcement to fully support damper assembly when fully closed at full
system design static pressure.
E.Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where
branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having
duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate
liner with nosing at hat channel.
F.Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
G.Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated and as needed
for testing and balancing.
H.Install fire dampers in accordance with UL listing.
I.Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and
maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations:
1.On both sides of duct coils.
2.Upstream from duct filters.
3.At outdoor-air intakes and mixed-air plenums.
4.At drain pans and seals.
5.Downstream from manual volume dampers, control dampers, backdraft
dampers, and equipment.
6.Adjacent to and close enough to fire or smoke dampers, to reset or reinstall
fusible links. Access doors for access to fire or smoke dampers having
fusible links shall be pressure relief access doors and shall be outward
operation for access doors installed upstream from dampers and inward
operation for access doors installed downstream from dampers.
7.At each change in direction and at maximum 50-ft. spacing.
8.Upstream from turning vanes.
9.Control devices requiring inspection.
10.Elsewhere as indicated.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3300-9
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Air Duct Accessories
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
J.Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure.
K.Label access doors according to Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and
Equipment" to indicate the purpose of access door.
L.Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment.
M.For fans developing static pressures of 5 inches wg and more, cover flexible
connectors with loaded vinyl sheet held in place with metal straps.
N.Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Tests and Inspections:
1.Operate dampers to verify full range of movement.
2.Inspect locations of access doors, and verify that size and location of access
doors are adequate to perform required operation.
3.Operate fire, smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers to verify full
range of movement and that proper heat-response device is installed.
4.Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation, and verify that
vanes do not move or rattle.
5.Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of
operator and damper.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3346-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Flexible Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 233346
FLEXIBLE DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Insulated flexible ducts.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Shop Drawings: For flexible ducts.
1. Include plans showing locations and mounting and attachment details.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION
A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating
Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air
Conditioning Systems."
B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction
methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of
pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
C. Comply with the Air Diffusion Council's "ADC Flexible Air Duct Test Code
FD 72-R1."
D. Comply with ASTM E96/E96M, "Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of
Materials."
2.2 INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. Insulated, Flexible Duct: UL 181, Class 1, multiple layers of aluminum laminate
supported by helically wound, spring-steel wire; fibrous-glass insulation;
aluminized vapor-barrier film.
1. Pressure Rating: 10-inch wg positive and 1.0-inch wg negative.
2. Maximum Air Velocity: 4000 fpm.
3. Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 210 deg F.
4. Insulation R-Value: Comply with ASHRAE/IES 90.1.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3346-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Flexible Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install flexible ducts according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in
NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass
ducts.
B. Install in indoor applications only. Flexible ductwork should not be exposed to
UV lighting.
C. Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to ducts directly or with maximum 60-
inch lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place.
D. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands.
E. Installation:
1. Install ducts fully extended.
2. Do not bend ducts across sharp corners.
3. Bends of flexible ducting shall not exceed a minimum of one duct
diameter.
4. Avoid contact with metal fixtures, water lines, pipes, or conduits.
5. Install flexible ducts in a direct line, without sags, twists, or turns.
F. Supporting Flexible Ducts:
1. Suspend flexible ducts with bands 1-1/2 inches wide or wider and spaced
a maximum of 48 inches apart. Maximum centerline sag between
supports shall not exceed 1/2 inch per 12 inches.
2. Install extra supports at bends placed approximately one duct diameter
from center line of the bend.
3. Ducts may rest on ceiling joists or truss supports. Spacing between
supports shall not exceed the maximum spacing per manufacturer's
written installation instructions.
4. Vertically installed ducts shall be stabilized by support straps at a
maximum of 72 inches o.c.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3423-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC HVAC Power Ventilators
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 233423
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes:
1.Ceiling-mounted ventilators.
2.Centrifugal ventilators - roof downblast.
3.Centrifugal ventilators - roof upblast and sidewall.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of product.
1.Construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for fans.
2.Rated capacities, operating characteristics, and furnished specialties and
accessories.
3.Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions
indicated.
4.Certified fan sound-power ratings.
5.Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical
accessories.
6.Material thickness and finishes, including color charts.
7.Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.
8.Prefabricated roof curbs.
9.Fan speed controllers.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.Operation and Maintenance Data: For HVAC power ventilators to include in
normal and emergency operation, and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application.
B.NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A for design, fabrication, and
installation of unit components.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3423-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC HVAC Power Ventilators
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C.ASHRAE 62.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 -
"Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup."
D.ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1,
Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning."
E.Capacities and Characteristics:
1.See mechanical schedule son construction documents.
2.2 CEILING-MOUNTED VENTILATORS
A.Housing: Steel, lined with acoustical insulation.
B.Fan Wheel: Centrifugal wheels directly mounted on motor shaft. Fan shrouds,
motor, and fan wheel removable for service.
C.Back-draft damper: Integral.
D.Grille: Louvered grille with flange on intake and thumbscrew or spring retainer
attachment to fan housing.
E.Electrical Requirements: Junction box for electrical connection on housing and
receptacle for motor plug-in.
2.3 CENTRIFUGAL VENTILATORS - ROOF DOWNBLAST
A.Housing: Downblast; removable spun-aluminum dome top and outlet baffle;
square, one-piece aluminum base with venturi inlet cone.
B.Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.
C.Accessories:
1.Bird Screens: Removable, 1/2-inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire.
2.Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, backdraft dampers mounted in
curb base; factory set to close when fan stops.
3.Motorized Dampers: Parallel-blade dampers mounted in curb base with
electric actuator; wired to close when fan stops.
4.Spark-resistant, all-aluminum wheel construction.
5.Mounting Pedestal: Galvanized steel with removable access panel.
D.Prefabricated Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2-
inch-thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-1/2-inch
wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base.
2.4 CENTRIFUGAL VENTILATORS - ROOF UPBLAST OR SIDEWALL
A.Configuration: Centrifugal roof upblast, grease hood kitchen ventilator.
B.Housing: Removable spun-aluminum dome top and outlet baffle galvanized-steel,
mushroom-domed top; square, one-piece aluminum base with venturi inlet cone.
1.Upblast Units: Provide spun-aluminum discharge baffle to direct discharge
air upward, with rain and snow drains.
2.Provide grease collector.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3423-3SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC HVAC Power Ventilators
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C.Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.
D.Accessories:
E.Restaurant Kitchen Exhaust: UL 762 listed for grease-laden air exhaust.
F.Prefabricated Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2-
inch-thick, rigid, fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 1-1/2-inch
wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base.
G.Prefabricated Kitchen Exhaust Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded
corners; ventilation openings on all sides to ventilate curb interstitial space. Size as
required to suit roof opening and fan base.
1.NFPA 96 code requirements for commercial cooking operations.
2.Kitchen Hood Exhaust: UL 762 listed for grease-laden air.
2.5 MOTORS
A.Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency
requirements for motors specified in Section 230513 "Common Motor
Requirements for HVAC Equipment."
1.Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so
driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above
1.0.
2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.UL Standards: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705. Power ventilators for
use for restaurant kitchen exhaust shall also comply with UL 762.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.Install power ventilators level and plumb.
B.Equipment Mounting:
1.Secure roof-mounted fans to roof curbs with zinc-plated hardware. See
Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs.
2.Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure; use steel wire or metal straps.
C.Install units with clearances for service and maintenance.
D.Label units according to requirements specified in Section 230553 "Identification
for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
3.2 DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS
A.Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final
duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in
Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3423-4SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC HVAC Power Ventilators
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
A.Connect wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power
Conductors and Cables."
B.Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for
Electrical Systems."
C.Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted,
according to NFPA 70 and NECA 1.
3.4 CONTROL CONNECTIONS
A.Install control and electrical power wiring to field-mounted control devices.
B.Connect control wiring according to Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical
Power Cables."
3.5 STARTUP SERVICE:
A.Perform startup service.
1.Complete installation and startup checks in accordance with
manufacturer's written instructions.
2.Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed.
3.Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that
connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that
proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and
disconnect switches.
4.Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete.
5.For direct-drive fans, verify proper motor rotation direction and verify fan
wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation.
6.For belt-drive fans, disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor
rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing
operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install
belt guards.
7.Adjust belt tension.
8.Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.
9.Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts.
10.Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke
dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position.
11.Disable automatic temperature-control operators, energize motor and
confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation, adjust fan to indicated
rpm, and measure and record motor voltage and amperage.
12.Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators.
13.Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A.Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3423-5SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC HVAC Power Ventilators
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B.Adjust belt tension.
C.Lubricate bearings.
D.Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
for HVAC."
3.7 CLEANING
A.After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing and
after completing startup service, clean fans internally to remove foreign material
and construction dirt and dust.
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service
representative.
1.Fan Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start
units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation.
2.Test and adjust controls and safeties.
3.Fans and components will be considered defective if they do not pass tests
and inspections.
4.Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.9 DEMONSTRATION
A.Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain centrifugal
fans.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3533-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Listed Kitchen ventilation System Exhaust Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 233533
LISTED KITCHEN VENTILATION SYSTEM EXHAUST DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Listed grease ducts.
2. Access doors.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of
individual components and profiles, and finishes for listed grease ducts.
B. Shop Drawings: For listed grease ducts.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.
2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights,
loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and
location and size of each field connection.
3. Detail fabrication and assembly of hangers and seismic restraints.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Welding certificates.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the
following:
1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and
supports.
2. AWS D9.1/D9.1M, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for shop and field
welding of joints and seams in listed grease ducts and field-fabricated
grease ducts.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3533-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Listed Kitchen ventilation System Exhaust Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LISTED GREASE DUCTS
A. Description: Factory-fabricated, -listed, and -labeled, double-wall ducts tested
according to UL 1978 and rated for 500 deg F continuously, or 2000 deg F for 30
minutes; with positive or negative duct pressure and complying with NFPA 211.
B. Construction: Inner shell and outer jacket separated by annular space filled with
high-temperature, ceramic-fiber insulation.
C. Gaskets and Flanges: Ensure that gaskets and sealing materials are rated at 1500
deg F minimum.
D. Hood Connectors: Constructed from same material as grease duct with internal
or external continuously welded or brazed joints.
E. Accessories: Tees, elbows, increasers, terminations, adjustable roof flashings,
storm collars, support assemblies, thimbles, firestop spacers, and fasteners;
fabricated from similar materials and designs as vent-pipe straight sections; all
listed for same assembly. Include unique components required to comply with
NFPA 96 including cleanouts, transitions, adapters, and drain fittings.
F. Grease Duct Supports: Construct duct bracing and supports from non-
combustible material.
1. Design bracing and supports to carry static and seismic loads within
stress limitations of the International Building Code.
2. Ensure that bolts, screws, rivets and other mechanical fasteners do not
penetrate duct walls.
G. Comply with ASTM E2336.
H. Factory Tests: Test and inspect fire resistance of grease duct system according to
ASTM E2336.
2.2 ACCESS DOORS
A. Description: Factory-fabricated, -listed, and -labeled, double-wall maintenance
access doors tested according to UL 1978 and rated for 500 deg F continuously, or
2000 deg F for 30 minutes; with positive or negative duct pressure and
complying with NFPA 211.
1. Construction: 0.0625 inch ASTM A666, stainless-steel inner shell and
outer cover with two handles.
2. Fasteners: Stainless-steel bolts and wing nuts.
3. Ensure that bolts do not penetrate interior of duct space.
4. Maintenance Access Door Dimensions: 7 x 7 inches.
5. Door Label: Mark door with uppercase lettering as follows: "ACCESS
PANEL. DO NOT OBSTRUCT."
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3533-3SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Listed Kitchen ventilation System Exhaust Ducts
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
Comply with requirements in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories."
B. Coordinate connections to kitchen exhaust hoods with requirements in
Section 233813 "Commercial-Kitchen Hoods."
C. Coordinate connections to exhaust fans with requirements in Section 233416
"Centrifugal HVAC Fans."
D. Coordinate firestopping where grease ducts penetrate fire separations with
requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."
E. Comply with minimum clearances from combustibles and minimum termination
heights according to product listing or NFPA 211 and UL 2221, whichever is
most stringent.
F. Install airtight maintenance access doors where indicated.
G. Connections: Make grease duct connections according to the International
Mechanical Code.
1. Grease duct to exhaust fan connections: Connect grease ducts to inlet side
of fan using flanges, gaskets, and bolts.
H. Support ducts at intervals recommended by manufacturer to support weight of
ducts and accessories, without applying loading on kitchen hoods.
I. Coordinate fire-rated enclosure construction with Section 092116.23 "Gypsum
Board Shaft Wall Assemblies."
J. Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by listed kitchen ventilation system
exhaust ducts installation.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform air leakage testbefore concealment of any portion of the grease duct
system.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3713.13-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Air Diffusers
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 233713.13
AIR DIFFUSERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Rectangular and square ceiling diffusers.
2. Linear slot diffusers.
3. Eggcrate Grilles
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and
volume-control dampers not integral to diffusers.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RECTANGULAR AND SQUARE CEILING DIFFUSERS
A. See Mechanical Schedules included in Construction Drawings for Basis of
Design.
2.2 LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSERS
A. See Mechanical Schedules included in Construction Drawings for Basis of
Design.
2.3 EGGCRATE GRILLES
A. See Mechanical Schedules included in Construction Drawings for Basis of Design.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install diffusers and grilles level and plumb.
B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of
ducts, fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated
to achieve design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern,
throw, and pressure drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as
practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of
panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation,
notify Architect for a determination of final location.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3713.13-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Air Diffusers
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C. Install diffusers and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service
and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.
3.2 ADJUSTING
A. After installation, adjust diffusers to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before
starting air balancing.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Commercial-Kitchen Hoods
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 233813
COMMERCIAL-KITCHEN HOODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A.Section Includes:
1.Commercial-kitchen hoods, Type I.
2.Commercial-kitchen hoods, Type II.
B.Related Requirements:
1.Section 233533 "Listed Kitchen Ventilation System Exhaust Ducts" for fire-
rated ducts connecting to kitchen hoods.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A.Listed Hood: A hood, factory fabricated and tested for compliance with UL 710 by
a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B.Standard Hood: A hood, usually field fabricated, that complies with design,
construction, and performance criteria of applicable national and local codes.
C.Type I Hood: A hood designed for grease exhaust applications.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For the following:
1.Standard hoods.
2.Filters/baffles.
3.Fire-suppression systems.
4.Luminaires.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to
AWS D1.1/D 1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel," for hangers and supports;
and AWS D9.1/D9.1M, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for joint and seam welding.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Commercial-Kitchen Hoods
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application.
2.2 HOOD MATERIALS
A.Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304.
1.Minimum Thickness: 0.050 inch.
2.Finish: Comply with SSINA's "Finishes for Stainless Steel" for
recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B.Sealant: ASTM C920; Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. Elastomeric sealant
shall be NSF certified for commercial-kitchen hood application. Sealants, when
cured and washed, shall comply with requirements in 21 CFR 177.2600, for use in
areas that come in contact with food.
C.Gaskets: NSF certified for end-use application indicated; of resilient rubber,
neoprene, or PVC that is nontoxic, stable, odorless, nonabsorbent, and unaffected
by exposure to foods and cleaning compounds, and that passes testing according
to UL 710.
2.3 EXHAUST HOOD FABRICATION, TYPE I HOOD
A.Weld all joints exposed to grease with continuous welds, and make filters/baffles
or grease extractors and makeup air diffusers easily accessible for cleaning.
1.Fabricate hoods according to NSF 2, "Food Equipment."
2.Hoods shall be listed and labeled, according to UL 710, by a testing agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
3.Hoods shall be designed, fabricated, and installed according to NFPA 96.
4.Duct Collars: Minimum 0.0598-inch-thick steel at least 3 inches long,
continuously welded to top of hood and at corners
B.Hood Configuration: Exhaust and makeup air.
C.Hood Style: Wall canopy.
D.Filters/Baffles: Removable, stainless-steel. Fabricate stainless steel for filter frame
and removable collection cup and pitched trough. Exposed surfaces shall be
pitched to drain to collection cup. Filters/baffles shall be tested according to
UL 1046, "Safety for Grease Filters for Exhaust Ducts," by an NRTL acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
E.Luminaires: Luminaires and lamps with lenses sealed vapor tight. Wiring shall be
in conduit on hood exterior. Number and location of luminaires shall provide a
minimum of 70 fc at 30 inches above finished floor.
1.Luminaires: LED complying with UL 1598.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-3SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Commercial-Kitchen Hoods
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.Exhaust Fan: On-off switches shall start and stop the exhaust fan. Interlock
exhaust fan with makeup air supply fan to operate simultaneously.
Interlock exhaust fan with fire-suppression system to operate fan(s)
during fire-suppression-agent release and to remain in operation until
manually stopped. Include red pilot light to indicate fan operation.
3.Exhaust Fan Interlock: Factory wire the exhaust fan starters in a single
control cabinet for adjacent hoods to operate together.
2.4 EXHAUST HOOD FABRICATION, TYPE II HOOD
A.Fabricate hoods according to NSF 2, "Food Equipment."
B.Hood Configuration: Exhaust only.
C.Hood Type: Condensate removal.
D.Hood Style: Wall-mounted canopy.
E.Condensate Hood Baffles: Removable, stainless-steel baffles to drain into a hood drain trough,
and stainless-steel drain piping.
2.5 FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEM, WET CHEMICAL
A.Description: Engineered distribution piping designed for automatic detection and
release or manual release of fire-suppression agent by hood operator. Fire-
suppression system shall be listed and labeled for complying with NFPA 17A,
"Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems," by a qualified testing agency acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.Steel Pipe, NPS 2 and Smaller: ASTM A53/A53M, Type S, Grade A,
Schedule 40, plain ends.
2.Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Classes 150 and 300.
3.Piping, fusible links and release mechanism, tank containing the
suppression agent, and controls shall be factory installed. Controls shall be
in stainless-steel control cabinet mounted on hood or wall. Furnish
manual pull station for wall mounting. Exposed piping shall be covered
with chrome-plated aluminum tubing. Exposed fittings shall be chrome
plated.
4.Liquid Extinguishing Agent: Noncorrosive, low-pH liquid.
5.Furnish electric-operated gas shutoff valve with clearly marked open and
closed indicator for field installation.
6.Fire-suppression system controls shall be integrated with controls for fans,
lights, and fuel supply and located in a single cabinet for each group of
hoods immediately adjacent.
7.Wiring shall have color-coded, numbered terminal blocks and grounding
bar. Spare terminals for fire alarm, optional wiring to start fan with fire
alarm, red pilot light to indicate fan operation, and control switches shall
all be factory wired in control cabinet with relays or starters. Include spare
terminals for fire alarm, and wiring to start fan with fire alarm.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-4SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Commercial-Kitchen Hoods
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B.Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping
connections before equipment installation.
C.Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.Coordinate equipment layout and installation with adjacent Work, including
luminaires, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fire-suppression system
components.
B.Install hoods and associated services with clearances and access for maintaining,
cleaning, and servicing hoods, filters/baffles, grease extractor, and fire-
suppression systems according to manufacturer's written instructions and
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
C.Make cutouts in hoods where required to run service lines and to make final
connections, and seal openings according to UL 1978.
D.Securely anchor and attach items and accessories to walls, floors, or bases with
stainless-steel fasteners unless otherwise indicated.
E.Install hoods to operate free from vibration.
F.Install trim strips and similar items requiring fasteners in a bed of sealant. Fasten
with stainless-steel fasteners at 48 inches o.c. maximum.
G.Install sealant in joints between equipment and abutting surfaces with continuous
joint backing unless otherwise indicated. Provide airtight, watertight, vermin-
proof, sanitary joints.
H.Install lamps, with maximum recommended wattage, in equipment with integral
lighting.
I.Set initial temperatures, and calibrate sensors.
J.Set field-adjustable switches.
3.3 CONNECTIONS
A.Connect ducts according to requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct
Accessories." Install flexible connectors on makeup air supply duct. Weld
exhaust-duct connections with continuous liquidtight joint.
B.Install fire-suppression piping for remote-mounted suppression systems
according to NFPA 17A, "Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems."
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-5SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Commercial-Kitchen Hoods
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative
to test and inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations,
including connections.
B.Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-
authorized service representative:
1.Test each equipment item for proper operation. Repair or replace
equipment that is defective, including units that operate below required
capacity or that operate with excessive noise or vibration.
2.Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and
malfunctioning controls and equipment.
3.Test gas, and liquid-carrying components for leaks. Repair or replace
leaking components.
4.Perform hood performance tests required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
5.Perform fire-suppression system performance tests required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
C.Commercial-kitchen hoods will be considered defective if they do not pass tests
and inspections.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 5523.13-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Low-Intensity, Gas Fired, Radiant Heaters
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 235523.13
LOW-INTENSITY, GAS-FIRED, RADIANT HEATERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section includes low-intensity, gas-fired, radiant heaters.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of product.
1.Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics,
and furnished specialties and accessories.
B.Shop Drawings:
1.Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights,
loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and
location and size of each field connection.
2.Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.CSA certified, with CSA Seal and certification number clearly visible on units
indicating compliance with ANSI Z83.20/CSA 2.34.
B.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application.
2.2 DRAFT-INDUCED HEATERS
A.Description: Factory-assembled, outdoor, overhead-mounted, electrically
controlled, low-intensity, infrared radiant heating units using gas combustion.
Heater to have all necessary factory-installed wiring and piping required prior to
field installation and startup.
B.Fuel Type: Design burner for natural gas having characteristics same as those of
gas available at Project site.
C.Burner Assembly:
1.Combustion-Air Inlet: Non-ducted, unvented.
2.Ignition System: 24-V ac with flame rod sensing capabilities and self-
diagnostic control module.
D.Combustion Chamber: 316 stainless steel tubing with high-emissivity, high-
temperature, corrosion-resistant external finish.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 5523.13-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Low-Intensity, Gas Fired, Radiant Heaters
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
E.Emitter Tube: 316 stainless steel tubing with high-emissivity, high-temperature,
corrosion-resistant external finish. Emitter tubing shall be equipped with baffles
to maximize heating efficiency.
F.Reflector: 316 stainless steel with end caps. Shape to control radiation from tubing
for uniform intensity at floor level with 100 percent cutoff above centerline of
tubing. Reflectors or entire heater shall accommodate rotational adjustment from
horizontal to a minimum 30-degree tilt from vertical.
1.Power Requirements:
a.Volts: 120 V.
b.Hertz: 60.
2.3 CONTROLS AND SAFETIES
A.Gas Control Valve: Two-stage, regulated redundant 24-V ac gas valve that
contains pilot solenoid valve, electric gas valve, pilot filter, pressure regulator,
pilot shutoff, and manual shutoff all in one body.
B.Failure Safeguards: 100 percent shutoff of gas flow in the event of flame or power
failure.
C.Prepurge of 30 seconds of air control system prior to burner ignition.
D.Safety lockout of burner after three consecutive ignition failures.
E.Blocked Vent Safety: Differential pressure switch in burner safety circuit to stop
burner operation with high discharge or suction pressure.
F.Control Panel Interlock: Stops burner if panel is open.
G.Indicator Lights: Airflow-on and burner-on indicator lights.
H.Thermostat: Two-stage, wall-mounted type with 50 to 90 deg F operating range
and fan on switch.
1.Control Transformer: Integrally mounted.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.Equipment Installation: Install gas-fired, radiant heaters and associated gas
features and systems according to CSA B149.1.
B.Suspended Units: Mount to substrate using manufacturer's rigid mounting kits or
custom fabricated brackets.
1.Comply with requirements for hangers and supports specified in
Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
C.Maintain manufacturers' recommended clearances for combustibles.
D.Gas Piping: Comply with Section 231123 "Facility Natural-Gas Piping." Connect
gas piping to gas train inlet; provide union with enough clearance for burner
removal and service.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 5523.13-3SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Low-Intensity, Gas Fired, Radiant Heaters
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.Gas Connections: Connect gas piping to radiant heaters according to
CSA B149.1.
E.Where installing piping adjacent to gas-fired, radiant heaters, allow space for
service and maintenance.
F.Vent Connections: Comply with Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" and with
Section 235123 "Gas Vents."
G.Electrical Connections: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 260519
"Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."
1.Install electrical devices furnished with heaters but not specified to be
factory mounted.
3.2 ADJUSTING
A.Adjust initial-temperature set points.
B.Adjust burner and other unit components for optimum heating performance and
efficiency.
END OF SECTION
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Packaged, Large-Capacity, Rooftop Air-Conditioning Units
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 237416.13 - PACKAGED, LARGE-CAPACITY, ROOFTOP AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section includes packaged, large-capacity, rooftop air conditioning units (RTUs), including multiple
components, capable of heating and cooling.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each type of RTU.
B.Shop Drawings: For each packaged, large-capacity, rooftop air-conditioning units.
1.Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.
2.Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
3.Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranty.
B.Product Certificates: Submit certification that specified equipment will withstand wind forces identified
in "Performance Requirements" Article and in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for
HVAC."
1.4 WARRANTY
A.Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of outdoor, semi-custom, air-handling
unit that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1.Warranty Period: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.
2.Warranty Period for Heat Exchangers: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than ten years from
date of Substantial Completion
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Packaged, Large-Capacity, Rooftop Air-Conditioning Units
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an
NRTL, and marked for intended location and application.
B.NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A for design, fabrication, and installation of RTUs and
components.
C.ASHRAE 62.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and
Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup."
D.ASHRAE 15 Compliance: For refrigeration system safety.
E.ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1, Section 6 - "Heating,
Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning."
F.UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1995.
G.Miami-Dade High Wind rated construction.
2.2 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS
A.See Mechanical Schedules included in Construction Drawings for Basis of Design.
2.3 ROOF CURBS
A.Wind Restraints: Metal brackets compatible with the curb and casing, painted to match RTU, used to
anchor unit to the curb, and designed for loads at Project site.
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.AHRI Compliance:
1.Comply with AHRI 340/360 for testing and rating energy efficiencies for RTUs.
2.Comply with AHRI 270 for testing and rating sound performance for RTUs.
3.Comply with AHRI 1060 for testing and rating performance for air-to-air exchanger.
B.AMCA Compliance:
1.Comply with AMCA 11 and bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal for air and sound
performance according to AMCA 211 and AMCA 311.
2.Damper leakage tested in accordance with AMCA 500-D.
3.Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-3SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Packaged, Large-Capacity, Rooftop Air-Conditioning Units
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A.Examine roughing-in for RTUs to verify actual locations of piping and duct connections before
equipment installation.
B.Roof Curb: Install on roof structure, level and secure, according to AHRI Guideline B. Install RTUs on
curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction specified in Section 077200
"Roof Accessories." Secure RTUs to upper curb rail, and secure curb base to roof framing or concrete
base with anchor bolts. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs with actual equipment provided.
3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS
A.Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement
of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.Where installing piping adjacent to RTU, allow space for service and maintenance.
C.Connect piping to unit mounted on vibration isolators with flexible connectors.
D.Connect condensate drain pans using NPS 1-1/4, ASTM B88, Type M copper tubing. Extend to nearest
equipment or roof drain. Construct deep trap at connection to drain pan and install cleanouts at changes
in direction.
E.Gas Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 231123 "Facility Natural-Gas Piping."
Connect gas piping to burner, full size of gas train inlet, and connect with union and shutoff valve with
sufficient clearance for burner removal and service.
3.3 DUCT CONNECTIONS
A.Comply with duct installation requirements specified in other HVAC Sections. Drawings indicate the
general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection requirements:
1.Install ducts to termination at top of roof curb.
2.Remove roof decking only as required for passage of ducts. Do not cut out decking under entire
roof curb.
3.Connect supply ducts to RTUs with flexible duct connectors specified in Section 233300 "Air
Duct Accessories."
4.Install return-air duct continuously through roof structure.
3.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
A.Connect electrical wiring according to Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables."
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-4SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Packaged, Large-Capacity, Rooftop Air-Conditioning Units
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B.Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."
C.Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, according to NFPA 70
and NECA 1.
D.Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit
number feeding connection.
1.Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs as specified in Section 260553
"Identification for Electrical Systems."
3.5 CONTROL CONNECTIONS
A.Install control and electrical power wiring to field-mounted control devices.
B.Connect control wiring according to Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables."
3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,
operate, and maintain RTUs.
END OF SECTION 237416.13
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Dedicated Outdoor-Air Units
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 237433 - DEDICATED OUTDOOR-AIR UNITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A.Section includes factory-assembled, dedicated outdoor air-handling units, including multiple components,
capable of heating and cooling 100 percent outdoor air.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.Product Data: For each dedicated outdoor-air unit.
B.Shop Drawings: For each dedicated outdoor-air unit.
1.Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details.
2.Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances,
method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.
3.Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranty.
B.Product Certificates: Submit certification that specified equipment will withstand wind forces identified
in "Performance Requirements" Article and in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for
HVAC."
1.4 WARRANTY
A.Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to replace components of dedicated outdoor-air units that fail in materials
or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1.Warranty Period for Dedicated Outdoor-Air-Handling Units: One year from date of Substantial
Completion.
2.Warranty Period for Compressors: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
3.Warranty Period for Heat Exchangers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Dedicated Outdoor-Air Units
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an
"NRTL" (nationally recognized testing laboratory), and marked for intended location and application.
B.NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A for design, fabrication, and installation of units and
components.
C.ASHRAE 62.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and
Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup."
D.ASHRAE 15 and ASHRAE 34 Compliance: For refrigeration system safety.
E.ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1, Section 6 - "Heating,
Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning."
F.ASHRAE 84 Compliance: Comply with capacity ratings for [heat-wheel] [fixed plate] energy-recovery
equipment.
G.Miami-Dade High Wind rated construction.
2.2 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS
A.See Mechanical Schedules included in Construction Drawings for Basis of Design.
2.3 ROOF CURBS
A.Wind and Seismic Restraints: Metal brackets compatible with the curb and casing, painted to match unit,
used to anchor unit to the curb, and designed for loads at Project site.
2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.AHRI 920: Manufacturer to certify that performance ratings are in accordance with AHRI 920 if
AHRI 920 certification program is not in place. Provide AHRI 920 certification if AHRI 920 certification
program is in place.
B.AHRI 260 or AMCA 311 Sound Performance Rating Certification: Test, rate, and label unit fan sound
ratings in accordance with AHRI 260 or AMCA 311.
C.Fan Energy Index (FEI): Test in accordance with AMCA 210 and rate in accordance with AMCA 99,
AMCA 207, and AMCA 208.
D.Fan Operating Limits: Classify fans in accordance with AMCA 99, Section 14.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-3SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Dedicated Outdoor-Air Units
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
E.Damper Leakage and Air Performance:
1.Damper Rating: Test and rate dampers for leakage and air performance in accordance with
AMCA 510.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A.Examine areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.Roof Curb: Install on roof structure or concrete base, level and secure, in accordance with Guideline B.
Install units on curbs and coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction specified in
Section 077200 "Roof Accessories." Secure units to upper curb rail, and secure curb base to roof framing
or concrete base with anchor bolts. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs with actual equipment
provided.
B.Do not operate fan system until filters (temporary or permanent) are in place. Replace temporary filters
used during construction and testing with new, clean filters.
C.Install filter-gauge, static-pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters. Mount filter gauges on
outside of filter housing or filter plenum in accessible position. Provide filter gauges on filter banks,
installed with separate static-pressure taps upstream and downstream of filters.
D.Connect duct to air-handling units with flexible connections. Comply with requirements in
Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."
E.Install wall- and duct-mounted sensors furnished by manufacturer for field installation. Install control
wiring and make final connections to control devices and unit control panel.
F.Comply with requirements for gas-fired furnace installation in NFPA 54.
G.Install separate devices furnished by manufacturer and not factory installed.
H.Install new filters at completion of equipment installation and before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS
A.Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of
piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.Where installing piping adjacent to units, allow space for service and maintenance.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-4SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Dedicated Outdoor-Air Units
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C.Connect piping to units mounted on vibration isolators with flexible connectors.
D.Gas Piping: Comply with requirements in Section 231123 "Facility Natural-Gas Piping." Provide AGA-
approved flexible connectors.
E.Duct Connections:
1.Comply with requirements in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts."
2.Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts.
3.Connect ducts to units with flexible duct connectors. Comply with requirements for flexible duct
connectors in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories."
3.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
A.Connect wiring in accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables."
B.Ground equipment in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."
C.Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, in accordance with
NFPA 70 and NECA 1.
D.Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit
number feeding connection.
1.Nameplate shall be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs, as specified in Section 260553
"Identification for Electrical Systems."
3.5 CONTROL CONNECTIONS
A.Install control and electrical power wiring to field-mounted control devices.
B.Connect control wiring in accordance with Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables."
3.6 STARTUP SERVICE
A.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
1.Complete installation and startup checks in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
2.Inspect units for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber.
3.Perform the following operations for both minimum and maximum firing, and adjust burner for
peak efficiency:
a.Measure gas pressure at manifold.
b.Measure combustion-air temperature at inlet to combustion chamber.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-5SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Dedicated Outdoor-Air Units
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
c.Measure flue-gas temperature at furnace discharge.
d.Perform flue-gas analysis. Measure and record flue-gas carbon dioxide and oxygen
concentration.
e.Measure supply-air temperature and volume when burner is at maximum firing rate and
when burner is off. Calculate useful heat to supply air.
4.Verify operation of remote panel, including pilot-light operation and failure modes. Inspect the
following:
a.High-limit heat exchanger.
b.Alarms.
5.Inspect units for visible damage to refrigerant compressor, condenser and evaporator coils, and
fans.
6.Start refrigeration system when outdoor-air temperature is within normal operating limits. and
measure and record the following:
a.Cooling coil leaving-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
b.Cooling coil entering-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
c.Condenser coil entering-air dry-bulb temperature.
d.Condenser coil leaving-air dry-bulb temperature.
7.Simulate maximum cooling demand and inspect the following:
a.Compressor refrigerant suction and hot-gas pressures.
b.Short-circuiting of air through outside coil or from outside coil to outdoor-air intake.
8.Inspect casing insulation for integrity, moisture content, and adhesion.
9.Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.
10.Verify that controls are connected and operable.
11.Verify that filters are installed.
12.Clean coils and inspect for construction debris.
13.Clean furnace flue and inspect for construction debris.
14.Inspect operation of power vents.
15.Purge gas line.
16.Inspect and adjust vibration isolators.
17.Verify bearing lubrication.
18.Clean fans and inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration and
binding.
19.Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension.
20.Start unit.
21.Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices, including response to smoke
detectors by fan controls and fire alarm.
22.Operate unit for run-in period.
23.Calibrate controls.
24.Adjust and inspect high-temperature limits.
25.Verify operational sequence of controls.
26.Measure and record the following airflows. Plot fan volumes on fan curve.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-6SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Dedicated Outdoor-Air Units
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
a.Supply-air volume.
b.Outdoor-air flow.
B.After startup, change filters, verify bearing lubrication, and adjust belt tension.
C.Remove and replace components that do not properly operate, and repeat startup procedures as specified
above.
D.Prepare written report of the results of startup services.
3.7 ADJUSTING
A.Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points.
B.Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.
C.Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within [12] <Insert number> months from date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up
to [two] <Insert number> visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose.
3.8 CLEANING
A.After completing system installation; testing, adjusting, and balancing dedicated outdoor-air unit and air-
distribution systems; and completing startup service, clean air-handling units internally to remove foreign
material and construction dirt and dust. Clean fan wheels, casings, dampers, coils, and filter housings, and
install new, clean filters.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.Testing Agency: Owner will engage qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B.Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect
components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections.
C.Perform the following tests and inspections:
1.Leak Test: After installation, fill water and steam coils with water, and test coils and connections
for leaks.
2.Charge refrigerant coils with refrigerant and test for leaks.
3.Fan Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper
motor rotation and unit operation.
3.10 DEMONSTRATION
A.Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,
operate, and maintain units.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 3813-7SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Dedicated Outdoor-Air Units
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
END OF SECTION 237433
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-1SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SECTION 238129 - VARIABLE-REFRIGERANT-FLOW HVAC SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes complete VRF HVAC system(s) including, but not limited to the following
components to make a complete operating system(s) according to requirements indicated:
1. Indoor, concealed, ceiling-mounted units for ducting.
2. Outdoor, air-source heat recovery units.
3. Heat recovery control units.
4. System controls.
5. System refrigerant and oil.
6. System condensate drain piping.
7. System refrigerant piping.
8. Metal hangers and supports.
9. Metal framing systems.
10. Fastener systems.
11. Pipe stands.
12. Equipment stands.
13. Miscellaneous support materials.
14. Piping and tubing insulation.
15. System control cable and raceways.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Air-Conditioning System Operation: System capable of operation with all zones in cooling
only.
B. Heat-Pump System Operation: System capable of operation with all zones in either heating or
cooling, but not with simultaneous heating and cooling zones that transfer heat between zones.
C. Heat Recovery System Operation: System capable of operation with simultaneous heating and
cooling zones that transfer heat between zones.
D. HRCU: Heat Recovery Control Unit. HRCUs are used in heat recovery VRF HVAC systems to
manage and control refrigerant between indoor units to provide simultaneous heating and
cooling zones. "Heat Recovery Control Unit" is the term used by ASHRAE for what different
manufacturers term as branch circuit controller, branch selector box, changeover box, flow
selector unit, mode change unit, and other such terms.
E. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or
for remote-control, signaling power-limited circuits.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-2SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
F. Plenum: A space forming part of the air distribution system to which one or more air ducts are
connected. An air duct is a passageway, other than a plenum, for transporting air to or from
heating, ventilating, or air-conditioning equipment.
G. Three-Pipe System Design: One high pressure refrigerant vapor line, one low pressure
refrigerant vapor line, and one refrigerant liquid line connect a single outdoor unit or multiple
manifold outdoor units in a single system to associated system HRCUs. One liquid line and
refrigerant vapor line connect HRCUs to associated indoor units.
H. Two-Pipe System Design: One refrigerant vapor line and one refrigerant liquid line connect a
single outdoor unit or multiple manifold outdoor units in a single system to associated system
HRCUs. One refrigerant liquid line and refrigerant vapor line connect HRCUs to associated
indoor units. HRCUs used in two pipe systems act as an intermediate heat exchanger and
include diverting valves and gas/liquid separators to move high and low pressure refrigerant
between indoor units.
I. VRF: Variable refrigerant flow.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product data.
B. Shop Drawings: For VRF HVAC systems.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.
2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
3. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments
to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames
for equipment mounting.
4. Include diagrams and details of refrigerant piping and tubing showing installation
requirements for manufacturer-furnished divided flow fittings.
5. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Samples for Initial Selection: For fully and partially exposed indoor units with factory finishes
viewable by occupants.
D. Delegated-Design Submittals:
1. Include design calculations with corresponding diagram of refrigerant piping and tubing
sizing for each system installed.
2. Include design calculations with corresponding floor plans indicating that refrigerant
concentration limits are within allowable limits of ASHRAE 15 and governing codes.
3. Include calculations showing that system travel distance for refrigerant piping and
controls cabling are within horizontal and vertical travel distances set by manufacturer.
Provide a comparison table for each system installed.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-3SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data:
1. For Installer.
2. For VRF HVAC system manufacturer.
3. For VRF HVAC system provider.
B. Sample warranties.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications:
1. Authorized representative of, and trained by, VRF HVAC system manufacturer.
2. VRF HVAC system manufacturer's backing to take over execution of Work if necessary
to comply with requirements indicated. Include Project-specific written letter, signed by
manufacturer's corporate officer, if requested.
B. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and
approved by VRF HVAC system manufacturer.
1. Each employee shall be certified by manufacturer for proper installation of systems,
including, but not limited to, equipment, piping, controls, and accessories indicated and
furnished for installation.
2. Installer certification shall be valid and current for duration of Project.
3. Retain copies of Installer certificates on-site and make available on request.
4. Each person assigned to Project shall have demonstrated past experience.
C. ISO Compliance: System equipment and components furnished by VRF HVAC system
manufacturer shall be manufactured in an ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 facility.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace equipment and components
that fail(s) in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period:
a. For Compressor: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.
b. For Parts, Including Controls: One year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-4SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Direct-expansion (DX) VRF HVAC system(s) with variable capacity in response to varying
cooling and heating loads. System shall consist of multiple indoor units, HRCU, outdoor unit(s),
piping, controls, and electrical power to make complete operating system(s) complying with
requirements indicated.
Revise options in first subparagraph below for system design. Include all three options to be least
restrictive. See the Evaluations.
1. Two-pipe or three-pipe system design.
2. System(s) operation, heat recovery as indicated on Drawings.
3. Each system with one refrigerant circuit shared by all indoor units connected to system.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by
a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
C. AHRI Compliance: System and equipment performance certified according to AHRI 1230 and
products listed in AHRI directory.
D. ASHRAE Compliance:
1. ASHRAE 15: For safety code for mechanical refrigeration.
2. ASHRAE 135: For control network protocol with remote communication.
3. ASHRAE/IES 90.1 Compliance: For system and component energy efficiency.
E. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1995.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Service Access:
1. Provide and document service access requirements.
2. Locate equipment, system isolation valves, and other system components that require
service and inspection in easily accessible locations. Avoid locations that are difficult to
access if possible.
3. Where serviceable components are installed behind walls and above inaccessible ceilings,
provide finished assembly with access doors or panels to gain access. Properly size the
openings to allow for service, removal, and replacement.
4. If less than full and unrestricted access is provided, locate components within an 18-inch
reach of the finished assembly.
5. Where ladder access is required to service elevated components, provide an installation
that provides for sufficient access within ladder manufacturer's written instructions for
use.
6. Comply with OSHA regulations.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-5SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B. System Design and Installation Requirements:
1. Design and install systems indicated according to manufacturer's recommendations and
written instructions.
2. Where manufacturer's requirements differ from requirements indicated, contact Architect
for direction. The most stringent requirements should apply unless otherwise directed in
writing by Architect.
C. Isolation of Equipment: Provide isolation valves to isolate each HRCU, indoor unit and outdoor
unit for service, removal, and replacement without interrupting system operation.
D. System Capacity Ratio: The sum of connected capacity of all indoor units shall be within the
following range of outdoor-unit rated capacity:
1. Range acceptable to manufacturer.
E. System Turndown: Stable operation down to 20 percent of outdoor-unit capacity.
F. System Auto Refrigerant Charge: Each system shall have an automatic refrigerant charge
function to ensure the proper amount of refrigerant is installed in system.
G. Outdoor Conditions:
1. Suitable for outdoor ambient conditions encountered.
a. Design equipment and supports to withstand wind loads of governing code.
b. Provide corrosion-resistant coating for components and supports where located in
coastal or industrial climates that are known to be harmful to materials and
finishes.
H. Sound Performance: Sound levels generated by operating HVAC equipment shall be within
requirements indicated.
1. Indoor: Within design guidelines of "2015 ASHRAE HANDBOOK- HVAC
Applications."
2. Outdoor: Within ordinance of governing authorities.
I. Thermal Movements: Allow for controlled thermal movements from ambient, surface, and
system temperature changes.
J. Capacities and Characteristics: As indicated on Drawings.
2.3 INDOOR, CONCEALED, CEILING-MOUNTED UNITS FOR DUCTING
A. Description: Factory-assembled and tested complete unit with components, piping, wiring, and
controls required for mating to ductwork, piping, power, and controls field connections.
B. Cabinet:
1. Material: Galvanized steel.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-6SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard internal insulation to provide thermal resistance and
prevent condensation.
3. Duct Connections: Extended collar or flange, or designated exterior cabinet surface,
designed for attaching field-installed ductwork.
4. Mounting: Manufacturer-designed provisions for field installation.
5. Internal Access: Removable panels or hinged doors of adequate size for field access to
internal components for inspection, cleaning, service, and replacement.
C. DX Coil Assembly:
1. Coil Casing: Aluminum, galvanized, or stainless steel.
2. Coil Fins: Aluminum, mechanically bonded to tubes, with arrangement required by
performance.
3. Coil Tubes: Copper, of diameter and thickness required by performance.
4. Expansion Valve: Electronic modulating type with linear or proportional characteristics.
5. Unit Internal Tubing: Copper tubing with brazed joints.
6. Unit Internal Tubing Insulation: Manufacturer's standard insulation, of thickness to
prevent condensation.
7. Field Piping Connections: Manufacturer's standard.
8. Factory Charge: Dehydrated air or nitrogen.
9. Testing: Factory pressure tested and verified to be without leaks.
D. Drain Assembly:
1. Pan: Non-ferrous material, with bottom sloped to low point drain connection.
2. Condensate Removal: Unit-mounted pump or other integral lifting mechanism, capable
of lifting drain water to an elevation above top of cabinet.
3. Field Piping Connection: Non-ferrous material.
E. Fan and Motor Assembly:
1. Fan(s):
a. Direct-drive arrangement.
b. Single or multiple fans connected to a common motor shaft and driven by a single
motor.
c. Fabricated from non-ferrous components or ferrous components with corrosion-
resistant finish.
d. Wheels statically and dynamically balanced.
2. Motor: Brushless dc or electronically commutated with permanently lubricated bearings.
3. Motor Protection: Integral protection against thermal, overload, and voltage fluctuations.
4. Speed Settings and Control: Two (low, high), three (low, medium, high), or more than
three speed settings or variable speed with a speed range of least 50 percent.
5. Vibration Control: Integral isolation to dampen vibration transmission.
F. Filter Assembly:
1. Access: Bottom, side, or rear to accommodate field installation without removing
ductwork and to accommodate filter replacement without need for tools.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-7SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. Efficiency: ASHRAE 52.2, MERV 8.
3. Media:
a. Replaceable: Extended surface, panel, or cartridge with antimicrobial treatment
fiber media.
b. Washable: Manufacturer's standard filter with antimicrobial treatment.
G. Unit Controls:
1. Enclosure: Metal, suitable for indoor locations.
2. Factory-Installed Controller: Configurable digital control.
3. Communication: Network communication with other indoor and outdoor units.
4. Cable and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and
corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram.
5. Field Connection: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and
corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram.
H. Unit Electrical:
1. Enclosure: Metal, suitable for indoor locations.
2. Field Connection: Single point connection to power unit and integral controls.
3. Disconnecting Means: Factory-mounted circuit breaker or switch.
4. Control Transformer: Manufacturer's standard. Coordinate requirements with field power
supply.
5. Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a
unit-mounted wiring diagram.
6. Raceways: Enclose line voltage wiring in raceways.
2.4 OUTDOOR, AIR-SOURCE HEAT RECOVERY UNITS
A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested complete unit with components, piping, wiring, and
controls required for mating to piping, power, and controls field connections.
1. Specially designed for use in systems with simultaneous heating and cooling.
2. Systems shall consist of one unit, or multiple unit modules that are designed by variable
refrigerant system manufacturer for field interconnection to make a single refrigeration
circuit that connects multiple indoor units.
3. All units installed shall be from the same product development generation.
B. Cabinet:
1. Galvanized steel and coated with a corrosion-resistant finish.
2. Mounting: Manufacturer-designed provisions for field installation.
3. Internal Access: Removable panels or hinged doors of adequate size for field access to
internal components for inspection, cleaning, service, and replacement.
C. Compressor and Motor Assembly:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-8SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1. One or more positive-displacement, direct-drive and hermetically sealed scroll
compressor(s) with inverter drive and turndown to [15] <Insert number> percent of
rated capacity.
2. Protection: Integral protection against the following:
a. High refrigerant pressure.
b. Low oil level.
c. High oil temperature.
d. Thermal and overload.
e. Voltage fluctuations.
f. Phase failure and phase reversal.
g. Short cycling.
3. Speed Control: Variable to automatically maintain refrigerant suction and condensing
pressures while varying refrigerant flow to satisfy system cooling and heating loads.
4. Vibration Control: Integral isolation to dampen vibration transmission.
5. Oil management system to ensure safe and proper lubrication over entire operating range.
6. Crankcase heaters with integral control to maintain safe operating temperature.
7. Fusible plug.
D. Condenser Coil Assembly:
1. Plate Fin Coils:
a. Casing: Aluminum, galvanized, or stainless steel.
b. Fins: Aluminum or copper, mechanically bonded to tubes, with arrangement
required by performance.
c. Tubes: Copper, of diameter and thickness required by performance.
2. Coating: Corrosion resistant.
3. Hail Protection: Provide condenser coils with louvers, baffles, or hoods to protect against
hail damage.
E. Condenser Fan and Motor Assembly:
1. Fan(s): Propeller type.
a. Direct-drive arrangement.
b. Fabricated from non-ferrous components or ferrous components with corrosion
protection finish to match performance indicated for condenser coil.
2. Fan Guards: Removable safety guards complying with OSHA regulations. If using metal
materials, coat with corrosion-resistant coating to match performance indicated for
condenser coil.
3. Motor(s): Brushless dc or electronically commutated with permanently lubricated
bearings and rated for outdoor duty.
4. Motor Protection: Integral protection against thermal, overload, and voltage fluctuations.
5. Vibration Control: Integral isolation to dampen vibration transmission.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-9SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
F. Drain Pan: If required by manufacturer's design, provide unit with non-ferrous drain pan with
bottom sloped to a low point drain connection.
G. Unit Controls:
1. Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard, and suitable for unprotected outdoor locations.
2. Factory-Installed Controller: Configurable digital control.
3. Features and Functions: Self-diagnostics, time delay, auto-restart, fuse protection, auto
operation mode, manual operation mode, night setback control.
4. Communication: Network communication with indoor units and other outdoor unit(s).
5. Cable and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and
corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram.
6. Field Connection: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and
corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram.
H. Unit Electrical:
1. Enclosure: Metal, similar to enclosure, and suitable for unprotected outdoor locations.
2. Field Connection: Single point connection to power entire unit and integral controls.
3. Disconnecting Means: Factory-mounted circuit breaker or switch, complying with
NFPA 70.
4. Control Transformer: Manufacturer's standard. Coordinate requirements with field power
supply.
5. Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a
unit-mounted wiring diagram.
6. Raceways: Enclose line voltage wiring in raceways to comply with NFPA 70.
I. Unit Hardware: Zinc-plated steel, or stainless steel. Coat exposed surfaces with additional
corrosion-resistant coating if required to prevention corrosion when exposed to salt spray test
for 1000 hours according ASTM B117.
J. Unit Piping:
1. Unit Tubing: Copper tubing with brazed joints.
2. Unit Tubing Insulation: Manufacturer's standard insulation, of thickness to prevent
condensation.
3. Field Piping Connections: Manufacturer's standard.
4. Factory Charge: Dehydrated air or nitrogen.
5. Testing: Factory pressure tested and verified to be without leaks.
2.5 HEAT RECOVERY CONTROL UNITS (HRCUs)
A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested complete unit with components, piping, wiring, and
controls required for mating to piping, power, and controls field connections.
1. Specially designed for use in systems with simultaneous heating and cooling.
2. Systems shall consist of one unit, or multiple unit that are designed by variable
refrigerant system manufacturer for field interconnection to make a single refrigeration
circuit that connects multiple indoor units.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-10SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
B. Cabinet:
1. Galvanized-steel construction.
2. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard internal insulation to provide thermal resistance and
prevent condensation.
3. Mounting: Manufacturer-designed provisions for field installation.
4. Internal Access: Removable panels or hinged doors of adequate size for field access to
internal components for inspection, cleaning, service, and replacement.
C. Drain Pan: If required by manufacturer's design, provide unit with non-ferrous drain pan with
bottom sloped to a low point drain connection.
D. Refrigeration Assemblies and Specialties:
1. Specially designed by manufacturer for type of VRF HVAC system being installed,
either two or three pipe.
2. Each refrigerant branch circuit shall have refrigerant control valve(s) to control
refrigerant flow.
3. Each system piping connection upstream of heat recovery unit shall be fitted with an
isolation valve to allow for service to any heat recovery control unit in the system without
interrupting operation of the system.
4. Each branch circuit connection shall be fitted with an isolation valve and capped service
port to allow for service to any individual branch circuit without interrupting operation of
the system.
a. If not available as an integral part of the heat recovery control unit, isolation valves
shall be field installed adjacent to the unit pipe connection.
E. Unit Controls:
1. Enclosure: Manufacturer's standard, and suitable for indoor locations.
2. Factory-Installed Controller: Configurable digital control.
3. Features and Functions: Self-diagnostics, fuse protection.
4. Communication: Network communication with indoor units and outdoor unit(s).
5. Cable and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and
corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram.
6. Field Connection: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and
corresponding to a unit-mounted wiring diagram.
F. Unit Electrical:
1. Enclosure: Metal, similar to enclosure, and suitable for indoor locations.
2. Field Connection: Single point connection to power entire unit and integral controls.
3. Disconnecting Means: Factory-mounted circuit breaker or switch, complying with
NFPA 70.
4. Control Transformer: Manufacturer's standard. Coordinate requirements with field power
supply.
5. Wiring: Manufacturer's standard with each connection labeled and corresponding to a
unit-mounted wiring diagram.
6. Raceways: Enclose line voltage wiring in raceways to comply with NFPA 70.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-11SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
G. Unit Piping:
1. Unit Tubing: Copper tubing with brazed joints.
2. Unit Tubing Insulation: Manufacturer's standard insulation, of thickness to prevent
condensation.
3. Field Piping Connections: Manufacturer's standard.
4. Factory Charge: Dehydrated air or nitrogen.
5. Testing: Factory pressure tested and verified to be without leaks.
2.6 SYSTEM CONTROLS
A. General Requirements:
1. Network: Indoor units, HRCUs, and outdoor units shall include integral controls and
connect through a manufacturer-selected control network.
2. Network Communication Protocol: open control communication between interconnected
units.
3. Integration with Building Automation System: ASHRAE 135, BACnet IP and certified
by BACnet Testing Lab (BTL), including the following:
a. Ethernet connection via RJ-45 connectors and port with transmission at 100 Mbps
or higher.
b. Integration devices shall be connected to local uninterruptible power supply unit(s)
to provide at least 5 minutes of battery backup operation after a power loss.
c. Integration shall include control, monitoring, scheduling, change of value
notifications.
4. Operator Interface:
a. Operators shall interface with system and unit controls through the following:
1) Operator interfaces integral to controllers.
2) Integration with Building Automation System.
b. Users shall be capable of interface with controllers for control of indoor units to
extent privileges are enabled. Control features available to users shall include the
following:
1) On/off control.
2) Temperature set-point adjustment.
B. Central Controllers:
1. Centralized control for all indoor and outdoor units from a single central controller
location.
a. Include multiple interconnected controllers as required.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-12SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. Controls operation mode of indoor units as individual units, by selected groups of indoor
units, or as collection of all indoor units. Operation modes available through central
controller shall match those operation modes of controllers for indoor units.
3. Schedule operation of indoor units as individual units, by selected groups of indoor units,
or as collection of all indoor units.
a. Sets schedule for daily, weekly, and annual events.
b. Schedule options available through central controller shall at least include the
schedule options of controllers for indoor units.
4. Changes operating set points of indoor units as individual units, by selected groups of
indoor units, or as collection of all indoor units.
5. Optimized start feature to start indoor units before scheduled time to reach temperature
set-point at scheduled time based on operating history.
6. Night setback feature to operate indoor units at energy-conserving heating and cooling
temperature set-points during unoccupied periods.
7. Service diagnostics tool.
8. Able to disable and enable operation of individual controllers for indoor units.
9. Information displayed on individual controllers shall also be available for display through
central controller.
10. Information displayed for outdoor units, including refrigerant high and low pressures.
11. Multiple RJ-45 ports for direct connection to a local PC and an Ethernet network switch.
12. Operator interface through a backlit, high-resolution color display touch panel.
C. Wired Controllers for Indoor Units:
1. Single controller capable of controlling multiple indoor units as group.
2. Auto Timeout Touch Screen LCD: Timeout duration shall be adjustable.
3. Multiple Language: English.
4. Temperature Units: Fahrenheit and Celsius.
5. On/Off: Turns indoor unit on or off.
6. Hold: Hold operation settings until hold is released.
7. Operation Mode: Cool, Heat, Auto, Dehumidification, Fan Only, and Setback.
8. Temperature Display: 1-degree increments.
9. Temperature Set-Point: Separate set points for Cooling, Heating, and Setback. Adjustable
in 1-degree increments.
10. Fan Speed Setting: Select between available options furnished with the unit.
11. Airflow Direction Setting: If applicable to unit, select between available options
furnished with the unit.
12. Seven-day programmable operating schedule with up to five events per day. Operations
shall include On/Off, Operation Mode, and Temperature Set-Point.
13. Auto Off Timer: Operates unit for an adjustable time duration and then turns unit off.
14. Occupancy detection.
15. Service Run Tests: Limit use by service personnel to troubleshoot operation.
16. Error Code Notification Display: Used by service personnel to troubleshoot abnormal
operation and equipment failure.
17. User and Service Passwords: Capable of preventing adjustments by unauthorized users.
18. Setting stored in nonvolatile memory to ensure that settings are not lost if power is lost.
Battery backup for date and time only.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-13SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
19. Low-voltage power required for controller shall be powered through non-polar
connections to indoor unit.
2.7 SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL
A. Refrigerant:
1. As required by VRF HVAC system manufacturer for system to comply with performance
requirements indicated.
2. R-410a.
B. Oil:
1. As required by VRF HVAC system manufacturer and to comply with performance
requirements indicated.
2.8 SYSTEM CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING
A. If more than one material is listed, material selection is Contractor's option.
B. Copper Tubing:
1. Drawn-Temper Tubing: According to ASTM B88, Type M or Type DWV according to
ASTM B306.
2. Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.
3. Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22.
4. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32, lead-free alloys, and water-flushable flux according to
ASTM B813.
C. CPVC plastic pipe according to ASTM F441/F441M, Schedule 40, with socket-type pipe
fittings according to ASTM F438 and solvent cement according to ASTM F493.
D. PVC plastic pipe according to ASTM D1785, Schedule 40, with socket-type pipe fittings
according to ASTM D2466 and solvent cement according to ASTM D2564, primer according to
ASTM F656.
2.9 SYSTEM REFRIGERANT PIPING
A. Comply with requirements in Section 232300 "Refrigerant Piping" for system piping
requirements.
B. Refrigerant Tubing Kits:
1. Furnished by VRF HVAC system manufacturer.
2. Factory-rolled and -bundled, soft-copper tubing with tubing termination fittings at each
end.
3. Standard one-piece length for connecting to indoor units.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-14SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
4. Pre-insulated with flexible elastomeric insulation of thickness to comply with governing
energy code and sufficient to eliminate condensation.
C. Divided-Flow Specialty Fittings: Where required by VRF HVAC system manufacturer for
proper system operation, VRF HVAC system manufacturer shall furnish specialty fittings with
identification and instructions for proper installation by Installer.
D. Refrigerant Isolation Ball Valves:
1. Description: Uni-body full port design, rated for maximum system temperature and
pressure, and factory tested under pressure to ensure tight shutoff. Designed for valve
operation without removing seal cap.
2. Seals: Compatible with system refrigerant and oil. Seal service life of at least 20 years.
3. Valve Connections: Flare or sweat depending on size.
2.10 METAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Copper Tube Hangers:
1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated
components.
2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of galvanized steel.
B. Plastic Pipe Hangers:
1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, galvanized-steel, factory-fabricated
components.
2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of galvanized steel.
2.11 OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT STANDS
A. Description: Individual foot supports with elevated adjustable channel cross bars and
clamps/fasteners/bolts for ground or roof-supported outdoor equipment components, without
roof membrane penetration, in a prefabricated system that can be modularly assembled on-site.
B. Foot Material: Rubber or polypropylene.
C. Rails Material: Hot-dip galvanized carbon steel.
D. Wind/Sliding Load Resistance: Up to 195 mph minimum.
2.12 PIPING AND TUBING INSULATION
A. Condensate Drain Piping and Tubing Insulation and Jacket Requirements:
1. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-15SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
a. Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials, complying with ASTM C534,
Type I for tubular materials.
b. Indoors: 3/4 inch thick.
c. Outdoors: 3/4 inch thick.
2. Field-Applied Jacket:
a. Concealed: None required.
b. Outdoors, Exposed to View: None required.
B. Refrigerant Tubing Insulation and Jacket Requirements:
1. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation:
a. Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials, complying with ASTM C534,
Type I for tubular materials.
b. Indoors: 2.5 inchs thick.
c. Outdoors: 2.5 inches thick.
2. Field-Applied Jacket:
a. Concealed: None required.
b. Outdoors, Exposed to View: None required.
C. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.
D. Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
4. Color: Aluminum.
2.13 SYSTEM CONTROL CABLE AND RACEWAYS
A. Low-Voltage Control Cabling:
1. Plenum-Rated, Paired Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMP.
B. TIA-485A Network Cabling:
1. Standard Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMG.
2. Plenum-Rated Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMP.
C. Ethernet Network Cabling: TIA-568-C.2 Category 6 > cable with RJ-45 connectors.
D. Comply with requirements in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for
control wiring and cable raceways.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-16SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2.14 MATERIALS
A. Steel:
1. ASTM A36/A36M for carbon structural steel.
2. ASTM A568/A568M for steel sheet.
B. Stainless Steel:
1. Manufacturer's standard grade for casing.
2. Manufacturer's standard type, ASTM A240/A240M for bare steel exposed to airstream or
moisture.
C. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M.
D. Aluminum: ASTM B209.
E. Corrosion-Resistant Coating: Coat with a corrosion-resistant coating capable of withstanding a
3000-hour salt-spray test according to ASTM B117.
1. Standards:
a. ASTM B117 for salt spray.
b. ASTM D2794 for minimum impact resistance of 100 in-lb (11.3 N-m).
c. ASTM B3359 for cross-hatch adhesion of 5B.
2.15 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Factory Tests: Test and inspect factory-assembled equipment.
B. Equipment will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports for historical record. Submit reports only if requested.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. Clearance:
1. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances for service and maintenance.
2. Maintain clearances required by governing code.
B. Loose Components: Install components, devices, and accessories furnished by manufacturer,
with equipment, that are not factory mounted.
1. Loose components shall be installed by system Installer under supervision of
manufacturer's service representative.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-17SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
C. Indoor Unit Installations:
1. Install units to be level and plumb while providing a neat and finished appearance.
2. Unless otherwise required by VRF HVAC system manufacturer, support ceiling-mounted
units from structure above using threaded rods; minimum rod size of 3/8 inch.
3. Adjust supports of exposed and recessed units to draw units tight to adjoining surfaces.
4. Protect finished surfaces of ceilings, floors, and walls that come in direct contact with
units. Refinish or replaced damaged areas after units are installed.
5. In rooms with ceilings, conceal piping and tubing, controls, and electrical power serving
units above ceilings.
6. Provide lateral bracing if needed to limit movement of suspended units to not more than
0.25 inch.
D. Outdoor Unit Installations:
1. Install units to be level and plumb while providing a neat and finished appearance.
2. Roof-Mounted Installations: Install outdoor units on equipment supports specified in
Section 077200 "Roof Accessories." Anchor units to supports with removable, stainless-
steel fasteners.
3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING AND TUBING INSTALLATION
A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
and tubing systems. Install piping and tubing as indicated unless deviations to layout are
approved on coordination drawings.
B. Install piping and tubing in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in
equipment rooms and service areas.
C. Install piping and tubing at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are
prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.
D. Install piping and tubing above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
removal.
E. Install piping and tubing to permit valve servicing.
F. Install piping and tubing at indicated slopes.
G. Install piping and tubing free of sags.
H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
I. Install piping and tubing to allow application of insulation.
J. Install groups of pipes and tubing parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation
with service access between insulated piping and tubing.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-18SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
K. Install sleeves for piping and tubing penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
requirements for sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC
Piping."
L. Install escutcheons for piping and tubing penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply
with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC
Piping."
3.3 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPE AND TUBING INSTALLATION
A. General Requirements for Drain Piping and Tubing:
1. Install a union in piping at each threaded unit connection.
2. Install an adjustable stainless-steel hose clamp with adjustable gear operator on unit hose
connections. Tighten clamp to provide a leak-free installation.
3. If required for unit installation, provide a trap assembly in drain piping to prevent air
circulated through unit from passing through drain piping. Comply with more stringent of
the following:
a. Details indicated on Drawings.
b. Manufacturer's requirements.
c. Governing codes.
d. In the absence of requirements, comply with requirements of ASHRAE
handbooks.
4. Extend drain piping from units with drain connections to drain receptors as indicated on
Drawings. If not indicated on Drawings, terminate drain connection at nearest accessible
location that is not exposed to view by occupants.
5. Provide each 90-degree change in direction with a Y- or T-fitting. Install a threaded plug
connection in the dormant side of fitting or future use as a service cleanout.
B. Gravity Drains:
1. Slope piping from unit connection toward drain termination at a constant slope of not less
than one percent.
C. Pumped Drains:
1. If unit condensate pump or lift mechanism is not included with an integral check valve,
install a full-size check valve in each branch pipe near unit connection to prevent
backflow into unit.
3.4 REFRIGERANT PIPING AND TUBING INSTALLATION
A. Refrigerant Tubing Kits:
1. Unroll and straighten tubing to suit installation. Deviations in straightness of exposed
tubing shall be unnoticeable to observer.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-19SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
2. Support tubing using hangers and supports indicated at intervals not to exceed 5.
Minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.
3. Prepare tubing ends and make mating connections to provide a pressure tight and leak-
free installation.
B. Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15 and governing codes.
C. Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
D. Install piping as short and direct as possible, with a minimum number of joints and fittings.
E. Arrange piping to allow inspection and service of equipment. Install valves and specialties in
accessible locations to allow for service and inspection. Install access doors or panels as
specified in Section 083113 "Access Doors and Frames" if valves or equipment requiring
maintenance is concealed behind finished surfaces.
F. Install refrigerant piping and tubing in protective conduit where installed belowground.
G. Install refrigerant piping and tubing in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where exposed to
mechanical damage.
H. Unless otherwise required by VRF HVAC system manufacturer, slope refrigerant piping and
tubing as follows:
1. Install horizontal hot-gas discharge piping and tubing with a uniform slope downward
away from compressor.
2. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope downward to compressor.
3. Install traps to entrain oil in vertical runs.
4. Liquid lines may be installed level.
I. When brazing, remove or protect components that could be damaged by heat.
J. Before installation, clean piping, tubing, and fittings to cleanliness level required by VRF
HVAC system manufacturer.
K. Joint Construction:
1. Ream ends of tubes and remove burrs.
2. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of tube and fittings before
assembly.
3. Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube" Chapter.
a. Use Type BCuP (copper-phosphorus) alloy for joining copper fittings with copper
tubing.
b. Use Type BAg (cadmium-free silver) alloy for joining copper with bronze.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-20SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.5 PIPE AND TUBING INSULATION INSTALLATION
A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate
openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. Installation to
maintain a continuous vapor barrier.
B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to
eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
C. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when
available.
2. When preformed valve covers are unavailable, install cut sections of pipe and sheet
insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow
valve operation without disturbing insulation.
3. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's
recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to
surface being insulated.
D. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints; for horizontal applications. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the
finish bead along seam and joint edge.
E. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof
sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12
inches o.c. and at end joints.
3.6 DUCT, ACCESSORIES, AND AIR OUTLETS INSTALLATION
A. Where installing ductwork adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance.
B. Comply with requirements for metal ducts specified in Section 233113 "Metal Ducts."
C. Comply with requirements for nonmetal ducts specified in Section 233116 "Nonmetal Ducts."
D. Comply with requirements for air duct accessories specified in Section 233300 "Air Duct
Accessories."
E. Comply with requirements for flexible ducts specified in Section 233346 "Flexible Ducts."
F. Comply with requirements for air diffusers specified in Section 233713.13 "Air Diffusers."
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-21SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
G. Comply with requirements for registers and grilles specified in Section 233713.23 "Registers
and Grilles."
3.7 SOFTWARE
A. Cybersecurity:
1. Software:
a. Ensure that latest stable software release is installed and properly operating.
b. Disable or change default passwords to password using a combination of
uppercase and lower letters, numbers, and symbols at least eight characters in
length. Record passwords and turn over to party responsible for system operation
and administration.
2. Hardware:
a. Enable highest level of wireless encryption that is compatible with Owner's ICT
network.
b. Disable dual network connections.
3.8 FIRESTOPPING
A. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."
B. Comply with TIA-569-D, Annex A, "Firestopping."
C. Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping" Chapter.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of manufacturer's service
representative:
1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA
Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.
2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest
until no leaks exist.
3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm
proper motor rotation and unit operation.
4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
B. Refrigerant Tubing Positive Pressure Testing:
1. Comply with more stringent of VRF HVAC system manufacturer's requirements and
requirements indicated.
2. After completion of tubing installation, pressurize tubing systems to a test pressure of not
less than 1.5 times VRF HVAC system operating pressure, but not less than 600 psig,
using dry nitrogen.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-22SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3. Successful testing shall maintain a test pressure for a continuous and uninterrupted period
of 24 hours. Allowance for pressure changes attributed to changes in ambient temperature
are acceptable.
4. Prepare test report to record the following information for each test:
a. Name of person starting test, company name, phone number, and e-mail address.
b. Name of manufacturer's service representative witnessing test, company name,
phone number, and e-mail address.
c. Detailed description of extent of tubing tested.
d. Date and time at start of test.
e. Test pressure at start of test.
f. Outdoor temperature at start of test.
g. Name of person ending test, company name, phone number, and e-mail address.
h. Date and time at end of test.
i. Test pressure at end of test.
j. Outdoor temperature at end of test.
k. Remarks:
5. Submit test reports for Project record.
C. Refrigerant Tubing Evacuation Testing:
1. Comply with more stringent of VRF HVAC system manufacturer's requirements and
requirements indicated.
2. After completion of tubing positive-pressure testing, evacuate tubing systems to a
pressure of 500 microns.
3. Successful testing shall maintain a test pressure for a continuous and uninterrupted period
of one hour(s) with no change.
4. Prepare test report to record the following information for each test:
a. Name of person starting test, company name, phone number, and e-mail address.
b. Name of manufacturer's service representative witnessing test, company name,
phone number, and e-mail address.
c. Detailed description of extent of tubing tested.
d. Date and time at start of test.
e. Test pressure at start of test.
f. Outdoor temperature at start of test.
g. Name of person ending test, company name, phone number, and e-mail address.
h. Date and time at end of test.
i. Test pressure at end of test.
j. Outdoor temperature at end of test.
k. Remarks:
5. Submit test reports for Project record.
6. Upon successful completion of evacuation testing, system shall be charged with
refrigerant.
D. System Refrigerant Charge:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-23SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
1. Using information collected from the refrigerant tubing evacuation testing, system
Installer shall consult variable refrigerant system manufacturer to determine the correct
system refrigerant charge.
2. Installer shall charge system following VRF HVAC system manufacturer's written
instructions.
3. System refrigerant charging shall be witnessed by system manufacturer's representative.
4. Total refrigerant charge shall be recorded and permanently displayed at the system's
outdoor unit.
E. Products will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
F. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.10 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Engage a VRF HVAC system manufacturer's service representative to perform system(s)
startup service.
1. Service representative shall be a factory-trained and -authorized service representative of
VRF HVAC system manufacturer.
2. Complete startup service of each separate system.
3. Complete system startup service according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Startup checks shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1. Check control communications of equipment and each operating component in system(s).
2. Check each indoor unit's response to demand for cooling and heating.
3. Check each indoor unit's response to changes in airflow settings.
4. Check each indoor unit[, HRCU, and outdoor unit for proper condensate removal.
5. Check sound levels of each indoor and outdoor unit.
C. Installer shall accompany manufacturer's service representative during startup service and
provide manufacturer's service representative with requested documentation and technical
support during startup service.
1. Installer shall correct deficiencies found during startup service for reverification.
D. System Operation Report:
1. After completion of startup service, manufacturer shall issue a report for each separate
system.
2. Report shall include complete documentation describing each startup check, the result,
and any corrective action required.
3. Manufacturer shall electronically record not less than two hours of continuous operation
of each system and submit with report for historical reference.
a. All available system operating parameters shall be included in the information
submitted.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 23 8239.19-24SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Variable-Refrigerant-Flow HVAC Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
3.11 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust equipment and components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by
manufacturer.
B. Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points. Adjust initial airflow settings and discharge
airflow patterns.
C. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges according to VRF HVAC system
manufacturer's written instructions, and as indicated.
3.12 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a VRF HVAC system manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative to train
Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain entire system.
END OF SECTION 238129
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 1
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section specifies supplemental requirements generally applicable to the Work specified in
Division 26. This Section is also referenced by related Work specified in other Divisions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260011 "Facility Performance Requirements for Electrical" specifies seismic-
load, wind-load, acoustical, and other field conditions applicable to Work specified in
this Section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Electrical Terms and Units of Measure:
1. 8P8C: An 8-position 8-contact modular jack.
2. A: Ampere, unit of electrical current.
3. AC or ac: Alternating current.
4. AFCI: Arc-fault circuit interrupter.
5. AIC: Ampere interrupting capacity.
6. AL, Al, or ALUM: Aluminum.
7. ASD: Adjustable-speed drive; also called "variable-frequency drive" (VFD).
8. ATS: Automatic transfer switch.
9. AWG: American wire gauge; see ASTM B258.
10. BAS: Building automation system.
11. BIL: Basic impulse insulation level.
12. BIM: Building information modeling.
13. CAD: Computer-aided design or drafting.
14. CATV: Community antenna television.
15. CB: Circuit breaker.
16. cd: Candela, the SI fundamental unit of luminous intensity.
17. CO/ALR: Copper-aluminum, revised.
18. COPS: Critical operations power system.
19. CU or Cu: Copper.
20. CU-AL or AL-CU: Copper-aluminum.
21. dB: Decibel, a unitless logarithmic ratio of two electrical, acoustical, or optical power
values.
22. dB(A-weighted) or dB(A): Decibel acoustical sound pressure level with A-weighting
applied in accordance with IEC 61672-1.
23. dB(adjusted) or dBa: Decibel weighted absolute noise power with respect to 3.16 pW
(minus 85 dBm).
24. dBm: Decibel absolute power with respect to 1 mW.
25. DC or dc: Direct current.
26. DCOA: Designated critical operations area.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 2
27. DDC: Direct digital control (HVAC).
28. EGC: Equipment grounding conductor.
29. ELV: Extra-low voltage.
30. EMF: Electromotive force.
31. EMI: Electromagnetic interference.
32. EPM: Electrical preventive maintenance.
33. EPS: Emergency power supply.
34. EPSS: Emergency power supply system.
35. ESS: Energy storage system.
36. EV: Electric vehicle.
37. EVPE: Electric vehicle power export equipment.
38. EVSE: Electric vehicle supply equipment.
39. fc: Footcandle, an internationally recognized unit of illuminance equal to one lumen per
square foot or 10.76 lx. The simplified conversion 1 fc = 10 lx in the Specifications is
common practice and considered adequate precision for building construction activities.
When there are conflicts, lux is the primary unit; footcandle is specified for convenience.
40. FLC: Full-load current.
41. ft: Foot.
42. ft-cd: Foot-candle, the antiquated U.S. Standard unit of illuminance, equal to one
international candle measured at a distance of one foot, that was superseded in 1948 by
the unit "footcandle" after the SI unit candela (cd) replaced the international candle; see
"fc,"
43. GEC: Grounding electrode conductor.
44. GFCI: Ground-fault circuit interrupter.
45. GFPE: Ground-fault protection of equipment.
46. GND: Ground.
47. HACR: Heating, air conditioning, and refrigeration.
48. HDPE: High-density polyethylene.
49. HID: High-intensity discharge.
50. HP or hp: Horsepower.
51. HVAC: Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning.
52. Hz: Hertz.
53. IBT: Intersystem bonding termination.
54. inch: Inch. To avoid confusion, the abbreviation "in." is not used.
55. IP: Ingress protection rating (enclosures); Internet protocol (communications).
56. IR: Infrared.
57. IS: Intrinsically safe.
58. IT&R: Inspecting, testing, and repair.
59. ITE: Information technology equipment.
60. kAIC: Kiloampere interrupting capacity.
61. kcmil or MCM: One thousand circular mils.
62. kV: Kilovolt.
63. kVA: Kilovolt-ampere.
64. kVAr or kVAR: Kilovolt-ampere reactive.
65. kW: Kilowatt.
66. kWh: Kilowatt-hour.
67. LAN: Local area network.
68. lb: Pound (weight).
69. lbf: Pound (force).
70. LCD: Liquid-crystal display.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 3
71. LCDI: Leakage-current detector-interrupter.
72. LED: Light-emitting diode.
73. Li-ion: Lithium-ion.
74. lm: Lumen, the SI derived unit of luminous flux.
75. LNG: Liquefied natural gas.
76. LP-Gas: Liquefied petroleum gas.
77. LRC: Locked-rotor current.
78. LV: Low voltage.
79. lx: Lux, the SI derived unit of illuminance equal to one lumen per square meter.
80. m: Meter.
81. MCC: Motor-control center.
82. MDC: Modular data center.
83. MG set: Motor-generator set.
84. MIDI: Musical instrument digital interface.
85. MLO: Main lugs only.
86. MV: Medium voltage.
87. MVA: Megavolt-ampere.
88. mW: Milliwatt.
89. MW: Megawatt.
90. MWh: Megawatt-hour.
91. NC: Normally closed.
92. Ni-Cd: Nickel-cadmium.
93. Ni-MH: Nickel-metal hydride.
94. NIU: Network interface unit.
95. NO: Normally open.
96. NPT: National (American) standard pipe taper.
97. OCPD: Overcurrent protective device.
98. ONT: Optical network terminal.
99. PC: Personal computer.
100. PCS: Power conversion system.
101. PCU: Power-conditioning unit.
102. PF or pf: Power factor.
103. PHEV: Plug-in hybrid electric vehicle.
104. PLC: Programmable logic controller.
105. PLFA: Power-limited fire alarm.
106. PoE: Power over Ethernet.
107. PV: Photovoltaic.
108. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride.
109. pW: Picowatt.
110. RFI: (electrical) Radio-frequency interference; (contract) Request for interpretation.
111. RMS or rms: Root-mean-square.
112. RPM or rpm: Revolutions per minute.
113. SCADA: Supervisory control and data acquisition.
114. SCR: Silicon-controlled rectifier.
115. SPD: Surge protective device.
116. sq.: Square.
117. SWD: Switching duty.
118. TCP/IP: Transmission control protocol/Internet protocol.
119. TEFC: Totally enclosed fan-cooled.
120. TR: Tamper resistant.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 4
121. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor.
122. UL: (standards) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.; (product categories) UL, LLC.
123. UL CCN: UL Category Control Number.
124. UPS: Uninterruptible power supply.
125. USB: Universal serial bus.
126. UV: Ultraviolet.
127. V: Volt, unit of electromotive force.
128. V(ac): Volt, alternating current.
129. V(dc): Volt, direct current.
130. VA: Volt-ampere, unit of complex electrical power.
131. VAR: Volt-ampere reactive, unit of reactive electrical power.
132. VFC: Variable-frequency controller.
133. VOM: Volt-ohm-multimeter.
134. VPN: Virtual private network.
135. VRLA: Valve regulated lead acid; also called "sealed lead acid (SLA)" or "valve
regulated sealed lead acid."
136. W: Watt, unit of real electrical power.
137. Wh: Watt-hour, unit of electrical energy usage.
138. WPT: Wireless power transfer.
139. WPTE: Wireless power transfer equipment.
140. WR: Weather resistant.
B. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Electrical Raceway Types:
1. CR: Communications raceway.
2. CR-GP: General-purpose communications raceway.
3. CR-P: Plenum communications raceway.
4. CR-R: Riser communications raceway.
5. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.
6. EMT-A: Aluminum electrical metallic tubing.
7. EMT-S: Steel electrical metallic tubing.
8. EMT-SS: Stainless steel electrical metallic tubing.
9. ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubing.
10. EPEC: Electrical HDPE underground conduit (thin wall).
11. EPEC-A: Type A electrical HDPE underground conduit.
12. EPEC-B: Type B electrical HDPE underground conduit.
13. ERMC: Electrical rigid metal conduit.
14. ERMC-A: Aluminum electrical rigid metal conduit.
15. ERMC-S: Steel electrical rigid metal conduit.
16. ERMC-S-G: Galvanized-steel electrical rigid metal conduit.
17. ERMC-S-PVC: PVC-coated-steel electrical rigid metal conduit.
18. ERMC-SS: Stainless steel electrical rigid metal conduit.
19. FMC: Flexible metal conduit.
20. FMC-A: Aluminum flexible metal conduit.
21. FMC-S: Steel flexible metal conduit.
22. FMT: Steel flexible metallic tubing.
23. FNMC: Flexible nonmetallic conduit. See "LFNC."
24. HDPE: HDPE underground conduit (thick wall).
25. HDPE-40: Schedule 40 HDPE underground conduit.
26. HDPE-80: Schedule 80 HDPE underground conduit.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 5
27. IMC: Steel electrical intermediate metal conduit.
28. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
29. LFMC-A: Aluminum liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
30. LFMC-S: Steel liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
31. LFMC-SS: Stainless steel liquidtight flexible metal conduit.
32. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit.
33. LFNC-A: Layered (Type A) liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit.
34. LFNC-B: Integral (Type B) liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit.
35. LFNC-C: Corrugated (Type C) liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit.
36. OFR: Optical fiber raceway.
37. OFR-GP: General-purpose optical fiber raceway.
38. OFR-P: Plenum optical fiber raceway.
39. OFR-R: Riser optical fiber raceway.
40. PVC: Rigid PVC conduit.
41. PVC-40: Schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit.
42. PVC-80: Schedule 80 rigid PVC Conduit.
43. PVC-A: Type A rigid PVC concrete-encased conduit.
44. PVC-EB: Type EB rigid PVC concrete-encased underground conduit.
45. RGS: See ERMC-S-G.
46. RMC: See ERMC.
47. RTRC: Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit.
48. RTRC-AG: Low-halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit.
49. RTRC-AG-HW: Heavy wall, low-halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting resin
conduit.
50. RTRC-AG-SW: Standard wall, low-halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting resin
conduit.
51. RTRC-AG-XW: Extra heavy wall, low-halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting
resin conduit.
52. RTRC-BG: Low-halogen, belowground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit.
C. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Electrical Single-Conductor and Multiple-Conductor Cable
Types:
1. AC: Armored cable.
2. CATV: Coaxial general-purpose cable.
3. CATVP: Coaxial plenum cable.
4. CATVR: Coaxial riser cable.
5. CI: Circuit integrity cable.
6. CL2: Class 2 cable.
7. CL2P: Class 2 plenum cable.
8. CL2R: Class 2 riser cable.
9. CL2X: Class 2 cable, limited use.
10. CL3: Class 3 cable.
11. CL3P: Class 3 plenum cable.
12. CL3R: Class 3 riser cable.
13. CL3X: Class 3 cable, limited use.
14. CM: Communications general-purpose cable.
15. CMG: Communications general-purpose cable.
16. CMP: Communications plenum cable.
17. CMR: Communications riser cable.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 6
18. CMUC: Under-carpet communications wire and cable.
19. CMX: Communications cable, limited use.
20. DG: Distributed generation cable.
21. FC: Flat cable.
22. FCC: Flat conductor cable.
23. FPL: Power-limited fire-alarm cable.
24. FPLP: Power-limited fire-alarm plenum cable.
25. FPLR: Power-limited fire-alarm riser cable.
26. IGS: Integrated gas spacer cable.
27. ITC: Instrumentation tray cable.
28. ITC-ER: Instrumentation tray cable, exposed run.
29. MC: Metal-clad cable.
30. MC-HL: Metal-clad cable, hazardous location.
31. MI: Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable.
32. MTW: (machine tool wiring) Moisture-, heat-, and oil-resistant thermoplastic cable.
33. MV: Medium-voltage cable.
34. NM: Nonmetallic sheathed cable.
35. NMC: Nonmetallic sheathed cable with corrosion-resistant nonmetallic jacket.
36. NMS: Nonmetallic sheathed cable with signaling, data, and communications conductors,
plus power or control conductors.
37. NPLF: Non-power-limited fire-alarm circuit cable.
38. NPLFP: Non-power-limited fire-alarm circuit cable for environmental air spaces.
39. NPLFR: Non-power-limited fire-alarm circuit riser cable.
40. NUCC: Nonmetallic underground conduit with conductors.
41. OFC: Conductive optical fiber general-purpose cable.
42. OFCG: Conductive optical fiber general-purpose cable.
43. OFCP: Conductive optical fiber plenum cable.
44. OFCR: Conductive optical fiber riser cable.
45. OFN: Nonconductive optical fiber general-purpose cable.
46. OFNG: Nonconductive optical fiber general-purpose cable.
47. OFNP: Nonconductive optical fiber plenum cable.
48. OFNR: Nonconductive optical fiber riser cable.
49. P: Marine shipboard cable.
50. PLTC: Power-limited tray cable.
51. PLTC-ER: Power-limited tray cable, exposed run.
52. PV: Photovoltaic cable.
53. RHH: (high heat) Thermoset rubber, heat-resistant cable.
54. RHW: Thermoset rubber, moisture-resistant cable.
55. SA: Silicone rubber cable.
56. SE: Service-entrance cable.
57. SER: Service-entrance cable, round.
58. SEU: Service-entrance cable, flat.
59. SIS: Thermoset cable for switchboard and switchgear wiring.
60. TBS: Thermoplastic cable with outer braid.
61. TC: Tray cable.
62. TC-ER: Tray cable, exposed run.
63. TC-ER-HL: Tray cable, exposed run, hazardous location.
64. THW: Thermoplastic, heat- and moisture-resistant cable.
65. THHN: Thermoplastic, heat-resistant cable with nylon jacket outer sheath.
66. THHW: Thermoplastic, heat- and moisture-resistant cable.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 7
67. THWN: Thermoplastic, moisture- and heat-resistant cable with nylon jacket outer sheath.
68. TW: Thermoplastic, moisture-resistant cable.
69. UF: Underground feeder and branch-circuit cable.
70. USE: Underground service-entrance cable.
71. XHH: Cross-linked polyethylene, heat-resistant cable.
72. XHHW: Cross-linked polyethylene, heat- and moisture-resistant cable.
D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Electrical Flexible Cord Types:
1. SEO: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with thermoplastic elastomer insulation
and oil-resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer covering for damp locations.
2. SEOW: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with thermoplastic elastomer
insulation and oil-resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer covering for damp or wet
locations.
3. SEOO: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoplastic
elastomer insulation and oil-resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer covering for damp
locations.
4. SEOOW: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoplastic
elastomer insulation and oil-resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer covering for damp or
wet locations.
5. SJEO: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with thermoplastic elastomer
insulation and oil-resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer cover for damp locations.
6. SJEOW: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with thermoplastic elastomer
insulation and oil-resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer cover for damp or wet locations.
7. SJEOO: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoplastic
elastomer insulation and oil-resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer cover for damp
locations.
8. SJEOOW: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoplastic
elastomer insulation and oil-resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer cover for damp or
wet locations.
9. SJO: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with thermoset insulation and oil-
resistant thermoset outer cover for damp locations.
10. SJOW: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with thermoset insulation and oil-
resistant thermoset outer cover for damp or wet locations.
11. SJOO: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoset insulation
and oil-resistant thermoset outer cover for damp locations.
12. SJOOW: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoset
insulation and oil-resistant thermoset outer cover for damp or wet locations.
13. SJTO: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with thermoplastic insulation and oil-
resistant thermoplastic outer cover for damp locations.
14. SJTOW: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with thermoplastic insulation and
oil-resistant thermoplastic outer cover for damp or wet locations.
15. SJTOO: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoplastic
insulation and oil-resistant thermoplastic outer cover for damp locations.
16. SJTOOW: 300 V hard-usage, junior hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoplastic
insulation and oil-resistant thermoplastic outer cover for damp or wet locations.
17. SO: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with thermoset insulation and oil-resistant
thermoset outer covering for damp locations.
18. SOW: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with thermoset insulation and oil-
resistant thermoset outer covering for damp or wet locations.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-8
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 8
19. SOO: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoset insulation
and oil-resistant thermoset outer covering for damp locations.
20. SOOW: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoset insulation
and oil-resistant thermoset outer covering for damp or wet locations.
21. STO: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with thermoplastic insulation and oil-
resistant thermoplastic outer covering for damp locations.
22. STOW: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with thermoplastic insulation and oil-
resistant thermoplastic outer covering for damp or wet locations.
23. STOO: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoplastic
insulation and oil-resistant thermoplastic outer covering for damp locations.
24. STOOW: 600 V extra-hard-usage, hard-service cord with oil-resistant thermoplastic
insulation and oil-resistant thermoplastic outer covering for damp or wet locations.
E. Definitions:
1. 8-Position 8-Contact (8P8C) Modular Jack: An unkeyed jack with up to eight contacts
commonly used to terminate twisted-pair and multiconductor Ethernet cable. Also called
a "TIA-1096 miniature 8-position series jack" (8PSJ), or an "IEC 8877 8-pole jack."
a. Be careful when suppliers use "RJ45" generically. Obsolete RJ45 jacks used for
analog telephone cables have rejection keys. 8P8C jacks used for digital telephone
cables and Ethernet cables do not have rejection keys.
2. Basic Impulse Insulation Level (BIL): Reference insulation level expressed in impulse
crest voltage with a standard wave not longer than 1.5 times 50 microseconds and 1.5
times 40 microseconds.
3. Cable: In accordance with NIST NBS Circular 37 and IEEE standards, in the United
States for the purpose of interstate commerce, the definition of "cable" is (1) a conductor
with insulation, or a stranded conductor with or without insulation (single-conductor
cable); or (2) a combination of conductors insulated from one another (multiple-
conductor cable).
4. Communications Jack: A fixed connecting device designed for insertion of a
communications cable plug.
5. Communications Outlet: One or more communications jacks, or cables and plugs,
mounted in a box or ring, with a suitable protective cover.
6. Conductor: In accordance with NIST NBS Circular 37 and IEEE standards, in the United
States for the purpose of interstate commerce, the definition of "conductor" is (1) a wire
or combination of wires not insulated from one another, suitable for carrying an electric
current; (2) (National Electrical Safety Code) a material, usually in the form of wire,
cable, or bar, suitable for carrying an electric current; or (3) (general) a substance or body
that allows a current of electricity to pass continuously along it.
7. Designated Seismic System: A system component that requires design in accordance with
Ch. 13 of ASCE/SEI 7 and for which the Component Importance Factor is greater than
1.0.
8. Direct Buried: Installed underground without encasement in concrete or other protective
material.
9. Enclosure: The case or housing of an apparatus, or the fence or wall(s) surrounding an
installation, to prevent personnel from accidentally contacting energized parts or to
protect the equipment from physical damage. Types of enclosures and enclosure covers
include the following:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-9
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 9
a. Cabinet: An enclosure that is designed for either surface mounting or flush
mounting and is provided with a frame, mat, or trim in which a swinging door or
doors are or can be hung.
b. Concrete Box: A box intended for use in poured concrete.
c. Conduit Body: A means for providing access to the interior of a conduit or tubing
system through one or more removable covers at a junction or terminal point. In
the United States, conduit bodies are listed in accordance with outlet box
requirements.
d. Conduit Box: A box having threaded openings or knockouts for conduit, EMT, or
fittings.
e. Cutout Box: An enclosure designed for surface mounting that has swinging doors
or covers secured directly to and telescoping with the walls of the enclosure.
f. Device Box: A box with provisions for mounting a wiring device directly to the
box.
g. Extension Ring: A ring intended to extend the sides of an outlet box or device box
to increase the box depth, volume, or both.
h. Floor Box: A box mounted in the floor intended for use with a floor box cover and
other components to complete the floor box enclosure.
i. Floor-Mounted Enclosure: A floor box and floor box cover assembly with means
to mount in the floor that is sealed against the entrance of scrub water at the floor
level.
j. Floor Nozzle: An enclosure used on a wiring system, intended primarily as a
housing for a receptacle, provided with a means, such as a collar, for surface-
mounting on a floor, which may or may not include a stem to support it above the
floor level, and is sealed against the entrance of scrub water at the floor level.
k. Junction Box: A box with a blank cover that joins different runs of raceway or
cable and provides space for connection and branching of the enclosed conductors.
l. Outlet Box: A box that provides access to a wiring system having pryout openings,
knockouts, threaded entries, or hubs in either the sides or the back, or both, for the
entrance of conduit, conduit or cable fittings, or cables, with provisions for
mounting an outlet box cover, but without provisions for mounting a wiring device
directly to the box.
m. Pedestal Floor Box Cover: A floor box cover that, when installed as intended,
provides a means for typically vertical or near-vertical mounting of receptacle
outlets above the floor's finished surface.
n. Pull Box: A box with a blank cover that joins different runs of raceway and
provides access for pulling or replacing the enclosed cables or conductors.
o. Raised-Floor Box: A floor box intended for use in raised floors.
p. Recessed Access Floor Box: A floor box with provisions for mounting wiring
devices below the floor surface.
q. Recessed Access Floor Box Cover: A floor box cover with provisions for passage
of cords to recessed wiring devices mounted within a recessed floor box.
r. Ring: A sleeve, which is not necessarily round, used for positioning a recessed
wiring device flush with the plaster, concrete, drywall, or other wall surface.
s. Ring Cover: A box cover, with raised center portion to accommodate a specific
wall or ceiling thickness, for mounting wiring devices or luminaires flush with the
surface.
t. Termination Box: An enclosure designed for installation of termination base
assemblies consisting of bus bars, terminal strips, or terminal blocks with provision
for wire connectors to accommodate incoming or outgoing conductors, or both.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-10
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 10
10. Emergency Systems: Those systems legally required and classed as emergency by
municipal, state, federal, or other codes, or by any governmental agency having
jurisdiction that are designed to ensure continuity of lighting, electrical power, or both, to
designated areas and equipment in the event of failure of the normal supply for safety to
human life.
11. Essential Electrical Systems: (healthcare facilities) Those systems designed to ensure
continuity of electrical power to designated areas and functions of a healthcare facility
during disruption of normal power sources, and also to minimize disruption within the
internal wiring system.
12. Fault Limited: Providing or being served by a source of electrical power that is limited to
not more than 100 W when tested in accordance with UL 62368-1.
a. The term "fault limited" is intended to encompass most Class 1, 2, and 3 power-
limited sources complying with Article 725 of NFPA 70; Class ES1 and ES2
electrical energy sources that are Class PS1 electrical power sources (e.g., USB);
and Class ES3 electrical energy sources that are Class PS1 and PS2 electrical
power sources (e.g., PoE). See UL 62368-1 for discussion of classes of electrical
energy sources and classes of electrical power sources.
13. High-Performance Building: A building that integrates and optimizes on a life-cycle basis
all major high-performance attributes, including energy conservation, environment,
safety, security, durability, accessibility, cost-benefit, productivity, sustainability,
functionality, and operational considerations.
14. Jacket: A continuous nonmetallic outer covering for conductors or cables.
15. Luminaire: A complete lighting unit consisting of a light source such as a lamp, together
with the parts designed to position the light source and connect it to the power supply. It
may also include parts to protect the light source or the ballast or to distribute the light.
16. Mode: The terms "Active Mode," "Off Mode," and "Standby Mode" are used as defined
in the Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA) of 2007.
17. Multi-Outlet Assembly: A type of surface, flush, or freestanding raceway designed to
hold conductors, receptacles, and switches, assembled in the field or at the factory.
18. Plenum: A compartment or chamber to which one or more air ducts are connected and
that forms part of the air distribution system.
19. Receptacle: A fixed connecting device arranged for insertion of a power cord plug. Also
called a power jack.
20. Receptacle Outlet: One or more receptacles mounted in a box with a suitable protective
cover.
21. Sheath: A continuous metallic covering for conductors or cables.
22. UL Category Control Number (CCN): An alphabetic or alphanumeric code used to
identify product categories covered by UL's Listing, Classification, and Recognition
Services.
23. Voltage Class: For specified circuits and equipment, voltage classes are defined as
follows:
a. Control Voltage: Having electromotive force between any two conductors, or
between a single conductor and ground, that is supplied from a battery or other
Class 2 or Class 3 power-limited source.
b. Line Voltage: (1) (controls) Designed to operate using the supplied low-voltage
power without transformation. (2) (transmission lines, transformers, SPDs) The
line-to-line voltage of the supplying power system.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-11
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 11
c. Extra-Low Voltage (ELV): Not having electromotive force between any two
conductors, or between a single conductor and ground, exceeding 30 V(ac rms),
42 V(ac peak), or 60 V(dc).
d. Low Voltage (LV): Having electromotive force between any two conductors, or
between a single conductor and ground, that is rated above 30 V but not exceeding
1000 V.
e. Medium Voltage (MV): Having electromotive force between any two conductors,
or between a single conductor and ground, that is rated about 1 kV but not
exceeding 69 kV.
f. High Voltage: (1) (circuits) Having electromotive force between any two
conductors, or between a single conductor and ground, that is rated above 69 kV
but not exceeding 230 kV. (2) (safety) Having sufficient electromotive force to
inflict bodily harm or injury.
24. Wire: In accordance with NIST NBS Circular 37 and IEEE standards, in the United
States for the purpose of interstate commerce, the definition of "wire" is a slender rod or
filament of drawn metal. A group of small wires used as a single wire is properly called a
"stranded wire." A wire or stranded wire covered with insulation is properly called an
"insulated wire" or a "single-conductor cable." Nevertheless, when the context indicates
that the wire is insulated, the term "wire" will be understood to include the insulation.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities
occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions:
1. Notify Architect no fewer than sevendays in advance of proposed interruption of
electrical service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Architect'swritten
permission.
3. Coordinate interruption with systems impacted by outage including, but not limited to,
the following:
a. Exercising generators.
b. Emergency lighting.
c. Elevators.
d. Fire-alarm systems.
B. Arrange to provide temporary electrical service in accordance with requirements specified in
Division 01.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Electrical Preconstruction Conference: Schedule conference with Architect and Owner, not later
than 10 days after notice to proceed. Agenda topics include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Electrical installation schedule.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-12
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 12
2. Status of power system studies.
3. Value analysis proposals and requests for substitution of electrical equipment.
4. Utility work coordination and class of service requests.
5. Commissioning activities.
6. Sustainability activities.
1.5 SEQUENCING
A. Conduct and submit results of power system studies before submitting Product Data and Shop
Drawings for electrical equipment.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
Article in Part 3.
A. Coordination drawings.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications: Prepare and submit qualification statements for the following entities performing
Work on Project:
1. Qualified Regional Manufacturer: Manufacturer, possessing qualifications specified in
Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," that maintains a service center capable of
providing training, parts, and emergency on-site repairs to Project site with response time
less than eight hours .
2. Structural Professional Engineer: Professional engineer possessing active qualifications
specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," with expertise in structural
engineering.
3. Electrical Professional Engineer: Professional engineer possessing active qualifications
specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," with expertise in electrical
engineering, including electrical power system modeling and analysis of electrical safety
in accordance with NFPA 70E.
4. Lighting Professional Engineer: Professional engineer possessing active qualifications in
accordance with Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" and the following:
a. Expertise in electrical engineering, lighting design, and structural requirements for
exterior poles and standards.
B. Certifications:
1. Seismic-Load Performance Certificates: Provide special certification for designated
seismic systems as indicated in Paragraph 13.2.2 "Special Certification Requirements for
Designated Seismic Systems" of [ASCE/SEI 7-05] [ASCE/SEI 7-10] [ASCE/SEI 7-16]
for all designated seismic-load systems identified on Drawings or in the Specifications.
a. Include the following information:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-13
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 13
1) Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on
actual test of assembled components or on calculation.
2) Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of
gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
3) Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the
certification is based and their installation requirements.
4) Detailed description of conduit support devices and interconnections on
which the certification is based and their installation requirements.
5) Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated
active electrical seismic device and system, stating that it will remain
operable following the design earthquake. Certification must be based on
requirements of ASCE/SEI 7, including shake table testing per ICC-
ES AC156 or a similar nationally recognized testing standard procedure
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction[, or experience data as
permitted by][ ASCE/SEI 7-05][ ASCE/SEI 7-10][ ASCE/SEI 7-16].
6) Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification that components with
hazardous contents maintain containment following the design earthquake
by methods required in [ASCE/SEI 7-05] [ASCE/SEI 7-10] [ASCE/SEI 7-
16].
7) Submit evidence demonstrating compliance with these requirements for
approval to authorities having jurisdiction after review and acceptance by
qualified structural professional engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
A. Substitution requests for electrical equipment will be entertained under the following
conditions:
1. Notification of Contractor's intent to request substitutions for convenience must be
declared during the Electrical Preconstruction Conference so potential risks to system
performance and construction schedule may be identified for Contractor's response in
submission of the substitution request. Submission of requests for substitutions for
convenience must meet the conditions and deadline specified in Section 012500
"Substitution Procedures" to receive approval.
2. For electrical equipment and systems, substitutions for cause are considered major
construction risks. If it is possible that Contractor may need to request substitutions for
cause because of equipment unavailability, or inability to meet construction schedule
because of lead time, Contractor must declare the possibility during the Electrical
Preconstruction Conference to permit establishing a mitigation plan for minimizing risks
to system performance and construction schedule.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-14
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 14
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Electrical Installation Schedule: At preconstruction meeting, and periodically thereafter as dates
change, provide schedule for electrical installation Work to Owner and Architect including, but
not limited to, milestone dates for the following activities:
1. Submission of power system studies.
2. Submission of action submittals specified in Division 26.
3. Orders placed for major electrical equipment.
4. Arrival of major electrical equipment on-site.
5. Preinstallation meetings specified in Division 26.
6. Utility service outages.
7. Utility service inspection and activation.
8. Closing of walls and ceilings containing electrical Work.
9. System startup, testing, and commissioning activities for major electrical equipment.
10. System startup, testing, and commissioning activities for emergency lighting.
11. Pouring of concrete housekeeping pads for electrical equipment and testing of concrete
samples.
12. Requests for inspections by authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Coordination Drawings for Structural Supports: Show coordination of structural supports for
equipment and devices, including restraints and bracing for control of seismic and wind loads,
with other systems, equipment, and structural supports in the vicinity.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in the Contract Documents or manufacturers'
written instructions, comply with NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 1 for installation of Work
specified in Division 26. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Administrant for Low-Voltage Electrical Tests and Inspections:
1. Engage qualified low-voltage electrical testing and inspecting agency to administer and
perform tests and inspections.
2. Engage qualified low-voltage electrical testing and inspecting agency to administer and
perform tests and inspections.
3. Engage factory-authorized service representative to administer and perform tests and
inspections on components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including
connections.
4. Administer and perform tests and inspections[ with assistance of factory-authorized
service representative].
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-15
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 15
3.4 CLEANING
Coordinate "Waste Management" Paragraph with Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and
Disposal."
A. Waste Management:
1. <Insert requirements for electrical and electronics waste disposal>.
3.5 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Prepare and submit the following:
1. Provide emergency operation, normal operation, and preventive maintenance manuals for
each system, equipment, and device listed below:
a. Lighting Controls
b. Fire Alarm System
c. Power Distribution System.
2. Include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's operating specifications.
b. User's guides for software and hardware.
c. Schedule of maintenance material items recommended to be stored at Project site.
d. Detailed instructions covering operation under both normal and abnormal
conditions.
e. Time-current curves for overcurrent protective devices and manufacturer's written
instructions for testing and adjusting their settings.
f. List of load-current and overload-relay heaters with related motor nameplate data.
g. List of lamp types and photoelectric relays used on Project, with ANSI and
manufacturers' codes.
h. Manufacturer's instructions for setting field-adjustable components.
i. Manufacturer's instructions for testing, adjusting, and reprogramming
microprocessor controls.
j. Exterior pole inspection and repair procedures.
k. Include copies of demonstration and training videos.
B. Demonstration: Demonstrate to Owner's maintenance and clerical personnel how to operate the
following systems and equipment:
1. Lighting control devices specified in Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices."
2. Electronic metering and billing software specified in Section 262713 "Electricity
Metering."
C. Training: Train Owner's maintenance personnel on the following topics:
1. Electrical power safety fundamentals refresher including arc-flash hazard safety features
of electrical power distribution equipment in facility, interpreting arc-flash warning
labels, selecting appropriate personal protective equipment, and understanding
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260010-16
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Supplemental Requirements for Electrical
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260010 - 16
significance of findings documented in study report specified in Section 260573.19 "Arc-
Flash Hazard Analysis."
2. How to adjust, operate, and maintain devices specified in Section 260923 "Lighting
Control Devices."
3. How to adjust, operate, and maintain hardware and software specified in Section 262713
"Electricity Metering."
4. How to adjust, operate, and maintain devices specified in Section 264313 "Surge
Protective Devices for Low-Voltage Electrical Power Circuits."
END OF SECTION 260010
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260519-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Low-Voltage Electrical Power
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Conductors and Cables
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 1
SECTION 260519 - LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Copper building wire.
2. Metal-clad cable, Type MC.
3. Fire-alarm wire and cable.
4. Connectors and splices.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
2. Section 260011 "Facility Performance Requirements for Electrical" for seismic-load,
wind-load, acoustical, and other field conditions applicable to Work specified in this
Section.
Retain subparagraphs below to cross-reference requirements Contractor might expect to find in this
Section but are specified in other Sections.
3. Section 260513 "Medium-Voltage Cables" for single-conductor and multiconductor
cables, cable splices, and terminations for electrical distribution systems with 601 to
35 000 V.
4. Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables" for control systems
communications cables and Classes 1, 2, and 3 control cables.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Copper building wire.
2. Metal-clad cable, Type MC.
3. Fire-alarm wire and cable.
4. Connectors and splices.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Field quality-control reports.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260519-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Low-Voltage Electrical Power
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Conductors and Cables
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE
A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current-carrying conductor with
an overall insulation layer or jacket, or both, rated 600 V or less.
B. Standards:
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for
intended location and use.
2. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's
"Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide."
C. Conductor Insulation:
1. Type NM. Comply with UL 83 and UL 719.
2. Type THHN and Type THWN-2. Comply with UL 83.
3. Type THW and Type THW-2. Comply with NEMA WC-70/ICEA S-95-658 and UL 83.
2.2 METAL-CLAD CABLE, TYPE MC
A. Description: A factory assembly of one or more current-carrying insulated conductors in an
overall metallic sheath.
B. Standards:
1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for
intended location and use.
2. Comply with UL 1569.
3. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's
"Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide."
C. Circuits:
1. Single circuit and multicircuit with color-coded conductors.
2. Power-Limited Fire-Alarm Circuits: Comply with UL 1424.
D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8
for stranded conductors.
E. Ground Conductor: Bare.
F. Conductor Insulation:
1. Type TFN/THHN/THWN-2. Comply with UL 83.
2. Type XHHW-2. Comply with UL 44.
G. Armor: Steel, interlocked.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260519-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Low-Voltage Electrical Power
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Conductors and Cables
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 3
H. Jacket: PVC applied over armor.
2.3 FIRE-ALARM WIRE AND CABLE
A. General Wire and Cable Requirements: NRTL listed and labeled as complying with NFPA 70,
Article 760.
B. Signaling Line Circuits: Twisted, shielded pair, size as recommended by system manufacturer.
C. Non-Power-Limited Circuits: Solid-copper conductors with 600 V rated, 75 deg C, color-coded
insulation, and complying with requirements in UL 2196 for a two-hour rating.
1. Low-Voltage Circuits: No. 16 AWG, minimum, in pathway.
2. Line-Voltage Circuits: No. 12 AWG, minimum, in pathway.
2.4 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES
A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, material,
type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use.
B. Jacketed Cable Connectors: For steel and aluminum jacketed cables, zinc die-cast with set
screws, designed to connect conductors specified in this Section.
C. Lugs: One piece, seamless, designed to terminate conductors specified in this Section.
1. Material: Copper.
2. Type: One hole with standard barrels.
3. Termination: Compression.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS
A. Feeders:
1. Copper; solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.
B. Branch Circuits:
1. Copper:
a. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.
b. Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 10 AWG and larger.
C. Power-Limited Fire Alarm and Control: Solid for No. 12 AWG and smaller.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260519-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Low-Voltage Electrical Power
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Conductors and Cables
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 4
3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND
WIRING METHODS
A. Service Entrance: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.
B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.
C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN/THWN-2,
single conductors in raceway.
D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground:
Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.
E. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN/THWN-2, single
conductors in raceway, Metal-clad cable, Type MC, or Nonmetallic-sheathed cable, Type NM
(NM in wood construction only).
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated.
B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points in accordance
with Section 260533.13 "Conduits for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and
cables.
C. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used
must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended
maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will
not damage cables or raceway.
E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and
follow surface contours where possible.
F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems."
G. Complete cable tray systems installation according to Section 260536 "Cable Trays for
Electrical Systems" prior to installing conductors and cables.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF FIRE-ALARM WIRE AND CABLE
A. Comply with NFPA 72.
B. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal pathway according to Section 270528.29 "Hangers and
Supports for Communications Systems."
1. Install plenum cable in environmental airspaces, including plenum ceilings.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260519-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Low-Voltage Electrical Power
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Conductors and Cables
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 5
2. Fire-alarm circuits and equipment control wiring associated with fire-alarm system must
be installed in a dedicated pathway system.
a. Cables and pathways used for fire-alarm circuits, and equipment control wiring
associated with fire-alarm system, may not contain any other wire or cable.
3. Fire-Rated Cables: Use of two-hour, fire-rated fire-alarm cables, NFPA 70, Types MI and
CI, is permitted.
4. Signaling Line Circuits: Power-limited fire-alarm cables [may] [must not] be installed in
the same cable or pathway as signaling line circuits.
C. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power-limited and non-power-limited conductors as
recommended by manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and
back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess.
Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any enclosure associated with
fire-alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to system's wiring
diagrams. Make all connections with approved crimp-on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type
terminal blocks, or plug connectors.
D. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; cabinets; or
equipment enclosures where circuit connections are made.
E. Color-Coding: Color-code fire-alarm conductors differently from the normal building power
wiring. Use one color-code for alarm circuit wiring and another for supervisory circuits. Color-
code audible alarm-indicating circuits differently from alarm-initiating circuits. Use different
colors for visible alarm-indicating devices. Paint fire-alarm system junction boxes and covers
red.
3.5 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A-486B.
B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material.
1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice, termination, and tap for aluminum conductors.
C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inch (150 mm of slack.
D. Comply with requirements in Section 284621.11 "Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems" for
connecting, terminating, and identifying wires and cables.
3.6 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for
Electrical Systems."
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260519-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Low-Voltage Electrical Power
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Conductors and Cables
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 6
B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of
conductor, and identify as spare conductor.
3.7 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply
with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and
Cabling."
3.8 FIRESTOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore
original fire-resistance rating of assembly according to Section 078413 "Penetration
Firestopping."
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests and Inspections:
1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized,
test service entrance and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements.
2. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized,
test service entrance and feeder conductors feeding the following critical equipment and
services for compliance with requirements:
3. Perform each of the following visual and electrical tests:
a. Inspect exposed sections of conductor and cable for physical damage and correct
connection according to the single-line diagram.
b. Test bolted connections for high resistance using one of the following:
1) A low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Calibrated torque wrench.
3) Thermographic survey.
c. Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation.
d. Inspect for correct identification.
e. Inspect cable jacket and condition.
f. Insulation-resistance test on each conductor for ground and adjacent conductors.
Apply a potential of 500 V(dc) for 300 V rated cable and 1000 V(dc) for 600 V
rated cable for a one-minute duration.
g. Continuity test on each conductor and cable.
h. Uniform resistance of parallel conductors.
B. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports to record the following:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260519-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Low-Voltage Electrical Power
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Conductors and Cables
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260519 - 7
1. Procedures used.
2. Results that comply with requirements.
3. Results that do not comply with requirements, and corrective action taken to achieve
compliance with requirements.
END OF SECTION 260519
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260526-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 1
SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Grounding and bonding conductors.
2. Grounding and bonding clamps.
3. Grounding and bonding bushings.
4. Grounding and bonding hubs.
5. Grounding and bonding connectors.
6. Intersystem bonding bridge grounding connector.
7. Grounding and bonding busbars.
8. Signal reference grids.
9. Grounding (earthing) electrodes.
10. Grounding electrode enclosures.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" specifies additional
abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project
requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section.
2. Section 270528 "Pathways for Communications Systems" specifies additional
requirements for grounding and bonding of communications raceways, boxes, and cable
trays.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Plans showing dimensioned locations of grounding features described in "Field
Quality Control for Grounding and Bonding of Electrical Power" Article, including the
following:
1. Grounding electrode access enclosures.
2. Grounding electrodes.
3. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems.
B. Field quality-control reports.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data:
1. In addition to items specified in Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for
Electrical," include the following:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260526-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 2
a. Plans showing locations of grounding features described in "Field Quality Control
for Grounding and Bonding of Electrical Power" Article, including the following:
1) Grounding electrode access enclosures.
2) Grounding electrodes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTORS
A. Equipment Grounding Conductor:
1. General Characteristics: 600 V, THHN/THWN-2copper wire or cable, green color, in
accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables."
B. Isolated Equipment Grounding Conductor:
1. General Characteristics: 600 V, THHN/THWN-2 wire or cable, green color with one or
more yellow stripes, in accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power
Conductors and Cables."
C. ASTM - Bare Copper Grounding and Bonding Conductor:
1. Referenced Standards: Complying with one or more of the following:
a. Soft or Annealed Copper Wire: ASTM B3.
b. Concentric-Lay Stranded Copper Conductor: ASTM B8.
c. Tin-Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire: ASTM B33.
d. 19-Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper Conductor: ASTM B787/B787M.
2.2 GROUNDING AND BONDING CLAMPS
A. Description: Clamps suitable for attachment of grounding and bonding conductors to grounding
electrodes, pipes, tubing, and rebar. Grounding and bonding clamps specified in this article are
also suitable for use with communications applications.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer.
C. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
2. Listing Criteria:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260526-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 3
a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467.
b. Grounding and Bonding Equipment for Communications: UL CCN KDSH;
including UL 467.
D. UL KDER and KDSH - U-Bolt-Type Pipe and Rod Grounding and Bonding Clamp:
1. General Characteristics:
a. Clamp Material: Brass.
b. Listed for outdoor use.
E. UL KDER - Exothermically Welded Connection <Insert drawing designation>:
1. General Characteristics: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit
manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions.
2.3 GROUNDING AND BONDING BUSHINGS
A. Description: Bonding bushings connect conduit fittings, tubing fittings, threaded metal conduit,
and unthreaded metal conduit to metal boxes and equipment enclosures, and have one or more
bonding screws intended to provide electrical continuity between bushing and enclosure.
Grounding bushings have provision for connection of bonding or grounding conductor and may
or may not also have bonding screws.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer.
C. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
2. Listing Criteria:
a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467.
D. UL KDER - Bonding Bushing <Insert drawing designation>:
1. General Characteristics: Threaded bushing with insulated throat.
E. UL KDER - Grounding Bushing <Insert drawing designation>:
1. General Characteristics: Threaded bushing with insulated throat and mechanical-type
wire terminal.
2.4 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONNECTORS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer.
B. Performance Criteria:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260526-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 4
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
2. Listing Criteria:
a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467.
b. Grounding and Bonding Equipment for Communications: UL CCN KDSH;
including UL 467.
C. UL KDER - Pressure-Type Grounding and Bonding Busbar Cable Connector <Insert drawing
designation>:
1. General Characteristics: Copper or copper alloy, for compression bonding of one or more
conductor directly to copper busbar. Listed for direct burial.
D. UL KDER - Crimped Lug Pressure-Type Grounding and Bonding Busbar Terminal :
1. General Characteristics: Cast silicon bronze, solderless compression-type wire terminals;
with long barrel and two holes spaced on 5/8 or 1 inch (16 or 25 mm) centers for two-bolt
connection to busbar.
E. UL KDER - Crimped Pressure-Type Grounding and Bonding Cable Connector
1. General Characteristics: Crimp-and-compress connectors that bond to conductor when
connector is compressed around conductor.
a. Copper, C and H shaped.
F. UL KDER - Split-Bolt Pressure-Type Grounding and Bonding Cable Connector:
1. General Characteristics: Bolts that surround cable and bond to cable under compression
when nut is tightened.
a. [Copper] [Copper alloy] [Tinned copper].
2.5 INTERSYSTEM BONDING BRIDGE GROUNDING CONNECTORS
A. Description: Devices that provide means for connecting communications systems grounding
and bonding conductors at service equipment or at disconnecting means for buildings or
structures.
B. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
2. Listing Criteria:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260526-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 5
a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment for Communications: UL CCN KDSH;
including UL 467.
2.6 GROUNDING AND BONDING BUSBARS
A. Description: Miscellaneous grounding and bonding devices that serve as common connection
for multiple grounding and bonding conductors.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer.
C. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
2. Listing Criteria:
a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467.
2.7 GROUNDING (EARTHING) ELECTRODES
A. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer.
B. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
2. Listing Criteria:
a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467.
C. UL KDER - Rod Electrode :
1. General Characteristics: Copper-clad steel; 3/4 inch by 10 ft (19 mm by 3 m).
2.8 GROUNDING ELECTRODE ENCLOSURES
A. Description: Enclosures designed to protect grounding electrodes from damage while providing
access for inspection and testing of the grounding system.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260526-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine facility's grounding electrode system and equipment grounding for compliance with
requirements for maximum ground-resistance level and other conditions affecting performance
of grounding and bonding of electrical system.
B. Inspect test results of grounding system measured at point of electrical service equipment
connection.
C. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of
the Work.
D. Proceed with connection of electrical service equipment only after unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
3.2 SELECTION OF GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS
A. Grounding and Bonding Conductors:
1. Provide solid conductor for 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for 6 AWG
and larger unless otherwise indicated.
2. Custom-Length Insulated Equipment Bonding Jumpers: 6 AWG, 19-strand, Type THHN.
3. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch (6 mm) in diameter.
4. Bonding Conductor: 4 AWG or 6 AWG, stranded conductor.
5. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-
5/8 inch (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick.
6. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper
ferrules; 1-5/8 inch (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick.
7. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, 2/0 AWG minimum.
B. Grounding and Bonding Connectors:
1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.
2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise
indicated.
3. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors.
3.3 SELECTION OF GROUNDING AND BONDING PRODUCTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
A. Comply with Section 270528 "Pathways for Communications Systems" and Section 271100
"Communications Equipment Room Fittings."
3.4 INSTALLATION OF GROUNDING AND BONDING
A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260526-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 7
B. Reference Standards:
1. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780
and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power
system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest
point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as
system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit.
2. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements.
C. Special Techniques:
1. Grounding and Bonding Conductors:
a. Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or
required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may
be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
b. Underground Grounding Conductors:
1) Bury at least 30 inch (750 mm) below grade.
2. Grounding and Bonding Connectors: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action
or electrolysis is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and
connection methods so metals in direct contact are galvanically compatible.
a. Use electroplated or hot-tin-coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to
make contact points closer in order of galvanic series.
b. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact.
c. Make aluminum-to-steel connections with stainless steel separators and
mechanical clamps.
d. Make aluminum-to-galvanized-steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers
and mechanical clamps.
e. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent
future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces.
f. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and
maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit.
1) Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not
to penetrate adjacent parts.
2) Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and
Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted
equipment.
3) Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations; if disconnect-type
connection is required, use bolted clamp.
g. Grounding and Bonding for Piping:
1) Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in
conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main
metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to
main metal water service pipes; use bolted clamp connector or bolt lug-type
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260526-8
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 8
connector to pipe flange by using one of lug bolts of flange. Where
dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on
street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to
conductor at each end.
2) Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically
bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with bolted connector.
3) Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from
equipment shutoff valve.
3. Electrodes:
a. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inch (50 mm) below finished floor or
final grade unless otherwise indicated.
1) Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade
and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or
damaging coating if any.
2) Use exothermic welds for below-grade connections.
b. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod
length from each other and located at least same distance from other grounding
electrodes, and connect to service grounding electrode conductor.
4. Grounding at Service:
a. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors must be
connected to ground busbar. Install main bonding jumper between neutral and
ground buses.
5. Equipment Grounding and Bonding:
a. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with feeders and branch circuits.
b. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in
addition to those required by NFPA 70:
1) Feeders and branch circuits.
2) Lighting circuits.
3) Receptacle circuits.
4) Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.
5) Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits.
6) Flexible raceway runs.
7) Armored and metal-clad cable runs.
c. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to
duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air
cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond
conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping.
d. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install separate
insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260526-9
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 9
tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and
components.
e. Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Bond insulated equipment grounding
conductor to equipment grounding terminal inside pole base.
See the Evaluations for discussion of fence grounding.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FOR GROUNDING AND BONDING
A. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Architect .
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been
energized, test for compliance with requirements.
2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted,
electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench in accordance with manufacturer's
published instructions.
3. Test completed grounding system at each location where maximum ground-resistance
level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal [, and at individual
ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before conductors are connected.
a. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of
precipitation and without soil being moistened by means other than natural
drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of
reducing natural ground resistance.
b. Perform tests by fall-of-potential method in accordance with IEEE Std 81.
c. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values,
notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground
resistance.
C. Nonconforming Work:
1. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
2. Remove and replace defective components and retest.
D. Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports.
1. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values:
a. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 kVA and Less:
10 Ω .
b. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity of 500 to 1000 kVA: 5 Ω
>.
c. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity More Than 1000 kVA:
3 Ω .
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260526-10
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260526 - 10
3.6 PROTECTION
A. After installation, protect grounding and bonding cables and equipment from construction
activities. Remove and replace items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise
caused to be unfit for use prior to acceptance by Owner.
END OF SECTION 260526
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260529-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 1
SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Support, anchorage, and attachment components.
2. Fabricated metal equipment support assemblies.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components
and profiles, and finishes for the following:
a. Slotted support systems, hardware, and accessories.
b. Clamps.
c. Hangers.
d. Sockets.
e. Eye nuts.
f. Fasteners.
g. Anchors.
h. Saddles.
i. Brackets.
2. Include rated capacities and furnished specialties and accessories.
B. Shop Drawings: For fabrication and installation details for electrical hangers and support
systems.
1. Hangers. Include product data for components.
2. Slotted support systems.
3. Equipment supports.
4. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments
to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames
for equipment mounting.
C. Delegated Design Submittals: For hangers and supports for electrical systems.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260529-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 2
1. Include design calculations and details of hangers.
2. Include design calculations for seismic restraints.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Welding certificates.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified structural professional engineer to design hanger and
support system.
B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing
agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.
1. Flame Rating: Class 1.
2. Self-extinguishing according to ASTM D635.
2.2 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. Steel Slotted Support Systems: Preformed steel channels and angles with minimum 13/32 inch
(10 mm) diameter holes at a maximum of 8 inch (200 mm) on center in at least one surface.
1. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4 factory-fabricated components for field assembly.
2. Material for Channel, Fittings, and Accessories: [Galvanized steel] [Plain steel] [Stainless
steel, Type 304] [Stainless steel, Type 316].
3. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria .
4. Metallic Coatings: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-
4.
5. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary
protective covering before shipping.
B. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for
types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported.
C. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded
body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for nonarmored electrical conductors or cables in
riser conduits. Plugs must have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as
required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body must be made of malleable
iron.
D. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A36/A36M steel plates, shapes,
and bars; black and galvanized.
E. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their
supports to building surfaces include the following:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260529-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 3
1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement
concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials where used.
2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, [zinc-coated] [stainless] steel, for
use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities
appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.
3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units are similar to MSS
Type 18 units and comply with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58.
4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58 units are suitable for
attached structural element.
5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with
ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325 (Grade A325M).
6. Toggle Bolts: steel springhead type.
7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.
2.3 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
A. Description: Welded or bolted structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions
of supported equipment.
B. Materials: Comply with requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for steel shapes
and plates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SELECTION
A. Comply with the following standards for selection and installation of hangers and supports,
except where requirements on Drawings or in this Section are stricter:
1. NECA NEIS 101
B. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping
materials and installation for penetrations through fire-rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies.
C. Comply with requirements for raceways specified in Section 260533.13 "Conduits for Electrical
Systems."
D. Comply with requirements for boxes specified in Section 260533.16 "Boxes and Covers for
Electrical Systems."
E. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceways: Space supports for
EMT, IMC, and ERMC as scheduled in NECA NEIS 1, where its Table 1 lists maximum
spacings that are less than those stated in NFPA 70. Minimum rod size must be 1/4 inch (6 mm)
in diameter.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260529-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 4
F. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted or
other support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 25 percent in future without
exceeding specified design load limits.
1. Secure raceways and cables to these supports with two-bolt conduit clamps.
G. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1-
1/2 inch (38 mm) and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems
above suspended ceilings, and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTS
A. Comply with NECA NEIS 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this article.
B. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA NEIS 1, EMT may be
supported by openings through structure members, in accordance with NFPA 70.
C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength
will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits.
Minimum static design load used for strength determination must be weight of supported
components plus 200 lb (90 kg).
D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten
electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods
unless otherwise indicated by code:
1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts.
2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.
3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor
fasteners on solid masonry units.
4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.
5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock
washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inch (100 mm)
thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs
less than 4 inch (100 mm) thick.
6. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.
7. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets,
panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes,
transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate.
E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid the need for
reinforcing bars.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS
A. Comply with installation requirements in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for site-
fabricated metal supports.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260529-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 - 5
B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation
to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. Submit welding certificates.
3.4 CONCRETE BASES
A. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inch (100 mm) larger in
both directions than supported unit, and so anchors will be a minimum of 10 bolt diameters
from edge of the base.
B. Use [3000 psi (20.7 MPa)] <Insert value>, 28-day compressive-strength concrete. Concrete
materials, reinforcement, and placement requirements are specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-
Place Concrete."
C. Anchor equipment to concrete base as follows:
1. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting
drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be
embedded.
2. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
3. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.
3.5 PAINTING
A. Touchup:
1. Comply with requirements in Section 099123 "Interior Painting" for cleaning and
touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on
miscellaneous metal.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.
END OF SECTION 260529
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 1
SECTION 260533.13 - CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Type EMT-A and Type EMT-SS duct raceways and elbows.
2. Type EMT-S duct raceways and elbows.
3. Type ENT duct raceways and fittings.
4. Type FMC-S and Type FMC-A duct raceways.
5. Type IMC duct raceways.
6. Type LFMC duct raceways.
7. Type LFNC duct raceways.
8. Type PVC duct raceways and fittings.
9. Fittings for conduit, tubing, and cable.
10. Electrically conductive corrosion-resistant compounds for threaded conduit.
11. Solvent cements.
B. Products Installed, but Not Furnished, under This Section:
1. See Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for electrical equipment
labels.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Conduit: A structure containing one or more duct raceways.
B. Duct Raceway: A single enclosed raceway for conductors or cable.
C. Duct Bank: An arrangement of conduit providing one or more continuous duct raceways
between two points.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
Retain one or more of 17 subparagraphs below as needed to verify compliance of Work with Project
requirements.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 2
1. Type EMT-S duct raceways and elbows.
2. Type ENT duct raceways and fittings.
3. Type FMC-S and Type FMC-A duct raceways.
4. Type IMC duct raceways.
5. Type LFMC duct raceways.
6. Type LFNC duct raceways.
7. Type PVC duct raceways and fittings.
8. Fittings for conduit, tubing, and cable.
9. Electrically conductive corrosion-resistant compounds for threaded conduit.
10. Solvent cements.
B. Sustainable design submittals.
1. Solvent cements.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturers' Published Instructions:
1. Type EMT-S duct raceways and elbows.
2. Type ENT duct raceways and fittings.
3. Type FMC-S and Type FMC-A duct raceways.
4. Type IMC duct raceways.
5. Type LFMC duct raceways.
6. Type LFNC duct raceways.
7. Type PVC duct raceways and fittings.
8. Type RTRC-BG duct raceways and fittings.
9. Fittings for conduit, tubing, and cable.
10. Electrically conductive corrosion-resistant compounds for threaded conduit.
11. Solvent cements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TYPE EMT-S DUCT RACEWAYS AND ELBOWS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN FJMX; including UL 797.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 3
C. UL FJMX - Steel Electrical Metal Tubing (EMT-S) and Elbows:
1. Material: Steel.
2. Options:
a. Exterior Coating: Zinc.
b. Interior Coating: Zinc.
c. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 16 (trade size 1/2.
d. Colors: As indicated on Drawings.
2.2 TYPE ENT DUCT RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN FKHU; including UL 1653.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
C. UL FKHU - Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT) and Fittings:
1. Options:
a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 16 (trade size 1/2).
b. Fittings:
1) Mechanically Attached Fittings: UL 1653.
2) Solvent-Attached Fittings: UL 651.
2.3 TYPE FMC-S AND TYPE FMC-A DUCT RACEWAYS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DXUZ; including UL 1.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 4
C. UL DXUZ - Steel Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC-S):
1. Material: Steel.
2. Options:
a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 16 (trade size 1/2).
b. Colors: As indicated on Drawings.
2.4 TYPE IMC DUCT RACEWAYS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DYBY; including UL 1242.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
C. UL DYBY - Steel Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC):
1. Options:
a. Exterior Coating: Zinc.
b. Interior Coating: Zinc.
c. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 16 (trade size 1/2.
d. Colors: As indicated on Drawings.
2.5 TYPE LFMC DUCT RACEWAYS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DXHR; including UL 360.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
C. UL DXHR - Steel Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC-S):
1. Material: Steel.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 5
2. Options:
a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 16 (trade size 1/2).
b. Colors: As indicated on Drawings.
2.6 TYPE LFNC DUCT RACEWAYS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DXOQ; including UL 1660.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
C. UL DXOQ - Layered (Type A) Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit (LFNC-A):
1. Additional Criteria: Type A conduit with smooth seamless inner core and cover bonded
together with one or more reinforcement layers between core and cover.
2. Options:
a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 16 (trade size 1/2).
b. Colors: As indicated on Drawings.
c. Markings: 80 deg C dry.
D. UL DXOQ - Integral (Type B) Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit (LFNC-B):
1. Additional Criteria: Type B conduit with smooth inner surface with integral
reinforcement within conduit wall.
2. Options:
a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 16 (trade size 1/2).
b. Colors: As indicated on Drawings.
c. Markings: 80 deg C dry.
E. UL DXOQ - Corrugated (Type C) Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit (LFNC-C):
1. Additional Criteria: Type C conduit with corrugated internal and external surfaces
without integral reinforcement within conduit wall.
2. Options:
a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 16 (trade size 1/2).
b. Colors: As indicated on Drawings.
c. Markings: 80 deg C dry.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 6
2.7 TYPE PVC DUCT RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DZYR; including UL 651.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
C. UL DZYR - Schedule 40 Rigid PVC Conduit (PVC-40) and Fittings:
1. Dimensional Specifications: Schedule 40.
2. Options:
a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 16 (trade size 1/2).
b. Markings: For use with maximum 90 deg C wire.
D. UL DZYR - Type A Rigid PVC Concrete-Encased Conduit (PVC-A) and Fittings:
1. Dimensional Specifications: Type A.
2. Options:
a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 16 (trade size 1/2).
2.8 FITTINGS FOR CONDUIT, TUBING, AND CABLE
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
C. UL DWTT - Fittings for Type ERMC, Type IMC, Type PVC, Type HDPE, Type EPEC, and
Type RTRC Duct Raceways:
1. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DWTT; including UL 514B.
2. Options:
a. Material: Die cast.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 7
b. Coupling Method: Setscrew coupling. Setscrew couplings with only single
screw per conduit are unacceptable.
c. Expansion and Deflection Fittings: UL 651 with flexible bonding jumper.
D. UL FKAV - Fittings for Type EMT Duct Raceways:
1. Listing Criteria: UL CCN FKAV; including UL 514B.
2. Options:
a. Material: Die cast.
b. Coupling Method: Setscrew coupling. Setscrew couplings with only single
screw per conduit are unacceptable.
c. Expansion and Deflection Fittings: UL 651 with flexible bonding jumper.
E. UL ILNR - Fittings for Type FMC Duct Raceways:
1. Listing Criteria: UL CCN ILNR; including UL 514B.
F. UL DXAS - Fittings for Type LFMC and Type LFNC Duct Raceways:
1. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DXAS; including UL 514B.
2.9 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE CORROSION-RESISTANT COMPOUNDS FOR
THREADED CONDUIT
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN FOIZ; including UL Subject 2419.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2.10 SOLVENT CEMENTS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DWTT; including UL 514B.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-8
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 8
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SELECTION OF CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers'
published instructions, comply with NFPA 70 for selection of duct raceways. Consult Architect
for resolution of conflicting requirements.
B. Outdoors:
1. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: IMC.
2. Exposed and Subject to Physical Damage: IMC.
a. Locations less than 2.5 m (8 ft) above finished floor.
3. Exposed and Not Subject to Physical Damage: IMC.
4. Concealed Aboveground: EMT.
5. Direct Buried: PVC-40.
6. Concrete Encased Not in Trench: PVC-40.
7. Concrete Encased in Trench: PVC-40.
8. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC.
C. Indoors:
1. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: IMC. Locations include the following:
a. Loading docks.
b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet-handling units.
c. Mechanical rooms.
d. Gymnasiums.
2. Exposed and Subject to Physical Damage: IMC. Locations include the following:
a. Locations less than 2.5 m (8 ft) above finished floor.
b. Stub-ups to above suspended ceilings.
3. Exposed and Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT.
4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT.
5. Damp or Wet Locations: IMC.
6. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC.
D. Duct Fittings: Select fittings in accordance with NEMA FB 2.10 guidelines.
1. ERMC and IMC: Provide threaded-type fittings unless otherwise indicated.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-9
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 9
3.2 INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions.
B. Reference Standards for Installation: Unless more stringent installation requirements are
specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' published instructions, comply with the
following:
1. Type EMT-S: Article 358 of NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 101.
2. Type ENT: Article 362 of NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 102.
3. Type FMC-S: Article 348 of NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 101.
4. Type FMT: Article 360 of NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 101.
5. Type IMC: Article 342 of NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 101.
6. Type LFMC: Article 350 of NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 101.
7. Type LFNC: Article 342 of NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 111.
8. Type PVC: Article 356 of NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 111.
9. Expansion Fittings: NEMA FB 2.40.
10. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements.
C. Special Installation Techniques:
1. General Requirements for Installation of Duct Raceways:
a. Complete duct raceway installation before starting conductor installation.
b. Provide stub-ups through floors with coupling threaded inside for plugs, set flush
with finished floor. Plug coupling until conduit is extended above floor to final
destination or a minimum of 2 ft (0.6 m) above finished floor.
c. Install no more than equivalent of three 90-degree bends in conduit run[ except for
control wiring conduits, for which no more than equivalent of two 90-degree
fewer bends are permitted]. Support within 12 inch (300 mm) of changes in
direction.
d. Make bends in duct raceway using large-radius preformed ells except for parallel
bends. Field bending must be in accordance with NFPA 70 minimum radii
requirements. Provide only equipment specifically designed for material and size
involved.
e. Conceal conduit within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise
indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines.
f. Support conduit within 12 inch (300 mm) of enclosures to which attached.
g. Install duct sealing fittings at accessible locations in accordance with NFPA 70 and
fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed duct raceways, install fitting
in flush steel box with blank cover plate having finish similar to that of adjacent
plates or surfaces. Install duct sealing fittings in accordance with NFPA 70.
h. Install devices to seal duct raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals
so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of
environments. Seal interior of duct raceways at the following points:
1) Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of
refrigerated spaces.
2) Where an underground service duct raceway enters a building or structure.
3) Conduit extending from interior to exterior of building.
4) Conduit extending into pressurized duct raceway and equipment.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-10
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 10
5) Conduit extending into pressurized zones that are automatically controlled
to maintain different pressure set points.
6) Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.
i. Do not install conduits within 2 inch (50 mm) of the bottom side of a metal deck
roof.
j. Keep duct raceways at least 6 inch (150 mm) away from parallel runs of flues and
steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal duct raceway runs above water and
steam piping.
k. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits metric designator 53 (trade
size 2) and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to make cut straight and perpendicular
to the length. Ream inside of conduit to remove burrs.
l. Install pull wires in empty duct raceways. Provide polypropylene or monofilament
plastic line with not less than 200 lb (90 kg) tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inch
(300 mm) of slack at both ends of pull wire. Cap underground duct raceways
designated as spare above grade alongside duct raceways in use.
m. Install duct raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures without
hubs with locknuts on both sides of enclosure wall. Install locknuts hand tight, plus
one-quarter turn more.
1) Termination fittings with shoulders do not require two locknuts.
n. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and
outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to metric
designator 35 (trade size 1-1/4) and insulated throat metal bushings on metric
designator 41 (trade size 1-1/2) and larger conduits terminated with locknuts. .
2. Types ERMC and IMC:
a. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor
Conditions: Apply listed compound that maintains electrical conductivity to
threads of duct raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound
manufacturer's published instructions.
3. Types FMC, LFMC, and LFNC:
a. Provide a maximum of 72 inch (1830 mm) of flexible conduit for recessed and
semirecessed luminaires, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or
movement; and for transformers and motors.
4. Types PVC, HDPE, and EPEC:
a. Do not install Type PVC, Type HDPE, or Type EPEC conduit where ambient
temperature exceeds 122 deg F (50 deg C). Conductor ratings must be limited to
75 deg C except where installed in a trench outside buildings with concrete
encasement, where 90 deg C conductors are permitted.
b. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions for solvent welding and
fittings.
5. Stub-ups to Above Recessed Ceilings:
a. Provide EMT, IMC, or ERMC for duct raceways.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-11
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 11
b. Provide a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub-ups not terminated
in hubs or in an enclosure.
6. Duct Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration:
a. Provide insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller
than 4 AWG. Install insulated throat metal grounding bushings on service
conduits.
7. Duct Fittings: Install fittings in accordance with NEMA FB 2.10 guidelines.
a. ERMC-S-PVC: Provide only fittings listed for use with this type of conduit. Patch
and seal joints, nicks, and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduits and
fittings. Provide sealant recommended by fitting manufacturer and apply in
thickness and number of coats recommended by manufacturer.
b. EMT: Provide setscrew, cast-metal fittings. Comply with NEMA FB 2.10.
c. Flexible Conduit: Provide only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit type.
Comply with NEMA FB 2.20.
8. Expansion-Joint Fittings:
a. Install in runs of aboveground PVC that are located where environmental
temperature change may exceed 30 deg F (17 deg C) and that have straight-run
length that exceeds 25 ft (7.6 m). Install in runs of aboveground ERMC and EMT
conduit that are located where environmental temperature change may exceed
100 deg F (55 deg C) and that have straight-run length that exceeds 100 ft (30 m).
b. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for
the following locations:
1) Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F (70 deg C)
temperature change.
2) Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F (86 deg C)
temperature change.
3) Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation:
125 deg F (70 deg C) temperature change.
4) Attics: 135 deg F (75 deg C) temperature change.
c. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch
per foot of length of straight run per deg F (0.06 mm per meter of length of straight
run per deg C) of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that
provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of
straight run per deg F (0.0115 mm per meter of length of straight run per deg C) of
temperature change for metal conduits.
d. Install expansion fittings at locations where conduits cross building or structure
expansion joints.
e. Install expansion-joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected
in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions for conditions at specific
location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion
movement.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.13-12
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Conduits for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.13 - 12
9. Duct Raceways Penetrating Rooms or Walls with Acoustical Requirements: Seal duct
raceway openings on both sides of rooms or walls with acoustically rated putty.
10. Identification: Provide labels for conduit assemblies, duct raceways, and associated
electrical equipment.
a. Provide warning signs.
D. Interfaces with Other Work:
1. Coordinate with Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for installation of
firestopping at penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies.
2. Coordinate with Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for
installation of conduit hangers and supports.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration.
1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating
recommended by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 260533.13
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.16-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 - 1
SECTION 260533.16 - BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Metallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers.
2. Nonmetallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers.
3. Junction boxes and pull boxes.
4. Cover plates for device boxes.
5. Hoods for outlet boxes.
B. Products Installed, but Not Furnished, under This Section:
1. See Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for electrical equipment
labels.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Metallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers.
2. Nonmetallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers.
3. Junction boxes and pull boxes.
4. Cover plates for device boxes.
5. Hoods for outlet boxes.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Shop drawings for floor boxes.
C. Sustainable design submittals.
1. Nonmetallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers.
2. Junction boxes and pull boxes.
3. Cover plates for device boxes.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.16-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 - 2
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturers' Published Instructions:
1. Metallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers.
2. Nonmetallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers.
3. Junction boxes and pull boxes.
4. Cover plates for device boxes.
5. Hoods for outlet boxes.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METALLIC OUTLET BOXES, DEVICE BOXES, RINGS, AND COVERS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN QCIT; including UL 514A.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
C. UL QCIT - Metallic Outlet Boxes and Covers:
1. Description: Box having pryout openings, knockouts, threaded entries, or hubs in either
the sides of the back, or both, for entrance of conduit, conduit or cable fittings, or cables,
with provisions for mounting outlet box cover, but without provisions for mounting
wiring device directly to box.
2. Options:
a. Material: Sheet steel.
b. Sheet Metal Depth: Minimum 2 inch (50 mm.
c. Cast-Metal Depth: Minimum 1.8 inch (44.5 mm).
d. Luminaire Outlet Boxes and Covers: Nonadjustable, listed and labeled for
attachment of luminaire weighing up to 50 lb (23 kg).
e. Paddle Fan Outlet Boxes and Covers: Nonadjustable, designed for attachment of
paddle fan weighing up to 70 lb (32 kg).
D. UL QCIT - Metallic Conduit Bodies:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.16-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 - 3
1. Description: Means for providing access to interior of conduit or tubing system through
one or more removable covers at junction or terminal point. In the United States, conduit
bodies are listed in accordance with outlet box requirements.
E. UL QCIT - Metallic Device Boxes:
1. Description: Box with provisions for mounting wiring device directly to box.
2. Options:
a. Material: Sheet steel [.
b. Sheet Metal Depth: minimum 2 inch (50 mm).
c. Cast-Metal Depth: minimum 1.8 inch (44.5 mm).
F. UL QCIT - Metallic Extension Rings:
1. Description: Ring intended to extend sides of outlet box or device box to increase box
depth, volume, or both.
G. UL QCIT - Metallic Floor Boxes and Floor Box Covers:
1. Description: Box mounted in floor with floor box cover and other components to
complete floor box enclosure.
H. UL QCIT - Metallic Concrete Boxes and Covers:
1. Description: Box intended for use in poured concrete.
2.2 NONMETALLIC OUTLET BOXES, DEVICE BOXES, RINGS, AND COVERS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked
for intended location and use.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN QCMZ; including UL 514C.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
3. Samples:
a. Floor Box Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's standard color sheets,
showing full range of available colors and flooring inserts for each type of floor
box.
b. Raised Floor Box Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's standard color
sheets, showing full range of available colors and flooring inserts for each type of
floor box.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.16-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 - 4
c. Recessed Access-Floor Box Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's standard
color sheets, showing full range of available colors and flooring inserts for each
type of floor box.
d. Concrete Box Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's standard color sheets,
showing full range of available colors and flooring inserts for each type of floor
box.
C. UL QCMZ - Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes and Covers:
1. Description: Box having pryout openings, knockouts, threaded entries, or hubs in either
the sides or the back, or both, for entrance of conduit, conduit or cable fittings, or cables,
with provisions for mounting outlet box cover, but without provisions for mounting
wiring device directly to box.
D. UL QCMZ - Nonmetallic Conduit Bodies:
1. Description: Means for providing access to interior of conduit or tubing system through
one or more removable covers at junction or terminal point. In the United States, conduit
bodies are listed in accordance with outlet box requirements.
E. UL QCMZ - Nonmetallic Device Boxes:
1. Description: Box with provisions for mounting wiring device directly to box.
F. UL QCMZ - Nonmetallic Extension Rings:
1. Description: Ring intended to extend sides of outlet box or device box to increase box
depth, volume, or both.
G. UL QCMZ - Nonmetallic Floor Boxes and Floor Box Covers:
1. Description: Box mounted in floor with floor box cover and other components to
complete floor box enclosure.
H. UL QCMZ - Nonmetallic Raised-Floor Boxes and Floor Box Covers:
1. Description: Box mounted in raised-floor with floor box cover and other components to
complete floor box enclosure.
I. UL QCMZ - Nonmetallic Concrete Boxes and Covers:
1. Description: Box intended for use in poured concrete.
2.3 JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked
for intended location and use.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN BGUZ; including UL 50 and UL 50E.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.16-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 - 5
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
C. UL BGUZ - Indoor Sheet Metal Junction and Pull Boxes:
1. Description: Box with a blank cover that serves the purpose of joining different runs of
raceway or cable.
2. Options:
a. Degree of Protection: Type 1.
D. UL BGUZ - Indoor Cast-Metal Junction and Pull Boxes:
1. Description: Box with a blank cover that serves the purpose of joining different runs of
raceway or cable.
2. Options:
a. Degree of Protection: Type 1.
E. UL BGUZ - Indoor Polymeric Junction and Pull Boxes:
1. Description: Box with a blank cover that serves the purpose of joining different runs of
raceway or cable.
2. Options:
a. Degree of Protection: Type 1.
F. UL BGUZ - Outdoor Sheet Metal Junction and Pull Boxes:
1. Description: Box with a blank cover that serves the purpose of joining different runs of
raceway or cable.
2. Options:
a. Degree of Protection: Type 4X.
G. UL BGUZ - Outdoor Cast-Metal Junction and Pull Boxes:
1. Description: Box with a blank cover that serves the purpose of joining different runs of
raceway or cable.
2. Options:
a. Degree of Protection: Type 4X.
H. UL BGUZ - Outdoor Polymeric Junction and Pull Boxes:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.16-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 - 6
1. Description: Box with a blank cover that serves the purpose of joining different runs of
raceway or cable.
2. Options:
a. Degree of Protection: Type 3R.
2.4 COVER PLATES FOR DEVICES BOXES
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked
for intended location and use.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN QCIT or UL CCN QCMZ; including UL 514D.
3. Wallplate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match wallplate finish.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
C. UL QCIT or QCMZ - Metallic Cover Plates for Device Boxes:
1. Options:
a. Damp and Wet Locations: Listed, labeled, and marked for location and use.
Provide gaskets and accessories necessary for compliance with listing.
b. Wallplate Material: 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) thick, Type 302/304 non-magnetic
stainless steel with brushed finish.
D. UL QCIT or QCMZ - Nonmetallic Cover Plates for Device Boxes:
1. Options:
a. Damp and Wet Locations: Listed, labeled, and marked for location and use.
Provide gaskets and accessories necessary for compliance with listing.
b. Wallplate Material: 0.060 inch (1.5 mm) thick, high-impact thermoplastic (nylon)
with smooth finish and color matching wiring device.
c. Color: As indicated on architectural Drawings.
2.5 HOODS FOR OUTLET BOXES
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked
for intended location and use.
2. Listing Criteria:
a. UL CCN QCIT or UL CCN QCMZ; including UL 514D.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.16-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 - 7
b. Receptacle, Hood, Cover Plate, Gaskets, and Seals: UL 498 Supplement SA when
mated with box or enclosure complying with UL 514A, UL 514C, or UL 50E.
3. Mounts to box using fasteners different from wiring device.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data
illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product.
2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and
operating instructions for product.
C. UL QCIT or QCMZ - Retractable or Reattachable Hoods for Outlet Boxes:
1. Options:
Coordinate color options in subparagraph below with manufacturers.
a. Provides clear, weatherproof, "while-in-use" cover.
D. UL QCIT or QCMZ - Extra-Duty, While-in-Use Hoods for Outlet Boxes:
1. Additional Characteristics: Marked "Extra-Duty" in accordance with UL 514D.
2. Options:
a. Provides clear, weatherproof, "while-in-use" cover.
b. Manufacturer may combine nonmetallic device box with hood as extra-duty rated
assembly.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Shop Drawings: Prepare and submit the following:
1. Shop Drawings for Floor Boxes: Show that floor boxes are located to avoid interferences
and are structurally allowable. Indicate floor thickness where boxes are embedded in
concrete floors and underfloor clearances where boxes are installed in raised floors.
3.2 SELECTION OF BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers'
published instructions, comply with NFPA 70 for selection of boxes and enclosures. Consult
Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements.
B. Degree of Protection:
1. Outdoors:
a. Type 3R unless otherwise indicated.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.16-8
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 - 8
2. Indoors:
a. Type 1 unless otherwise indicated.
b. Surface Mounted in Kitchens and Other Locations Exposed to Oil or Coolants:
Type 12.
c. Flush Mounted in Kitchens and Other Locations Exposed to Oil or Coolants:
Type 12K.
d. Locations Exposed to Hosedown: Type 4.
C. Exposed Boxes Installed Less Than 2.5 m (8 ft) Above Floor:
1. Provide cast-metal boxes].
2. Provide exposed cover. Flat covers with angled mounting slots or knockouts are
prohibited.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions.
B. Reference Standards for Installation: Unless more stringent installation requirements are
specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' published instructions, comply with the
following:
1. Outlet, Device, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Article 314 of NFPA 70.
2. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements.
C. Special Installation Techniques:
1. Provide boxes in wiring and raceway systems wherever required for pulling of wires,
making connections, and mounting of devices or fixtures.
2. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not
individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height
measured to center of box unless otherwise indicated.
3. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry
block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat
surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment
and box, whether installed indoors or outdoors.
4. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the
same vertical channel.
5. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes.
6. Support boxes in recessed ceilings independent of ceiling tiles and ceiling grid.
7. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing
members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for purpose.
8. Fasten junction and pull boxes to, or support from, building structure. Do not support
boxes by conduits.
9. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface.
10. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor
surface.
11. Do not install aluminum boxes, enclosures, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260533.16-9
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Boxes and Covers for Electrical Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533.16 - 9
12. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove
coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to ensure a
continuous ground path.
13. Boxes and Enclosures in Areas or Walls with Acoustical Requirements:
a. Seal openings and knockouts in back and sides of boxes and enclosures with
acoustically rated putty.
b. Provide gaskets for wallplates and covers.
14. Identification: Provide labels for boxes and associated electrical equipment.
a. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components.
b. Provide warning signs.
c. Label each box with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate.
D. Interfaces with Other Work:
1. Coordinate with Section 260573.13 "Short-Circuit Studies" for determining available
fault current on input feeder.
2. Coordinate with Section 260573.19 "Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis" for determining arc-
flash hazard on input feeder.
3.4 dCLEANING
A. Remove construction dust and debris from boxes before installing wallplates, covers, and
hoods.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. After installation, protect boxes from construction activities. Remove and replace items that are
contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to acceptance by
Owner.
END OF SECTION 260533.16
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260633-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Identification for Electrical System
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 1
SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Labels.
2. Bands.
3. Tapes and stencils.
4. Signs.
5. Cable ties.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Identification Schedule: For each piece of electrical equipment and electrical system
components to be index of nomenclature for electrical equipment and system components used
in identification signs and labels. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LABELS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN PGDQ2 for components; including UL 969.
B. UL PGDQ2 - Vinyl Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, flexible labels laminated with clear,
weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound clear adhesive tape for
securing label ends.
C. UL PGDQ2 - Self-Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Preprinted, 3 mil (0.08 mm) thick, polyester
flexible label with acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260633-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Identification for Electrical System
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 2
1. Self-Lamination: Clear; UV-, weather-, and chemical-resistant; self-laminating, with
protective shield over legend. Size labels such that clear shield overlaps entire printed
legend.
a. Machine-printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink recommended by printer
manufacturer.
D. UL PGDQ2 - Self-Adhesive Labels: Polyester, thermal, transfer-printed, 3 mil (0.08 mm) thick,
multicolor, weather- and UV-resistant, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for
intended use and location.
1. Minimum Nominal Size:
a. 1-1/2 by 6 inch (37 by 150 mm) for raceway and conductors.
b. 3-1/2 by 5 inch (76 by 127 mm) for equipment.
c. As required by authorities having jurisdiction.
2.2 BANDS
A. Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeves, with
diameters sized to suit diameters and that stay in place by gripping action.
B. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeves,
2 inch (50 mm) long, with diameters sized to suit diameters and that stay in place by gripping
action.
2.3 TAPES AND STENCILS
A. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification
legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process.
B. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; not less than 3 mil
(0.08 mm) thick by 1 to 2 inch (25 to 50 mm) wide; compounded for outdoor use.
C. Tape and Stencil: 4 inch (100 mm) wide black stripes on 10 inch (250 mm) centers placed
diagonally over orange background and are 12 inch (300 mm) wide. Stop stripes at legends.
D. Floor Marking Tape: 2 inch (50 mm) wide, 5 mil (0.125 mm) pressure-sensitive vinyl tape, with
black and white stripes and clear vinyl overlay.
E. Underground-Line Warning Tape:
1. Tape:
a. Recommended by manufacturer for method of installation and suitable to identify
and locate underground electrical [and communications ]utility lines.
b. Printing on tape must be permanent and may not be damaged by burial operations.
c. Tape material and ink must be chemically inert and not be subject to degradation
when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found
in soils.
2. Color and Printing:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260633-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Identification for Electrical System
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 3
a. Comply with APWA Uniform Color Code using NEMA Z535.1 safety colors.
b. Inscriptions for Red Tapes: "CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW" .
c. Inscriptions for Orange Tapes: "CAUTION BURIED COMMUNICATION LINE
BELOW" .
2.4 SIGNS
A. Baked-Enamel Signs:
1. Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size
required for application.
2. 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) grommets in corners for mounting.
3. Nominal Size: 7 by 10 inch (180 by 250 mm).
2.5 CABLE TIES
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified
electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended location and application.
2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN ZODZ; including UL 1565 or UL 62275.
B. UL ZODZ - General-Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self-extinguishing, one piece, self-
locking, and Type 6/6 nylon.
1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch (5 mm).
2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F (23 deg C) in accordance with ASTM D638: 12,000 psi
(82.7 MPa).
3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C).
4. Color: Black, except where used for color-coding.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean
substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended by
manufacturer of identification product.
3.2 SELECTION OF COLORS AND IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS
A. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.144 for color identification of hazards, and the following:
1. Fire-protection and fire-alarm equipment must be finished, painted, or suitably marked
safety red.
2. Ceiling-mounted hangers, supports, cable trays, and raceways must be finished, painted,
or suitably marked safety yellow where less than 7.7 ft (2.3 m) above finished floor.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260633-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Identification for Electrical System
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 4
B. Pipe and Conduit Labeling: Comply with ASME A13.1 .
C. Color-Coding for Phase- and Voltage-Level Identification, 1000 V or Less: Use colors listed
below for ungrounded service, feeder and branch-circuit conductors.
1. Color must be factory applied.
2. Colors for 208Y/120 V Circuits:
a. Phase A: Black.
b. Phase B: Red.
c. Phase C: Blue.
3. Colors for 240 V Circuits:
a. Phase A: Black.
b. Phase B: Red.
4. Color for Neutral (Grounded Conductor): White.
5. Color for Equipment Ground: Green.
D. Color-Coding Raceways, Cable Trays, Junction Boxes, and Conductors for Intrinsically-Safe
Circuits: Light blue. When used to identify intrinsically-safe circuits, Article 504 of NFPA 70
requires that the color light blue not be used for any other purpose.
E. Color-Coding Instructional Signs: Self-adhesive labels, including color code for grounded and
ungrounded conductors.
F. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points,
and locations of high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation.
G. Locations of Underground Lines: Underground-line warning tape for power and lighting.
H. Concealed Raceways, Duct Banks, More Than 1000 V, within Buildings: Tape and stencil.
Stencil legend "DANGER - CONCEALED HIGH-VOLTAGE WIRING" with 3 inch (75 mm)
high, black letters on 20 inch (500 mm) centers.
1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, and at
10 ft (3 m) maximum intervals.
2. Identify system voltage with black letters on orange field.
3. Apply floor marking tape to the following finished surfaces:
a. Floor surface directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inch
(300 mm) of floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavated
space.
b. Wall surfaces directly external to raceways concealed within wall.
c. Accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around raceways in vertical shafts,
exposed in building, or concealed above suspended ceilings.
I. Cover Plates: Label individual cover plates with self-adhesive labels. Place label at top of cover
plate. Label cover plate with the following information, in the order listed:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260633-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Identification for Electrical System
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 5
1. Panelboard designation.
2. Colon or dash.
3. Branch circuit number.
J. Workspace Indication: Apply floor marking tape or tape and stencil to finished surfaces. Show
working clearances in direction of access to live parts. Workspace must comply with NFPA 70
and 29 CFR 1926.403 unless otherwise indicated. Do not install at flush-mounted panelboards
and similar equipment in finished spaces.
K. Equipment Identification Labels:
1. Black letters on white field.
2. Indoor Equipment: Baked-enamel signs.
3. Outdoor Equipment: Laminated acrylic or melamine sign.
4. Equipment to Be Labeled:
a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in location provided by panelboard
manufacturer. Panelboard identification must be in form of engraved, laminated
acrylic or melamine label.
b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets.
c. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.
d. Enclosed switches.
e. Enclosed circuit breakers.
f. Contactors.
L. Cable Ties: General purpose, for attaching tags, except as listed below:
1. Outdoors: UV-stabilized nylon.
2. In Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated.
3.3 SELECTION OF SIGNS AND HAZARD MARKINGS
A. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145 for danger, caution, warning, and safety instruction signs.
B. Signs, labels, and tags required for personnel safety must comply with the following standards:
1. Safety Colors: NEMA Z535.1.
2. Facility Safety Signs: NEMA Z535.2.
3. Safety Symbols: NEMA Z535.3.
4. Product Safety Signs and Labels: NEMA Z535.4.
5. Safety Tags and Barricade Tapes for Temporary Hazards: NEMA Z535.5.
C. Electrical Hazard Warnings:
Arch-Flash Study."
1. Arc-Flash Hazard Warning: Self-adhesive labels. Comply with NFPA 70E and
Section 260573.19 "Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis" requirements for arc-flash hazard
warning labels.
2. Raceways and Cables Carrying Circuits at More Than 1000 V:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260633-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Identification for Electrical System
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 6
a. Black letters on orange field.
b. Legend: "DANGER - CONCEALED HIGH VOLTAGE WIRING."
3. Multiple Power Sources Warning Legend: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK
HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES."
4. OSHA Workspace Clearance Warning Legend: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION -
AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 3
FEET MINIMUM."
D. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Baked-
enamel warning signs.
1. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access.
2. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of
equipment, including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Power-transfer switches.
b. Controls with external control power connections.
3.4 SELECTION OF IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS, CONTROL,
AUXILIARY, AND LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS
A. Comply with Section 270528 "Pathways for Communications Systems" and Section 271100
"Communications Equipment Room Fittings."
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without
interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to
provide view of identifying devices.
B. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature
changes typical for electrical equipment environments specified in Section 260011 "Facility
Performance Requirements for Electrical."
C. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application
requirements. Retain paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or
interior).
D. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self-tapping, stainless steel screws or stainless steel machine
screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.
E. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with
requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings,
manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent
designations throughout Project.
F. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
G. Verify identity of item before installing identification products.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260633-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Identification for Electrical System
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 - 7
H. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation
and maintenance manual.
I. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.
J. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance
of electrical systems and connected items.
K. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels, signs, and letters to those appropriate for
viewing from floor.
L. Vinyl Wraparound Labels:
1. Secure tight to surface of raceway or cable at location with high visibility and
accessibility.
2. Attach labels that are not self-adhesive type with clear vinyl tape, with adhesive
appropriate to location and substrate.
M. Self-Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Secure tight to surface at location with high visibility and
accessibility.
N.
O. Marker Tapes: Secure tight to surface at location with high visibility and accessibility.
P. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at location with high visibility and
accessibility.
Q. Tape and Stencil: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for surface preparation and
paint application.
R. Floor Marking Tape: Apply stripes to finished surfaces following manufacturer's instructions.
S. Underground Line Warning Tape:
1. During backfilling of trenches, install continuous underground-line warning tape not less
than 12 inch (300 mm) directly above cables or raceways buried 18 inch (450 mm) or
more below grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in common
trench exceeds 16 inch (400 mm) overall.
2. Install underground-line warning tape for direct-buried cables and cables in raceways.
T. Baked-Enamel Signs: Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners
appropriate to location and substrate.
U. Metal-Backed Butyrate Signs: Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical
fasteners appropriate to location and substrate.
V. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs: Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with
mechanical fasteners appropriate to location and substrate.
END OF SECTION 260553
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260923-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting Control Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 1
SECTION 260923 - LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Electronic dial-time switches.
2. Outdoor photoelectric switches, solid state, flexible mounting.
3. Indoor occupancy and vacancy sensors.
4. Switchbox-mounted occupancy sensors.
5. Lighting contactors.
6. Conductors and cables.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
2. Section 262726 "Wiring Devices" for wall-box dimmers, non-networkable wall-switch
occupancy sensors, and manual light switches.
1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Electronic dial-time switches.
2. Outdoor photoelectric switches, solid state, flexible mounting.
3. Indoor occupancy and vacancy sensors.
4. Switchbox-mounted occupancy sensors.
5. Lighting contactors.
6. Conductors and cables.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Show installation details for the following:
a. Occupancy sensors.
b. Vacancy sensors.
2. Interconnection diagrams showing field-installed wiring.
3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Field quality-control reports.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260923-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting Control Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 2
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranties.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Special Extended Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer warrant that installed lighting control
devices perform in accordance with specified requirements and agree to repair or replace,
including labor, materials, and equipment, devices that fail to perform as specified within
extended warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Faulty operation of lighting control software.
b. Faulty operation of lighting control devices.
2. Extended Warranty Period: Two year(s) from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCHES
A. Electronic Time Switches: Solid state, programmable, with alphanumeric display; complying
with UL 917.
1. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by a qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
2. Contact Configuration: DPDT .
3. Contact Rating: 30 A inductive or resistive, 240 V(ac).
4. Programs:
a. Eight on-off set points on a 24-hour schedule and an annual holiday schedule that
overrides the weekly operation on holidays.
5. Circuitry: Allow connection of a photoelectric relay as substitute for on-off function of a
program on selected channels.
6. Astronomic Time: All channels.
7. Automatic daylight savings time changeover.
8. Battery Backup: Not less than seven days reserve, to maintain schedules and time clock.
2.2 OUTDOOR PHOTOELECTRIC SWITCHES, SOLID STATE, FLEXIBLE MOUNTING
A. Description: Solid state, with DPST dry contacts rated for 1800 VA inductive , to operate
connected relay, contactor coils, or microprocessor input; complying with UL 773A, and
compatible with ballasts and LED lamps.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260923-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting Control Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 3
1. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by a qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
2. Light-Level Monitoring Range: 1.5 to 10 fc (16.14 to 108 lx), with an adjustment for
turn-on and turn-off levels within that range, and a directional lens in front of the
photocell to prevent fixed light sources from causing turn-off.
3. Time Delay: Fifteen-second minimum, to prevent false operation.
4. Surge Protection: Metal-oxide varistor.
5. Mounting: Twist lock complies with ANSI C136.10, with base-and-stem mounting or
stem-and-swivel mounting accessories as required to direct sensor to the north sky
exposure.
6. Failure Mode: Luminaire stays ON.
2.3 INDOOR OCCUPANCY AND VACANCY SENSORS
A. General Requirements for Sensors:
1. Ceiling]mounted, solid-state indoor occupancy sensors.
2. Dual technology.
3. Separate power pack.
4. Hardwired connection to switch.
5. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by a qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
6. Operation:
a. Occupancy Sensor: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage area
is occupied, and turn them off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning
lights off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.
7. Sensor Output: Sensor is powered from the power pack.
8. Power: Line voltage.
9. Power Pack: Dry contacts rated for 20 A LED load at 120 and 277 V(ac), for 13 A
tungsten at 120 V(ac), and for 1 hp at 120 V(ac). Sensor has 24 V(dc), 150 mA, Class 2
power source.
10. Mounting:
a. Sensor: Suitable for mounting in any position in a standard device box or outlet
box.
b. Relay: Externally mounted through a 1/2 inch (13 mm) knockout in a standard
electrical enclosure.
c. Time-Delay and Sensitivity Adjustments: Recessed and concealed behind hinged
door.
11. Indicator: Digital display, to show when motion is detected during testing and normal
operation of sensor.
12. Bypass Switch: Override the "on" function in case of sensor failure.
13. Automatic Light-Level Sensor: Adjustable from 2 to 200 fc (21.5 to 2152 lx); turn lights
off when selected lighting level is present.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260923-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting Control Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 4
B. Dual-Technology Type: Ceiling mounted; detect occupants in coverage area using PIR and
ultrasonic detection methods. The particular technology or combination of technologies that
control on-off functions is selectable in the field by operating controls on unit.
1. Sensitivity Adjustment: Separate for each sensing technology.
2. Detector Sensitivity: Detect occurrences of 6 inch (150 mm) minimum movement of any
portion of a human body that presents a target of not less than 36 sq. inch
(23 200 sq. mm), and detect a person of average size and weight moving not less than
12 inch (305 mm) in either a horizontal or a vertical manner at an approximate speed of
12 inch/s (305 mm/s).
3. Detection Coverage (Standard Room): Detect occupancy anywhere within a circular area
of 1000 sq. ft. (93 sq. m) when mounted on a 96 inch (2440 mm) high ceiling.
4. Detection Coverage (Room, Wall Mounted): Detect occupancy anywhere within a 180-
degree pattern centered on the sensor over an area of 1000 sq. ft. (110 sq. m) when
mounted 48 inch (1200 mm) above finished floor.
2.4 SWITCHBOX-MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS
A. General Requirements for Sensors: Automatic-wall-switch occupancy sensor with manual on-
off switch, suitable for mounting in a single gang switchbox using hardwired connection.
1. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by a qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
2. Occupancy Sensor Operation: Unless otherwise indicated, turn lights on when coverage
area is occupied, and turn lights off when unoccupied; with a time delay for turning lights
off, adjustable over a minimum range of 1 to 15 minutes.
3. Operating Ambient Conditions: Dry interior conditions, 32 to 120 deg F (0 to 49 deg C).
4. Switch Rating: Not less than 800 VA LED load at 120 V.
B. Wall-Switch Sensor Tag WS1:
1. Standard Range: 180-degree field of view, field adjustable from 180 to 40 degrees; with a
minimum coverage area of 900 sq. ft. (84 sq. m).
2. Sensing Technology: Dual technology - PIR and ultrasonic.
3. Switch Type: SP, manual "on," automatic "off." [
4. Capable of controlling load in three-way application.
5. Voltage: Match the circuit voltage.
6. Ambient-Light Override: Concealed, field-adjustable, light-level sensor from 10 to 150 fc
(108 to 1600 lx). The switch prevents the lights from turning on when the light level is
higher than the set point of the sensor.
7. Concealed, field-adjustable, "off" time-delay selector at up to 30 minutes.
8. Color: White .
9. Faceplate: Color matched to switch.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260923-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting Control Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 5
2.5 LIGHTING CONTACTORS
A. Description: Electrically operated and mechanically held, combination-type lighting contactors
with nonfused disconnect, complying with NEMA ICS 2 and UL 508.
1. Current Rating for Switching: Listing or rating consistent with type of load served,
including tungsten filament, inductive, and high-inrush ballast (ballast with 15 percent or
less THD of normal load current).
2. Fault Current Withstand Rating: Equal to or exceeding the available fault current at the
point of installation.
3. Enclosure: Comply with NEMA 250.
4. Provide with control and pilot devices as indicated on Drawings, matching the NEMA
type specified for the enclosure.
2.6 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote-Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12
AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power
Conductors and Cables."
B. Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not
smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage
Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."
C. Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded-copper conductors not smaller than
No. 14 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power
Conductors and Cables."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine lighting control devices before installation. Reject lighting control devices that are
wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.
B. Examine walls and ceilings for suitable conditions where lighting control devices will be
installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS
A. Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling-mounted devices with other construction that
penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke
detectors, fire-suppression systems, and partition assemblies.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260923-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting Control Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 6
B. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90 percent coverage of areas
indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's instructions.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONTACTORS
A. Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structure-
borne vibration unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory-installed vibration
isolators.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF WIRING
A. Wiring Method: Comply with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch (13 mm).
B. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power-limited and nonpower-limited conductors in
accordance with conductor manufacturer's instructions.
C. Size conductors in accordance with lighting control device manufacturer's instructions unless
otherwise indicated.
D. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in
junction, pull, device, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures.
3.5 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify components and power and control wiring in accordance with Section 260553
"Identification for Electrical Systems.
1. Identify controlled circuits in lighting contactors.
2. Identify circuits or luminaires controlled by photoelectric and occupancy sensors at each
sensor.
B. Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field tests must be witnessed by Architect.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry
has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation.
2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
C. Nonconforming Work:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 260923-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting Control Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 260923 - 7
1. Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and
inspections.
2. Remove and replace defective units and retest.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.7 ADJUSTING
A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 > months from date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting lighting control devices to suit actual
occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy
hours for this purpose.
1. For occupancy and motion sensors, verify operation at outer limits of detector range. Set
time delay to suit Owner's operations.
2. For daylighting controls, adjust set points and deadband controls to suit Owner's
operations.
3. Align high-bay occupancy sensors using manufacturer's laser aiming tool.
3.8 MAINTENANCE
A. Software and Firmware Service Agreement:
1. Technical Support: Beginning at Substantial Completion, verify that software and
firmware service agreement includes software support for two years.
2. Upgrade Service: At Substantial Completion, update software and firmware to latest
version. Install and program software upgrades that become available within two years
from date of Substantial Completion. Verify upgrading software includes operating
system and new or revised licenses for using software.
a. Upgrade Notice: No fewer than 30 days to allow Owner to schedule and access
the system and to upgrade computer equipment if necessary.
3. Upgrade Reports: Prepare written report after each update, documenting upgrades
installed.
END OF SECTION 260923
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262416-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Panelboards
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PANELBOARDS 262416 - 1
SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Power panelboards.
2. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards.
3. Load centers.
4. Electronic-grade panelboards.
5. Disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. GFEP: Ground-fault equipment protection.
B. MCCB: Molded-case circuit breaker.
C. VPR: Voltage protection rating.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Power panelboards.
2. Lighting and appliance branch-circuit panelboards.
3. Disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices.
4. Include materials, switching and overcurrent protective devices, SPDs, accessories, and
components indicated.
5. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical
characteristics, ratings, and finishes.
B. Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment.
1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details.
2. Show tabulations of installed devices with nameplates, conductor termination sizes,
equipment features, and ratings.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262416-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Panelboards
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PANELBOARDS 262416 - 2
3. Detail enclosure types including mounting and anchorage, environmental protection,
knockouts, corner treatments, covers and doors, gaskets, hinges, and locks.
4. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings.
5. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices.
6. Include evidence of listing, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by
authorities having jurisdiction, for series rating of installed devices.
7. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent
protective devices and auxiliary components.
8. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
9. Include time-current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent
protective device included in panelboards. Submit on translucent log-log graft paper;
include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. Include Internet
link for electronic access to downloadable PDF of coordination curves.
C. Field Quality-Control Submittals:
1. Field quality-control reports.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards.
B. Manufacturers' Published Instructions: Record copy of official installation[ and testing]
instructions issued to Installer by manufacturer for the following:
1. Recommended procedures for installing panelboards.
2. Recommended torque settings for bolted connections on panelboards.
3. Recommended temperature range for energizing panelboards.
C. Sample warranties.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Warranty documentation.
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
See Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for submission of maintenance material items.
A. Spare Parts: Furnish to Owner spare parts, for repairing panelboards, that are packaged with
protective covering for storage on-site and identified with labels describing contents. Include
the following:
1. Keys: Two spares for each type of panelboard cabinet lock.
B. Special Tools: Furnish to Owner proprietary equipment, keys, and software required to operate,
maintain, repair, adjust, or implement future changes to panelboards, that are packaged with
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262416-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Panelboards
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PANELBOARDS 262416 - 3
protective covering for storage on-site and identified with labels describing contents. Include
the following:
1. Accessory Set: Include tools and miscellaneous items required for overcurrent protective
device test, inspection, maintenance, and operation.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Remove loose packing and flammable materials from inside panelboards; install temporary
electric heating (250 W per panelboard) to prevent condensation.
B. Handle and prepare panelboards for installation in accordance with NECA 407.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer Extended Warranty: Installer warrants that fabricated and installed panelboards
perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to repair or replace components
or products that fail to perform as specified within extended-warranty period.
1. Extended-Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion; full
coverage for labor, materials, and equipment.
B. Special Manufacturer Extended Warranty: Manufacturer warrants that panelboards perform in
accordance with specified requirements and agrees to provide repair or replacement of
components or products that fail to perform as specified within extended-warranty period.
1. Initial Extended-Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion; full
coverage for labor, materials, and equipment.
2. Follow-On Extended-Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion;
full coverage for materials that failed because of transient voltage surges only, free on
board origin, freight prepaid.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EXISTING PRODUCTS TO BE MODIFIED
A. Basis for Pricing: match existing manufacturer.
2.2 PANELBOARDS AND LOAD CENTERS COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A. Fabricate and test panelboards in accordance with IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces defined
in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems."
B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for
panelboards including clearances between panelboards and adjacent surfaces and other items.
Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262416-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Panelboards
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PANELBOARDS 262416 - 4
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled in accordance with
NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing agency recognized by authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended location and application.
D. Comply with NEMA PB 1.
E. Comply with NFPA 70.
F. Enclosures: Flush and Surface-mounted, dead-front cabinets.
1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location.
a. Indoor Dry and Clean Locations: UL 50E, Type 1 .
b. Kitchen Areas: UL 50E, Type 4X.
c. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: UL 50E, Type 4 .
2. Height: 7 ft (2.13 m) maximum.
3. Hinged Front Cover: Entire front trim hinged to box and with standard door within
hinged trim cover. Trims must cover live parts and may have no exposed hardware.
4. Finishes:
a. Panels and Trim: Steel, factory finished immediately after cleaning and pretreating
with manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat
and thermosetting topcoat.
b. Back Boxes: Galvanized steel.
G. Incoming Mains:
1. Location:asindicated on drawings.
2. Main Breaker: Main lug interiors up to 400 A must be field convertible to main breaker.
H. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses:
1. Material: Tin-plated aluminum.
a. Plating must run entire length of bus.
b. Bus must be fully rated for entire length.
2. Interiors must be factory assembled into unit. Replacing switching and protective devices
may not disturb adjacent units or require removing main bus connectors.
3. Equipment Ground Bus: Adequate for feeder and branch-circuit equipment grounding
conductors; bonded to box.
4. Full-Sized Neutral: Equipped with full-capacity bonding strap for service entrance
applications. Mount electrically isolated from enclosure.
I. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes.
1. Material: Tin-plated aluminum.
2. Terminations must allow use of 75 deg C rated conductors without derating.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262416-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Panelboards
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PANELBOARDS 262416 - 5
3. Size: Lugs suitable for indicated conductor sizes, with additional gutter space, if required,
for larger conductors.
4. Main and Neutral Lugs: Mechanical type, with lug on neutral bar for each pole in
panelboard.
5. Ground Lugs and Bus-Configured Terminators: Mechanical type, with lug on bar for
each pole in panelboard.
6. Feed-Through Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for use with conductor material. Locate at
opposite end of bus from incoming lugs or main device.
7. Subfeed (Double) Lugs: Mechanical type suitable for use with conductor material. Locate
at same end of bus as incoming lugs or main device.
J. Quality-Control Label: Panelboards or load centers must be labeled, by qualified electrical
testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, for use as service equipment
with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. Panelboards or
load centers must have meter enclosures, wiring, connections, and other provisions for utility
metering. Coordinate with utility company for exact requirements.
K. Future Devices: Panelboards or load centers must have mounting brackets, bus connections,
filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices.
1. Percentage of Future Space Capacity: 10 percent.
L. Panelboard Short-Circuit Current Rating:
1. Rated for series-connected system with integral or remote upstream overcurrent
protective devices and labeled by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by
authorities having jurisdiction. Include label or manual with size and type of allowable
upstream and branch devices listed and labeled, by qualified electrical testing laboratory
recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, for series-connected short-circuit rating.
a. Panelboards rated 240 V or less must have short-circuit ratings as shown on
Drawings, but not less than 10 000 A(rms) symmetrical.
b. Panelboards rated above 240 V and less than 600 V must have short-circuit ratings
as shown on Drawings, but not less than 14 000 A(rms) symmetrical.
2.3 POWER PANELBOARDS
A. Acceptable manufacturer for new panelboards to include, Square D, Eaton, GE, Cutler
Hammer, ABB or Siemens.
B. Listing Criteria: NEMA PB 1, distribution type.
C. Doors: Secured with vault-type latch with tumbler lock; keyed alike.
1. For doors more than 36 inch (914 mm) high, provide two latches, keyed alike.
D. Mains: Circuit breaker.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262416-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Panelboards
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PANELBOARDS 262416 - 6
E. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes 125 A and Smaller:
Bolt-on circuit breakers.
F. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices for Circuit-Breaker Frame Sizes Larger Than 125 A:
Bolt-on circuit breakers.
2.4 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH-CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS
A. Acceptable manufacturer for new panelboards to include, Square D, Eaton, GE, Cutler
Hammer, ABB or Siemens.
B. Listing Criteria: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch-circuit type.
Retain "Mains" Paragraph below if mains are not indicated on Drawings.
C. Mains: Circuit breaker or lugs only.
D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt-on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing
adjacent units.
E. Doors: Door-in-door construction with concealed hinges; secured with flush latch with tumbler
lock; keyed alike
2.5 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
A. MCCB: Comply with UL 489, with series-connected rating to meet available fault currents.
1. Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers:
a. Inverse time-current element for low-level overloads.
b. Instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits.
c. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger.
2. Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers: Magnetic trip element with front-
mounted, field-adjustable trip setting.
3. Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers:
a. RMS sensing.
b. Field-replaceable rating plug or electronic trip.
c. Digital display of settings, trip targets, and indicated metering displays.
d. Multi-button keypad to access programmable functions and monitored data.
e. Ten-event, trip-history log. Each trip event must be recorded with type, phase, and
magnitude of fault that caused trip.
f. Integral test jack for connection to portable test set or laptop computer.
g. Field-Adjustable Settings:
1) Instantaneous trip.
2) Long- and short-time pickup levels.
3) Long and short time adjustments.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262416-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Panelboards
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PANELBOARDS 262416 - 7
4) Ground-fault pickup level, time delay, and I squared T response.
4. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and double-pole configurations with Class A ground-fault
protection (6 mA trip).
5. Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter Circuit Breakers: Comply with UL 1699; 120/240 V, single-
pole configuration.
6. MCCB Features and Accessories:
a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles.
b. Breaker handle indicates tripped status.
c. UL listed for reverse connection without restrictive line or load ratings.
d. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor
materials.
e. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching
fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and HID lighting
circuits.
f. Ground-Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable
pickup and time-delay settings, push-to-test feature, and ground-fault indicator.
g. Shunt Trip: 120 V trip coil energized from separate circuit, set to trip at 55 percent
of rated voltage.
h. Handle Padlocking Device: Fixed attachment, for locking circuit-breaker handle in
off position.
i. Rating Plugs: Three-pole breakers with ampere ratings greater than 150 A must
have interchangeable rating plugs or electronic adjustable trip units.
j. Multipole units enclosed in single housing with single handle.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify actual conditions with field measurements prior to ordering panelboards to verify that
equipment fits in allocated space in, and comply with, minimum required clearances specified
in NFPA 70.
B. Receive, inspect, handle, and store panelboards in accordance with NECA 407.
C. Examine panelboards before installation. Reject panelboards that are damaged, rusted, or have
been subjected to water saturation.
D. Examine elements and surfaces to receive panelboards for compliance with installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262416-8
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Panelboards
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PANELBOARDS 262416 - 8
B. Reference Standards:
1. Panelboards: Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or
manufacturers' published instructions, comply with NECA 407.
2. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements.
C. Special Techniques:
1. Equipment Mounting:
a. Attach panelboard to vertical finished or structural surface behind panelboard.
2. Mount top of trim 7.5 ft (2.3 m) above finished floor unless otherwise indicated.
3. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box.
4. Mount recessed panelboards with fronts uniformly flush with wall finish and mating with
back box.
5. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed.
a. Set field-adjustable, circuit-breaker trip ranges.
b. Tighten bolted connections and circuit breaker connections using calibrated torque
wrench or torque screwdriver in accordance with manufacturer's published
instructions.
6. Make grounding connections and bond neutral for services and separately derived
systems to ground. Make connections to grounding electrodes, separate grounds for
isolated ground bars, and connections to separate ground bars.
7. Install filler plates in unused spaces.
D. Interfaces with Other Work:
1. Coordinate layout and installation of panelboards and components with other
construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them, including electrical and other
types of equipment, raceways, piping, encumbrances to workspace clearance
requirements, and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and
required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; install warning
signs complying with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
B. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with nameplate complying with requirements
for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
C. Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in power panelboards with nameplate
complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for
Electrical Systems."
D. Install warning signs complying with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for
Electrical Systems" identifying source of remote circuit.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262416-9
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Panelboards
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PANELBOARDS 262416 - 9
E. Panelboard Label: Manufacturer's name and trademark, voltage, amperage, number of phases,
and number of poles must be located on interior of panelboard door.
F. Breaker Labels: Faceplate must list current rating, UL and IEC certification standards, and AIC
rating.
G. Circuit Directory:
1. Provide directory card inside panelboard door, mounted in transparent card holder.
a. Circuit directory must identify specific purpose with detail sufficient to distinguish
it from other circuits.
2. Provide computer-generated circuit directory mounted inside panelboard door with
transparent plastic protective cover.
a. Circuit directory must identify specific purpose with detail sufficient to distinguish
it from other circuits.
3. Create directory to indicate installed circuit loads; incorporate Owner's final room
designations. Obtain approval before installing. Handwritten directories are not
acceptable. Install directory inside panelboard door.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Acceptance Testing Preparation:
1. Test insulation resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder,
and control circuit.
2. Test continuity of each circuit.
B. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Architect.
C. Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test for low-voltage air
circuit breakers stated in NETA ATS, Paragraph 7.6 Circuit Breakers. Do not perform
optional tests. Certify compliance with test parameters.
2. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate
compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest.
D. Nonconforming Work:
1. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.
2. Remove and replace defective units and retest.
E. Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports, including certified report that
identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results, with comparisons of two
scans. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after
remedial action.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262416-10
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Panelboards
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
PANELBOARDS 262416 - 10
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as
recommended by manufacturer.
B. Set field-adjustable circuit-breaker trip ranges as specified in Section 260573.16 "Coordination
Studies."
C. Load Balancing: After Substantial Completion, but not more than 60 days after Final
Acceptance, measure load balancing and make circuit changes. Prior to making circuit changes
to achieve load balancing, inform Architect of effect on phase color coding.
1. Measure loads during period of normal facility operations.
2. Perform circuit changes to achieve load balancing outside normal facility operation
schedule or at times directed by Architect. Avoid disrupting services such as fax
machines and on-line data processing, computing, transmitting, and receiving equipment.
3. After changing circuits to achieve load balancing, recheck loads during normal facility
operations. Record load readings before and after changing circuits to achieve load
balancing.
4. Tolerance: Maximum difference between phase loads, within panelboard, may not exceed
20 percent.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Temporary Heating: Prior to energizing panelboards, apply temporary heat to maintain
temperature in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions.
END OF SECTION 262416
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262713-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Electricity Metering
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ELECTRICITY METERING 262713 - 1
SECTION 262713 - ELECTRICITY METERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Electricity meters.
2. Work to accommodate utility company revenue meters, and Owner's electricity meters
used to manage electrical power system.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. KY or KYZ Pulse: Term used by metering industry to describe method of measuring
consumption of electricity (kWh) that is based on relay opening and closing in response to
rotation of disk in meter. Electronic meters generate pulses electronically.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Electrical Service Connections:
1. Coordinate with utility companies and utility-furnished components.
a. Comply with requirements of utility providing electrical power services.
b. Coordinate installation and connection of utilities and services, including provision
for electricity-metering components.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. For each type of meter.
2. For metering infrastructure components.
3. For metering software.
B. Shop Drawings: For electricity-metering equipment.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262713-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Electricity Metering
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ELECTRICITY METERING 262713 - 2
1. Include elevation views of front panels of control and indicating devices and control
stations.
2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
3. Wire Termination Diagrams and Schedules: Include diagrams for power, signal, and
control wiring. Identify terminals and wiring designations and color-codes to facilitate
installation, operation, and maintenance. Indicate recommended types, wire sizes, and
circuiting arrangements for field-installed wiring, and show circuit protection features.
Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.
4. Include series-combination rating data for modular meter centers with main disconnect
device.
5. Block Diagram: Show interconnections between components specified in this Section and
devices furnished with power distribution system components. Indicate data
communication paths and identify networks, data buses, data gateways, concentrators,
and other devices used. Describe characteristics of network and other data
communication lines.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturers' Published Instructions: Record copy of official installation[ and testing]
instructions issued to Installer by manufacturer for the following:
1. Installation of metering equipment.
B. Sample warranties.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Contracts:
1. Software and firmware service agreement.
B. Warranty documentation.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer Extended Warranty: Installer warrants that fabricated and installed metering
equipment performs in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to repair or replace
components or products that fail to perform as specified within extended-warranty period.
1. Extended-Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion; full
coverage for labor, materials, and equipment.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262713-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Electricity Metering
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ELECTRICITY METERING 262713 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled in accordance with
NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application.
B. Comply with UL 916.
2.2 UTILITY METERING INFRASTRUCTURE
A. Install metering accessories furnished by utility company, complying with its requirements.
B. Utility-Furnished Meters: Connect data transmission facility of metering equipment installed by
Utility.
C. Current-Transformer Cabinets: Comply with requirements of electrical-power utility company.
D. Meter Sockets:
1. Comply with requirements of electrical-power utility company.
2. Steady-state and short-circuit current ratings must meet indicated circuit ratings.
E. Arc-Flash Warning Labels:
1. Comply with requirements for "Arc-Flash Warning Labels" in Section 260573.19 "Arc-
Flash Studies." Apply 3-1/2-by-5 inch (76-by-127 mm) thermal transfer label of high-
adhesion polyester for each work location included in the analysis.
2. Comply with requirements for "Self-Adhesive Equipment Labels" and "Signs" in
Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." Apply 3-1/2-by-5 inch (76-by-
127 mm) thermal transfer label of high-adhesion polyester for each work location
included in the analysis. Labels must be machine printed, with no field-applied markings.
a. Label must have orange header with wording, "WARNING, ARC-FLASH
HAZARD," and must include the following information taken directly from arc-
flash hazard analysis:
1) Location designation.
2) Nominal voltage.
3) Flash protection boundary.
4) Hazard risk category.
5) Incident energy.
6) Working distance.
7) Engineering report number, revision number, and issue date.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262713-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Electricity Metering
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ELECTRICITY METERING 262713 - 4
2.3 ELECTRICITY METERS
A. Meterto be provided by utility company. Provide all infrastructure, conduits, boxes, etc to
support utility company meter.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions.
B. Reference Standards:
1. Install modular meter center according to switchboard installation requirements in
NECA 400.
2. Install arc-flash labels as required by NFPA 70.
C. Special Techniques:
1. Install meters furnished by utility company. Install raceways and equipment according to
utility company's published instructions. Provide empty conduits for metering leads and
extend grounding connections as required by utility company.
2. Wiring Methods:
a. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power
Conductors and Cables" and Section 260533.13 "Conduits for Electrical Systems."
b. Install unshielded, twisted-pair cable for control and signal transmission
conductors, complying with Section 271513 "Communications Copper Horizontal
Cabling."
c. Minimum conduit size is metric designator 16 (trade size 1/2).
3.2 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for
Electrical Systems."
1. Series Combination Warning Label: Self-adhesive labels, with text as required by
NFPA 70.
2. Equipment Identification Labels: Self-adhesive labels with clear protective overlay. For
residential meters, provide additional card holder suitable for [printed, weather-resistant
card] [typewritten card] with occupant's name.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. After installation, protect metering equipment from construction activities. Remove and replace
items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to
acceptance by Owner.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262713-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Electricity Metering
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ELECTRICITY METERING 262713 - 5
END OF SECTION 262713
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262726-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Wiring Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 1
SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. General-use switches, dimmer switches, and fan-speed controller switches.
2. General-grade duplex straight-blade receptacles.
3. Receptacles with arc-fault and ground-fault protective devices.
4. Connectors, cords, and plugs.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
2. Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices" for occupancy sensors, timers, control-
voltage switches, and control-voltage dimmers.
3. Section 262726.11 "General-Use Switches, Dimmer Switches, and Fan-Speed Controller
Switches" for additional wiring device products.
4. Section 262726.33 "General-Grade Duplex Straight-Blade Receptacles" for additional
wiring device products.
5. Section 262726.37 "Receptacles with Arc-Fault and Ground-Fault Protective Devices"
for additional wiring device products.
1.2 ALLOWANCES
A. See Section 012100 "Allowances" for description of allowances affecting items specified in this
Section.
1.3 UNIT PRICES
A. See Section 012200 "Unit Prices" for description of unit prices affecting items specified in this
Section.
1.4 ALTERNATES
A. See Section 012300 "Alternates" for description of alternates affecting items specified in this
Section.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262726-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Wiring Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 2
1.5 DEFINITIONS
A. Commercial/Industrial-Use Cord Reel: A cord reel subject to severe use in factories,
commercial garages, construction sites, and similar locations requiring a harder service-type
cord.
B. UL 1472 Type I Dimmer: Dimmer in which air-gap switch is used to energize preset lighting
levels.
1.6 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site .
1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. General-use switches, dimmer switches, and fan-speed controller switches.
2. General-grade duplex straight-blade receptacles.
3. Receptacles with arc-fault and ground-fault protective devices.
4. Connectors, cords, and plugs.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Wiring diagrams for duplex straight-blade receptacles with integral switching means.
C. Samples:
1. One for each kind of toggle switch specified, in each finish and color specified.
2.
3. One for each kind of duplex straight-blade receptacle specified, in each finish and color
specified.
4. One for each kind of receptacle with GFCI device specified, in each finish and color
specified.
5. One for each kind of cord connector specified, in each finish and color specified.
D. Field quality-control reports.
1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturers' Instructions: Record copy of official installation[ and testing] instructions issued
to Installer by manufacturer for the following:
1. Duplex straight-blade receptacles.
2. Duplex straight-blade receptacles with integral switching means.
3. Receptacles with GFCI device.
B. Sample warranties.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262726-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Wiring Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 3
1.9 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
1.10 WARRANTY FOR DEVICES
A. Special Manufacturer Extended Warranty: Manufacturer warrants that devices perform in
accordance with specified requirements and agrees to provide repair or replacement of devices
that fail to perform as specified within extended warranty period.
1. Initial Extended Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion; full
coverage for labor, materials, and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL-USE SWITCHES, DIMMER SWITCHES, AND FAN-SPEED CONTROLLER
SWITCHES
A. Toggle Switch :
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
b. <Insert requirements>.
2. General Characteristics:
a. Reference Standards: UL CCN WMUZ and UL 20.
3. Options:
a. Device Color: As indicated on architectural Drawings.
b. Configuration:
1) General-duty, 120-277 V, 20 A, single pole, three way] or four way.
4. Accessories:
a. Cover Plate: 0.060 inch (1.5 mm) thick, high-impact thermoplastic (nylon) with
smooth finish and color matching wiring device; from same manufacturer as
wiring device.
b. Securing Screws for Cover Plate: Metal with head color matching wallplate finish.
2.2 GENERAL-GRADE DUPLEX STRAIGHT-BLADE RECEPTACLES
A. Duplex Straight-Blade Receptacle :
1. Regulatory Requirements:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262726-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Wiring Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 4
a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
2. General Characteristics:
a. Reference Standards: UL CCN RTRT and UL 498.
3. Options:
a. Device Color: As indicated on architectural Drawings.
b. Configuration:
1) General-duty, NEMA 5-20R.
4. Accessories:
a. Cover Plate: 0.060 inch (1.5 mm) thick, high-impact thermoplastic (nylon) with
smooth finish and color matching wiring device; from same manufacturer as
wiring device.
b. Securing Screws for Cover Plate: Metal with head color matching wallplate finish.
2.3 CONNECTORS, CORDS, AND PLUGS
A. Outdoor-Use, Watertight, Sealed Cord Connector <Insert drawing designation>:
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
2. General Characteristics:
a. Reference Standards: UL CCN AXUT and UL 498.
3. Options:
a. Configuration:
1) NEMA 5-20[ with diagnostic LED indicator].
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Receptacles:
1. Verify that receptacles to be procured and installed for Owner-furnished equipment are
compatible with mating attachment plugs on equipment.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262726-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Wiring Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 5
B. Cord Reels:
1. Examine roughing-in for cord reel mounting and power connections to verify actual
locations of mounts and power connections before cord reel installation.
2. Examine walls, floors, and ceilings for suitable conditions where cord reel will be
installed.
3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF SWITCHES
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Reference Standards:
1. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or
manufacturers' instructions, comply with installation instructions in NECA NEIS 130.
2. Mounting Heights: Unless otherwise indicated in Contract Documents, comply with
mounting heights recommended in NECA NEIS 1.
3. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements.
C. Identification:
1. Identify cover or cover plate for device with panelboard identification and circuit number
in accordance with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
a. Mark cover or cover plate using hot, stamped, or engraved machine printing with
black-filled lettering, and provide durable wire markers or tags inside device box
or outlet box.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF STRAIGHT-BLADE RECEPTACLES
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Reference Standards:
1. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or
manufacturers' instructions, comply with installation instructions in NECA NEIS 130.
2. Mounting Heights: Unless otherwise indicated in Contract Documents, comply with
mounting heights recommended in NECA NEIS 1.
3. Receptacle Orientation: Unless otherwise indicated in Contract Documents, orient
receptacle to match configuration diagram in NEMA WD 6.
4. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements.
C. Identification:
1. Identify cover or cover plate for device with panelboard identification and circuit number
in accordance with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262726-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Wiring Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 6
3.4 INSTALLATION OF CONNECTORS, CORDS, AND PLUGS
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions.
1. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements.
B. Interfaces with Other Work:
1. Coordinate with Section 262726.43 "Special-Purpose Power Outlet Assemblies" for
installation of connectors and cords on fabricated power-outlet cord management
assemblies.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL OF SWITCHES
A. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Architect .
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform tests and inspections in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
C. Nonconforming Work:
1. Unit will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
2. Remove and replace defective units and retest.
3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL OF STRAIGHT-BLADE RECEPTACLES
A. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Architect.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Insert and remove test plug to verify that device is securely mounted.
2. Verify polarity of hot and neutral pins.
3. Measure line voltage.
4. Measure percent voltage drop.
5. Measure grounding circuit continuity; impedance must be not greater than 2 ohms.
C. Nonconforming Work:
1. Device will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
2. Remove and replace defective units and retest.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL OF CONNECTORS, CORDS, AND PLUGS
A. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Architect .
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform tests and inspections indicated in manufacturer's instructions.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262726-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Wiring Devices
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
WIRING DEVICES 262726 - 7
C. Nonconforming Work:
1. Unit will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
2. Remove and replace defective units and retest.
D. Assemble and submit test and inspection reports.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Devices:
1. Schedule and sequence installation to minimize risk of contamination of wires and
cables, devices, device boxes, outlet boxes, covers, and cover plates by plaster, drywall
joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust, paint, and other materials.
2. After installation, protect wires and cables, devices, device boxes, outlet boxes, covers,
and cover plates from construction activities. Remove and replace items that are
contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to
acceptance by Owner.
B. Connectors, Cords, and Plugs:
1. After installation, protect connectors, cords, and plugs from construction activities.
Remove and replace items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused
to be unfit for use prior to acceptance by Owner.
END OF SECTION 262726
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262813-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fuses
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
FUSES 262813 - 1
SECTION 262813 – FUSES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Cartridge fuses rated 600 V ac and less for use in the following:
a. Control circuits.
b. Enclosed controllers.
c. Enclosed switches.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include construction details, material descriptions,
dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for spare-fuse cabinets. Include
the following for each fuse type indicated:
1. Ambient Temperature Adjustment Information: If ratings of fuses have been adjusted to
accommodate ambient temperatures, provide list of fuses with adjusted ratings.
a. For each fuse having adjusted ratings, include location of fuse, original fuse rating,
local ambient temperature, and adjusted fuse rating.
b. Provide manufacturer's technical data on which ambient temperature adjustment
calculations are based.
2. Dimensions and manufacturer's technical data on features, performance, electrical
characteristics, and ratings.
3. Current-limitation curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics.
4. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) and current-limitation curves
(instantaneous peak let-through current) for each type and rating of fuse. Submit in
electronic format suitable for use in coordination software and in PDF format.
5. Coordination charts and tables and related data.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262813-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fuses
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
FUSES 262813 - 2
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuses to include in emergency, operation, and
maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures,"
include the following:
1. Ambient temperature adjustment information.
2. Current-limitation curves for fuses with current-limiting characteristics.
3. Time-current coordination curves (average melt) and current-limitation curves
(instantaneous peak let-through current) for each type and rating of fuse used on the
Project. Submit in electronic format suitable for use in coordination software and in PDF
format.
4. Coordination charts and tables and related data.
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Fuses: Equal to 10 > percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer
than three of each size and type.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Where ambient temperature to which fuses are directly exposed is less than 40 deg F (5 deg C)
or more than 100 deg F (38 deg C) , apply manufacturer's ambient temperature adjustment
factors to fuse ratings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain fuses, for use within a specific product or circuit, from single source
from single manufacturer.
2.2 CARTRIDGE FUSES
A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, current-limiting, nonrenewable cartridge fuses with voltage
ratings consistent with circuit voltages.
1. Type RK-1: 250-V, zero- to 600-A rating, 200 kAIC, time delay.
B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by
a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.
C. Comply with NEMA FU 1 for cartridge fuses.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262813-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Fuses
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
FUSES 262813 - 3
D. Comply with NFPA 70.
E. Coordinate fuse ratings with utilization equipment nameplate limitations of maximum fuse size
and with system short-circuit current levels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine fuses before installation. Reject fuses that are moisture damaged or physically
damaged.
B. Examine holders to receive fuses for compliance with installation tolerances and other
conditions affecting performance, such as rejection features.
C. Examine utilization equipment nameplates and installation instructions. Install fuses of sizes
and with characteristics appropriate for each piece of equipment.
D. Evaluate ambient temperatures to determine if fuse rating adjustment factors must be applied to
fuse ratings.
E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 FUSE APPLICATIONS
A. Cartridge Fuses:
1. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RK1, time delay.
2. Large Motor Branch (601-4000 A): Class L, time delay.
3. Provide open-fuse indicator fuses or fuse covers with open fuse indication.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without
removing fuse.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Install labels complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553
"Identification for Electrical Systems" and indicating fuse replacement information inside of
door of each fused switch and adjacent to each fuse block, socket, and holder.
END OF SECTION 262813
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262816-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 1
SECTION 262816 - ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Fusible switches.
2. Nonfusible switches.
3. Enclosures.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. GFEP: Ground-fault circuit-interrupter for equipment protection.
B. GFLS: Ground-fault circuit-interrupter for life safety.
C. SPDT: Single pole, double throw.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated.
Include nameplate ratings, dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers'
technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories,
and finishes.
2. Enclosure types and details for types other than UL 50E, Type 1.
3. Current and voltage ratings.
4. Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate).
5. Include evidence of qualified electrical testing laboratory listing for series rating of
installed devices.
6. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent
protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components.
7. Include time-current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of
overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent
protective device. Provide in PDF and SKM electronic format.
B. Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262816-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 2
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
2. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Field Quality-Control Submittals:
1. Field quality-control reports.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Sample warranties.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Warranty documentation.
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Spare Parts: Furnish to Owner spare parts, for repairing enclosed switches and circuit breakers,
that are packaged with protective covering for storage on-site and identified with labels
describing contents. Include the following:
1. Fuses: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each size and type, but no fewer than
three of each size and type.
2. Fuse Pullers: Two for each size and type.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer Extended Warranty: Installer warrants that fabricated and installed enclosed
switches and circuit breakers perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to
repair or replace components or products that fail to perform as specified within extended-
warranty period.
1. Extended-Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion; full
coverage for labor, materials, and equipment.
B. Special Manufacturer Extended Warranty: Manufacturer warrants that enclosed switches and
circuit breakers perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to provide repair
or replacement of components or products that fail to perform as specified within extended-
warranty period.
1. Extended-Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion; full
coverage for labor, materials, and equipment.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262816-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain products from single manufacturer.
B. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed
switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces
and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions.
C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled in accordance with
NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having
jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application.
2.2 FUSIBLE SWITCHES
A. Type HD, Heavy Duty:
1. Single throw.
2. Three pole.
3. 240 V(ac).
4. UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate
indicated fuses.
5. Lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in
closed position.
B. Accessories:
1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground
conductors.
2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded;
labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.
3. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified.
4. Service-Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment.
5. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material.
2.3 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES
A. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Three Pole, Single Throw, 240 V(ac), 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and
NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and
interlocked with cover in closed position.
B. Accessories:
1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground
conductors.
2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded;
labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262816-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 4
3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, labeled for copper and aluminum
neutral conductors.
4. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified.
5. Service-Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment.
6. Lugs: Mechanical type, suitable for number, size, and conductor material.
2.4 ENCLOSURES
A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: UL 489, NEMA KS 1, UL 50E, and UL 50, to comply
with environmental conditions at installed location.
B. Enclosure Finish: Enclosure must be gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited on cleaned,
phosphatized steel (UL 50E Type 1.
C. Conduit Entry: UL 50E Types 4, 4X, and 12 enclosures may not contain knockouts. UL 50E
Types 7 and 9 enclosures must be provided with threaded conduit openings in both endwalls.
D. Operating Mechanism: Circuit-breaker operating handle must be externally operable with
operating mechanism being integral part of box, not cover. Cover interlock mechanism must
have externally operated override. Override may not permanently disable interlock mechanism,
which must return to locked position once override is released. Tool used to override cover
interlock mechanism must not be required to enter enclosure in order to override interlock.
E. Enclosures designated as UL 50E Type 4, 4X stainless steel, 12, or 12K must have dual cover
interlock mechanism to prevent unintentional opening of enclosure cover when circuit breaker
is ON and to prevent turning circuit breaker ON when enclosure cover is open.
F. UL 50E Type 7/9 enclosures must be furnished with breather and drain kit to allow their use in
outdoor and wet location applications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine elements and surfaces to receive enclosed switches and circuit breakers for compliance
with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
1. Commencement of work will indicate Installer's acceptance of areas and conditions as
satisfactory.
3.2 SELECTION OF ENCLOSURES
A. Indoor, Dry and Clean Locations: UL 50E, Type 1 .
B. Outdoor Locations: UL 50E, Type 3R .
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262816-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 5
C. Kitchen Areas: UL 50E, Type 4X , stainless steel .
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions.
B. Special Techniques:
1. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with
equipment served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and
required clearances for equipment access doors and panels.
2. Install individual wall-mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height
unless otherwise indicated.
3. Install fuses in fusible devices.
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide
warning signs.
2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Architect.
B. Tests and Inspections for Switches:
1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection:
a. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
b. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances.
c. Verify that unit is clean.
d. Verify blade alignment, blade penetration, travel stops, and mechanical operation.
e. Verify that fuse sizes and types match the Specifications and Drawings.
f. Verify that each fuse has adequate mechanical support and contact integrity.
g. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following
methods:
1) Use low-resistance ohmmeter.
a) Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar
connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar
bolted connections by more than 50 percent of lowest value.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262816-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 6
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated
torque-wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or
NETA ATS Table 100.12.
a) Bolt-torque levels must be in accordance with manufacturer's
published data. In absence of manufacturer's published data, use
NETA ATS Table 100.12.
h. Verify that operation and sequencing of interlocking systems is as described in the
Specifications and shown on Drawings.
i. Verify correct phase barrier installation.
j. Verify lubrication of moving current-carrying parts and moving and sliding
surfaces.
2. Electrical Tests:
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with low-resistance
ohmmeter. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar
connections. Investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches
by more than 50 percent of lowest value.
b. Measure contact resistance across each switchblade fuseholder. Drop values may
not exceed high level of manufacturer's published data. If manufacturer's published
data are not available, investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar
switches by more than 50 percent of lowest value.
c. Perform insulation-resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase-to-phase
and phase-to-ground with switch closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage
in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In absence of manufacturer's
published data, use Table 100.1 from NETA ATS. Investigate values of insulation
resistance less than those published in Table 100.1 or as recommended in
manufacturer's published data.
d. Measure fuse resistance. Investigate fuse-resistance values that deviate from each
other by more than 15 percent.
e. Perform ground fault test in accordance with NETA ATS Section 7.14 "Ground
Fault Protection Systems, Low-Voltage."
C. Nonconforming Work:
1. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass
tests and inspections.
2. Remove and replace defective units and retest.
D. Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports.
1. Test procedures used.
2. Include identification of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker tested and describe test
results.
3. List deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 262816-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816 - 7
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as
recommended by manufacturer.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. After installation, protect enclosed switches and circuit breakers from construction activities.
Remove and replace items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be
unfit for use prior to acceptance by Owner.
3.8 MAINTENANCE
A. Infrared Scanning of Enclosed Switches and Breakers: Two months after Substantial
Completion, perform infrared scan of joints and connections. Remove covers so joints and
connections are accessible to portable scanner. Take visible light photographs at same locations
and orientations as infrared scans for documentation to ensure follow-on scans match same
conditions for valid comparison.
1. Instruments and Equipment: Use infrared scanning device designed to measure
temperature or to detect significant deviations from normal values. Provide calibration
record for device.
2. Follow-up Infrared Scanning: Perform two follow-up infrared scans of enclosed switches
and breakers, one at four months and another at 11 months after Substantial Completion.
3. Instrument: Use infrared-scanning device designed to measure temperature or to detect
significant deviations from normal values. Provide documentation of device calibration.
4. Report: Prepare certified report that identifies units checked and that describes scanning
results. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial actions taken, and scanning
observations after remedial action.
END OF SECTION 262816
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 264313-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Surge Protective Devices for Low-Voltage
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Electrical Power Circuits
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CIRCUITS
264313 - 1
SECTION 264313 - SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CIRCUITS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Type 1 surge protective devices (SPDs).
2. Type 2 surge protective devices (SPDs).
3. Type 3, Type 4, and Type 5 surge protective devices (SPDs).
4. Enclosures.
5. Conductors and cables.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. In: Nominal discharge current.
B. Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage (MCOV): The maximum designated RMS value of
the power frequency voltage that may be continuously applied to the mode of protection of an
SPD.
C. Metal-Oxide Varistor (MOV): An electronic component with a significant bidirectional,
nonlinear current-voltage characteristic.
D. Mode(s), Modes of Protection, or Protection Modes: Electrical paths where the SPD offers
defense against transient overvoltages. Examples include: line to neutral (L-N), line to ground
(L-G), line to line (L-L), and neutral to ground (N-G).
E. SCCR: Short-circuit current rating.
F. Type 1 SPDs: Permanently connected SPDs intended for installation between the secondary of
the service transformer and the line side of the service disconnect overcurrent device.
G. Type 2 SPDs: Permanently connected SPDs intended for installation on the load side of the
service disconnect overcurrent device, including SPDs located at the branch panel.
H. Type 3 SPDs: Point of utilization SPDs.
I. Type 4 SPDs: Component SPDs, including discrete components, as well as assemblies.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 264313-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Surge Protective Devices for Low-Voltage
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Electrical Power Circuits
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CIRCUITS
264313 - 2
J. Type 5 SPDs: Discrete component surge suppressors, such as MOVs that may be mounted on a
printed wiring board, connected by its leads or provided within an enclosure with mounting
means and wiring terminations.
K. Voltage Protection Rating (VPR): A rating selected from UL 1449 list of preferred values
assigned to each mode of protection.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. For each type of product.
a. Include electrical characteristics, specialties, and accessories for SPDs.
b. Certification of compliance with UL 1449 by qualified electrical testing laboratory
recognized by authorities having jurisdiction including the following information:
1) Tested values for VPRs.
2) In ratings.
3) MCOV, type designations.
4) OCPD requirements.
5) Manufacturer's model number.
6) System voltage.
7) Modes of protection.
B. Field quality-control reports.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Manufacturer Extended Warranty: Manufacturer warrants that SPDs perform in
accordance with specified requirements and agrees to provide repair or replacement of SPDs
that fail to perform as specified within extended warranty period.
1. Initial Extended Warranty Period: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion, for
labor, materials, and equipment.
2. Follow-On Extended Warranty Period: 10 year(s) from date of Substantial Completion,
for materials only, f.o.b. the nearest shipping point to Project site.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 264313-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Surge Protective Devices for Low-Voltage
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Electrical Power Circuits
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CIRCUITS
264313 - 3
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TYPE 1 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDs)
A. Source Limitations: Obtain devices from single source from single manufacturer.
B. General Characteristics:
1. Reference Standards: UL 1449, Type 1.
2. MCOV: Not less than 125 percent of nominal system voltage for 208Y/120 V and
120/240 V power systems, and not less than 115 percent of nominal system voltage for
480Y/277 V power systems.
3. Peak Surge Current Rating: Minimum single-pulse surge current withstand rating per
phase must not be less than 200 kA. Peak surge current rating must be arithmetic sum of
the ratings of individual MOVs in a given mode.
4. Protection modes and UL 1449 VPR for grounded wye circuits 208Y/120 V, three-phase,
four-wire circuits must not exceed the following:
a. Line to Neutral: 700 V for 208Y/120 V.
b. Line to Line: 1200 V for 208Y/120 V.
5. SCCR: Not less than 100 kA.
6. In Rating: 20 kA.
C. Options:
1. Include integral disconnect switch.
2. Include indicator light display for protection status.
3. Include audible alarm.
4. Include surge counter.
2.2 ENCLOSURES
A. Indoor Enclosures: Type 1.
B. Outdoor Enclosures: Type 3R.
2.3 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Power Wiring: Same size as SPD leads, complying with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage
Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 264313-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Surge Protective Devices for Low-Voltage
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Electrical Power Circuits
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CIRCUITS
264313 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Provide OCPD and disconnect for installation of SPD in accordance with UL 1449 and
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install leads between disconnects and SPDs short, straight, twisted, and in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions. Comply with wiring methods in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage
Electrical Power Conductors and Cables."
1. Do not splice and extend SPD leads unless specifically permitted by manufacturer.
2. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended lead length.
3. Do not bond neutral and ground.
C. Use crimped connectors and splices only. Wire nuts are unacceptable.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Architect.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Compare equipment nameplate data for compliance with Drawings and the
Specifications.
2. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances.
3. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's installation
requirements.
C. Nonconforming Work:
1. SPDs that do not pass tests and inspections will be considered defective.
2. Remove and replace defective units and retest.
D. Manufacturer Services:
1. Engage factory-authorized service representative to support field tests and inspections.
3.3 STARTUP SERVICE
A. Complete startup checks in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Do not perform insulation-resistance tests of the distribution wiring equipment with SPDs
installed. Disconnect SPDs before conducting insulation-resistance tests; reconnect them
immediately after the testing is over.
C. Energize SPDs after power system has been energized, stabilized, and tested.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 264313-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Surge Protective Devices for Low-Voltage
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00 Electrical Power Circuits
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CIRCUITS
264313 - 5
END OF SECTION 264313
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265000-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING 265000 - 1
SECTION 265000 – LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Luminaires.
2. Luminaire fittings.
3. Electric-discharge lamp control equipment.
4. Lamps.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" specifies additional
abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project
requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section.
2. Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables] specifies wiring
connections installed by this Section.
3. Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" specifies channel and
angle supports installed by this Section.
4. Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" specifies electrical equipment
labels and warning signs installed by this Section.
5. Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices" specifies automatic control of lighting,
including time switches, photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multipole lighting
relays and contactors installed by this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. BUG Rating: Backlight, uplight, and glare rating for light pollution from exterior luminaires.
B. CMH: Ceramic metal halide.
C. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT): The absolute temperature (in kelvins) of a blackbody
whose chromaticity (color quality) most nearly resembles that of the light source.
D. Color Rendering Index (CRI): The measure of the degree of color shift objects undergo when
illuminated by the light source as compared with the color of those same objects when
illuminated by a reference light source. The lower the CRI of a light source, the more difficult it
is to identify colors and stripes on electronic components and wiring.
E. HPS: High-pressure sodium.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265000-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING 265000 - 2
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. For luminaires.
a. Product Listing: Include copy of unexpired approval letter, on letterhead of
qualified electrical testing agency, certifying product's compliance with specified
listing criteria.
1) If listed manufacturer differs from selling manufacturer, indicate
relationship between entities on submittal. Clearly indicate which entity
warrants product performance and fitness for purpose.
2) Listing criteria identified in approval letter must match specified listing
criteria. Approval of only equipment's enclosure is not considered approval
of equipment for intended application.
3) Product identification in approval letter must match product branding and
model numbers in submittal. Approval letters for similar products are not
acceptable.
b. Product Certificates: Include product certificates stating compliance with standards
listed below, signed by manufacturer or fabricator.
1) Manufacturers' Certified Data: Photometric data certified by manufacturer's
laboratory with current accreditation under National Voluntary Laboratory
Accreditation Program (NVLAP) for Energy Efficient Lighting Products.
2) Testing Agency Certified Data: For luminaires indicated on Lighting Fixture
Schedule on Drawings, photometric data certified by qualified independent
testing laboratory. Photometric data for remaining luminaires must be
certified by manufacturer.
c. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes.
d. Include operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished
accessories.
e. Include schedule of submitted lighting products. Arrange schedule and
accompanying product data in order by luminaire and lamp designations indicated
on Drawings.
f. Include battery and charger data for emergency lighting units.
g. Include life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy-efficiency data.
h. Include photometric data and adjustment factors obtained from qualified laboratory
tests.
i. Include manufacturer's sample warranty language.
2. For luminaire fittings.
a. Product Listing: Include copy of unexpired approval letter, on letterhead of
qualified electrical testing agency, certifying product's compliance with specified
listing criteria.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265000-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING 265000 - 3
1) If listed manufacturer differs from selling manufacturer, indicate
relationship between entities on submittal. Clearly indicate which entity
warrants product performance and fitness for purpose.
2) Listing criteria identified in approval letter must match specified listing
criteria. Approval of only equipment's enclosure is not considered approval
of equipment for intended application.
3) Product identification in approval letter must match product branding and
model numbers in submittal. Approval letters for similar products are not
acceptable.
b. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes.
c. Include operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished
accessories.
d. Include schedule of submitted lighting products. Arrange schedule and
accompanying product data in order by luminaire and lamp designations indicated
on Drawings.
e. Include manufacturer's sample warranty language.
3. For lamps.
a. Product Listing: Include copy of unexpired approval letter, on letterhead of
qualified electrical testing agency, certifying product's compliance with specified
listing criteria.
1) If listed manufacturer differs from selling manufacturer, indicate
relationship between entities on submittal. Clearly indicate which entity
warrants product performance and fitness for purpose.
2) Listing criteria identified in approval letter must match specified listing
criteria. Approval of only equipment's enclosure is not considered approval
of equipment for intended application.
3) Product identification in approval letter must match product branding and
model numbers in submittal. Approval letters for similar products are not
acceptable.
b. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes.
c. Include operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished
accessories.
d. Include schedule of submitted lighting products. Arrange schedule and
accompanying product data in order by luminaire and lamp designations indicated
on Drawings.
e. Include life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy-efficiency data.
B. Sustainable Design Product Data:
1. For luminaires.
a. Energy Efficiency: Submit product certificate indicating luminaire is certified by
Energy Star.
b. Energy Usage: Submit product data showing compliance with ASHRAE 90.1.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265000-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING 265000 - 4
c. BUG Ratings: Submit product data indicating BUG ratings of all installed exterior
luminaires.
d. Luminaire Calculations: Submit product data indicating lumen emittance and
vertical illuminance.
2. For luminaire fittings.
C. Shop drawings.
D. Field quality-control reports.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturers' published instructions.
B. Field Reports:
1. Manufacturer's field reports for field quality-control support.
2. Manufacturer's field reports for system startup support.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Warranty documentation.
1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Spare parts.
B. Extra stock material.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect exposed surface finishes on lighting equipment by applying strippable, temporary
protective covering before shipping.
1.8 WARRANTY FOR LUMINAIRES
A. Special Installer Extended Warranty: Installer warrants that fabricated and installed luminaires
perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to repair or replace products that
fail to perform as specified within extended-warranty period. Warranty must convey to Owner
upon acceptance of the Work.
1. Extended-Warranty Period: [Two] <Insert number> years from date of Substantial
Completion; full coverage for labor, materials, and equipment.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265000-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING 265000 - 5
1.9 WARRANTY FOR BATTERIES
A. Special Manufacturer Extended Warranty for Batteries: Manufacturer warrants that batteries
perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to provide repair or replacement
of batteries that fail to perform as specified within extended-warranty period.
1. Initial Extended-Warranty Period for Li-ion Batteries: Threeyears from date of
Substantial Completion; full coverage for materials only, free on board origin, freight
prepaid.
2. Follow-On Extended-Warranty Period for Li-ion Batteries: 10 years from date of
Substantial Completion; prorated coverage for materials only, free on board origin,
freight prepaid.
3. Initial Extended-Warranty Period for Ni-Cd Batteries: Five years from date of Substantial
Completion; full coverage for materials only, free on board origin, freight prepaid.
4. Follow-On Extended-Warranty Period for Ni-Cd Batteries: 15 years from date of
Substantial Completion; prorated coverage for materials only, free on board origin,
freight prepaid.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LUMINAIRES
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
b. See individual product types below for listing criteria.
c. Marked in accordance with UL CCN HYXT, including UL 1598, for compatible
power supply, installation location, and environmental conditions.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Compile and submit product data.
2. Compile and submit sustainable design product data.
3. Compile and submit samples.
C. Surface-Mounted Luminaire :
1. Source Limitations: Manufacturer and model to be as specified on drawings. Intended
substitutions must be accepted in writing by Architect, Engineer and Owner prior to
purchase and must match the original fixture look and style. Substitutions must also meet
or exceed the lumen output and not exceed the wattage inputs for original luminaires.
Contractors to provide .ies file along with fixture substitution that can be utilized in an
electronic photometric calculations program.
2. Product Listing Criteria, LED: UL CCN IFAM; including UL 1598.
3. Product Listing Criteria, CMH HID: UL CCN IEXT; including UL 1598.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265000-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING 265000 - 6
4. Product Listing Criteria, Outdoor Canopy Luminaires: UL CCN IFAW; including
UL 1598.
D. Recessed Luminaires :
1. Source Limitations: Manufacturer and model to be as specified on drawings. Intended
substitutions must be accepted in writing by Architect, Engineer and Owner prior to
purchase and must match the original fixture look and style. Substitutions must also meet
or exceed the lumen output and not exceed the wattage inputs for original luminaires.
Contractors to provide .ies file along with fixture substitution that can be utilized in an
electronic photometric calculations program.
E. UL FTBR or FTBV - Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment:
1. Source Limitations: Manufacturer and model to be as specified on drawings. Intended
substitutions must be accepted in writing by Architect, Engineer and Owner prior to
purchase and must match the original fixture look and style. Substitutions must also meet
or exceed the lumen output and not exceed the wattage inputs for original luminaires.
Contractors to provide .ies file along with fixture substitution that can be utilized in an
electronic photometric calculations program.
F. UL FWBO - Exit Fixture :
1. Source Limitations: Manufacturer and model to be as specified on drawings. Intended
substitutions must be accepted in writing by Architect, Engineer and Owner prior to
purchase and must match the original fixture look and style. Substitutions must also meet
or exceed the lumen output and not exceed the wattage inputs for original luminaires.
Contractors to provide .ies file along with fixture substitution that can be utilized in an
electronic photometric calculations program.
2.2 LUMINAIRE FITTINGS
A. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing
laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended
location and application.
b. See individual product types below for listing criteria.
B. Source Quality Control:
1. Compile and submit product data.
2. Compile and submit sustainable design product data.
3. Compile and submit samples.
C. Luminaire Support Accessories:
1. Product Characteristics:
a. Sized and rated for luminaire weight.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265000-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING 265000 - 7
b. Capable of maintaining luminaire position after cleaning and relamping.
c. Capable of supporting luminaire without causing deflection of ceiling or wall.
d. Capable of supporting horizontal force equal to 100 percent of luminaire weight
and vertical force equal to 400 percent of luminaire weight.
2. Required Product Options:
a. Hook Hangers: Integrated assembly matched to luminaire, supply voltage, and
equipment with threaded attachment, cord, and locking-type plug.
b. Aircraft Cables: 5/32 inch (4 mm) diameter aircraft cable supports adjustable to
10 ft (3 m)] in length.
c. Single-Stem Hangers: 1/2 inch (13 mm) nominal diameter steel tubing with swivel
ball fittings and ceiling canopy. Finish same as luminaire.
d. Rod Hangers: 3/16 inch (5 mm) nominal diameter, cadmium-plated, threaded steel
rod.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Examine roughing-in for luminaire to verify actual locations of luminaire and electrical
connections before luminaire installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Shop Drawings: Prepare and submit the following:
1. Drawings, Diagrams, and Supporting Documents for Custom Luminaires:
a. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details.
b. Include details of luminaire assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads,
required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size
of each field connection.
c. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
B. Temporary Lighting: If approved by Architect, specified luminaires for Project may be installed
for temporary lighting. Install and energize minimum quantity of luminaires necessary to meet
needs of construction activities. When construction is sufficiently complete, remove,
disassemble, clean, and relamp luminaires used for temporary lighting before reinstalling for
Project delivery.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265000-8
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING 265000 - 8
3.3 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING
A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions.
B. Reference Standards for Installation: Unless more stringent installation requirements are
specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' published instructions, comply with the
following:
1. Installation of Indoor Lighting Systems: NECA NEIS 500.
2. Installation of Exterior Lighting Systems: NECA NEIS 501.
3. Installation of Industrial Lighting Systems: NECA NEIS 502.
4. Installation of Luminaires, Lampholders, and Lamps: Article 410 of NFPA 70.
5. Installation of Extra-Low-Voltage Lighting: Article 411 of NFPA 70.
6. Installation of Emergency Lighting and Exit Signs: ICC IBC, NFPA 101, and Parts IV
and V in Article 700 of NFPA 70.
7. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements.
C. Special Installation Techniques:
1. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with finished floor or grade unless otherwise
indicated.
2. Install luminaires at height and aiming angle as indicated on Drawings.
3. Coordinate layout and installation of luminaires with other construction.
4. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. Include adjustment of
photoelectric device to prevent false operation of relay by artificial light sources, favoring
a north orientation.
5. Exterior Corrosion Prevention:
a. Do not use aluminum in contact with earth or concrete. When in direct contact
with dissimilar metals, protect aluminum with insulating fittings or treatment.
b. When embedding steel conduits in concrete, wrap conduit with 10 mil (0.254 mm)
thick, pipe-wrapping plastic tape applied with a 50 percent overlap.
6. Flush-Mounted Luminaire Support:
a. Secured to outlet box.
b. Attached to ceiling structural members at four points equally spaced around
circumference of luminaire.
c. Trim ring flush with finished surface.
7. Wall-Mounted Luminaire Support:
a. Attached to structural members in walls.
b. Do not attach luminaires directly to gypsum board.
8. Suspended Luminaire Support:
a. Ceiling Mount:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265000-9
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING 265000 - 9
1) Hook hangers.
2) Two wires.
3) Two aircraft cables.
b. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inch (1220 mm), brace to limit
swinging.
c. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Luminaires: Suspend with twin-stem hangers. Support
with approved outlet box and accessories that hold stem and provide damping of
luminaire oscillations. Support outlet box vertically to building structure using
approved devices.
d. Do not use ceiling grid as support for pendant luminaires. Connect support wires
or rods to building structure.
9. Remote Mounting of Ballasts: Do not exceed distance between ballast and luminaire
recommended by ballast manufacturer.
10. Emergency Power Units: Secure with approved fasteners in four or more locations,
spaced near corners of unit.
11. Install wiring connections for luminaires.
12. Identification: Provide labels for luminaires and associated electrical equipment.
a. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components.
b. Provide warning signs.
c. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated-plastic nameplate.
D. Interfaces with Other Work:
1. Coordinate installation of new products with existing conditions.
E. Systems Integration: Integrate lighting control devices and equipment with electrical power
connections for operation of luminaires as specified.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL OF LIGHTING
A. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Architect.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Perform manufacturer's recommended tests and inspections.
2. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after
electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation.
3. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation.
Verify transfer from normal power to battery power and retransfer to normal.
4. Exterior Illumination Tests:
a. Measure light intensities at night. Use photometers with calibration referenced to
NIST standards.
C. Nonconforming Work:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265000-10
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING 265000 - 10
1. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
2. Remove and replace defective units and retest.
D. Field Quality-Control Reports: Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports.
3.5 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. Perform startup service.
1. Complete installation and startup checks in accordance with manufacturer's published
instructions.
2. Burn-in lamps that require specific aging period to operate properly, prior to occupancy
by Owner.
3. Charge batteries minimum of one hour and depress switch to conduct short-duration test.
4. Charge [batteries minimum of 24 hours and conduct one-hour discharge test.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Luminaire Aiming Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting aiming direction of luminaires to suit
occupied conditions. Make up to twovisits to Project during other-than-normal hours for this
purpose. Some of this work may be required during hours of darkness.
1. During adjustment visits, inspect all luminaires. Replace lamps or luminaires that are
defective.
2. Parts and supplies must be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies.
3. Adjust aim of luminaires in presence of Architect.
3.7 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. Maintenance Material Submittals:
1. Spare Parts: Furnish to Owner spare parts, for repairing lighting equipment, that are
packaged with protective covering for storage on-site and identified with labels
describing contents. Include the following:
a. Diffusers and Lenses: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish
at least one of each type.
b. Globes and Guards: One for every 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at
least one of each type.
2. Extra Stock Material: Furnish to Owner extra materials that match products installed and
that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels
describing contents. Include the following:
a. Luminaire-Mounted Emergency Battery Packs: 1 for every 20] of each type and
rating installed. Furnish at least one of each type.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265000-11
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
LIGHTING 265000 - 11
3.8 PROTECTION
A. After installation, protect lighting equipment from construction activities. Remove and replace
items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to
acceptance by Owner.
END OF SECTION 265000
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265213-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Emergency and Exit Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING 265213 - 1
SECTION 265213 - EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Emergency lighting.
2. Exit signs.
3. Materials.
4. Luminaire support components.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations,
definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements
applicable to Work specified in this Section.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT): The absolute temperature, measured in kelvins, of a
blackbody whose chromaticity most nearly resembles that of the light source.
B. Color Rendering Index (CRI): Measure of the degree of color shift that objects undergo when
illuminated by the light source as compared with the color of those same objects when
illuminated by a reference source.
C. Emergency Lighting Unit: A lighting unit with internal or external emergency battery powered
supply and the means for controlling and charging the battery and unit operation.
D. Lumen (lm): The SI derived unit of luminous flux equal to the luminous flux emitted within a
unit solid angle by a unit point source (1 lm = 1 cd-sr).
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. For each type of emergency lighting unit, exit sign, and emergency lighting support.
a. Include data on features, accessories, and finishes.
b. Include physical description of unit and dimensions.
c. Battery and charger for light units.
d. Include life, output of luminaire (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy-efficiency
data.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265213-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Emergency and Exit Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING 265213 - 2
e. Include photometric data and adjustment factors based on laboratory tests by, or
under supervision of, qualified luminaire photometric testing laboratory, for each
luminaire type.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. For nonstandard or custom luminaires.
a. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details.
b. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads,
required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size
of each field connection.
c. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Samples: For each product and for each color and texture specified.
D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of luminaire with factory-applied finishes.
E. Samples for Verification: For each type of luminaire.
1. Include Samples of luminaires and accessories to verify finish selection.
F. Product Schedule:
1. For emergency lighting units, provide the manufacturer and model to be as specified on
drawings. Intended substitutions must be accepted in writing by Architect, Engineer and
Owner prior to purchase and must match the original fixture look and style. Substitutions
must also meet or exceed the lumen output and not exceed the wattage inputs for original
luminaires. Contractors to provide .ies file along with fixture substitution that can be
utilized in an electronic photometric calculations program
2. For exit signs, provide the manufacturer and model to be as specified on drawings.
Intended substitutions must be accepted in writing by Architect, Engineer and Owner
prior to purchase and must match the original fixture look and style. Substitutions must
also meet or exceed the lumen output and not exceed the wattage inputs for original
luminaires. Contractors to provide .ies file along with fixture substitution that can be
utilized in an electronic photometric calculations program.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Certificates: For each type of luminaire.
B. Product Test Reports: For each luminaire for tests performed by, or under supervision of,
qualified luminaire photometric testing laboratory.
C. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's[ special] warranty.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265213-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Emergency and Exit Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING 265213 - 3
1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective
covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Lamps: 10 for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least one of each
type.
2. Luminaire-mounted, emergency battery pack: One for every 20 > emergency lighting
units. Furnish at least one of each type.
3. Diffusers and Lenses: One for every 100 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at
least one of each type.
4. Globes and Guards: One for every 20 of each type and rating installed. Furnish at least
one of each type.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. FM Global Compliance: Luminaires for hazardous locations must be listed and labeled for
indicated class and division of hazard by FM Global.
B. Mockups: For interior luminaires in room or module mockups, complete with power and control
connections.
1. Obtain Architect's approval of luminaires and signs in mockups before starting
installations.
2. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for
judging completed Work.
3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations
in writing.
4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of
completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect finishes of exposed surfaces by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering
before shipping.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer Extended Warranty for Emergency and Exit Lighting: Installer warrants that
fabricated and installed emergency luminaires and exit signs, including batteries, perform in
accordance with specified requirements and agrees to repair or replace components and
assemblies that fail to perform as specified within extended warranty period.
1. Extended Warranty Period: Two year(s) from date of Substantial Completion; full
coverage for labor, materials, and equipment.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265213-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Emergency and Exit Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING 265213 - 4
B. Special Manufacturer Extended Warranty for Batteries for Emergency and Exit Lighting:
Manufacturer warrants that batteries for emergency luminaires and exit signs perform in
accordance with specified requirements and agrees to provide repair or replacement of batteries
that fail to perform as specified within extended warranty period.
1. Extended Warranty Period: Five year(s) from date of Substantial Completion; full
coverage for labor, materials, and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY LIGHTING
A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled in accordance with
NFPA 70 and UL 924, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities
having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application.
B. Comply with NFPA 101.
C. Comply with NEMA LE 4 for recessed luminaires.
D. Comply with UL 1598 for fluorescent luminaires.
E. Lamp Base: Comply with [ANSI C81.61] [or] [IEC 60061-1].
F. Bulb Shape: Complying with ANSI C79.1.
G. Internal Type Emergency Power Unit: Self-contained, modular, battery-inverter unit, factory
mounted within luminaire body.
1. Emergency Connection: Operate LED lamp(s) continuously at an output of 1100 lumens
each upon loss of normal power. Connect unswitched circuit to battery-inverter unit and
switched circuit to luminaire ballast.
2. Operation: Relay automatically turns lamp on when power-supply circuit voltage drops to
80 percent of nominal voltage or below. Lamp automatically disconnects from battery
when voltage approaches deep-discharge level. When normal voltage is restored, relay
disconnects lamps from battery, and battery is automatically recharged and floated on
charger.
3. Test Push-Button and Indicator Light: Visible and accessible without opening luminaire
or entering ceiling space.
a. Push Button: Push-to-test type, in unit housing, simulates loss of normal power
and demonstrates unit operability.
b. Indicator Light: LED indicates normal power on. Normal glow indicates trickle
charge; bright glow indicates charging at end of discharge cycle.
4. Battery: Sealed, maintenance-free, nickel-cadmium type.
5. Charger: Fully automatic, solid-state, constant-current type with sealed power transfer
relay.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265213-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Emergency and Exit Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING 265213 - 5
6. Remote Test: Switch in handheld remote device aimed in direction of tested unit initiates
coded infrared signal. Signal reception by factory-installed infrared receiver in tested unit
triggers simulation of loss of its normal power supply, providing visual confirmation of
either proper or failed emergency response.
2.2 EMERGENCY LIGHTING
A. General Characteristics: Self-contained units.
B. Emergency Luminaire: provide the manufacturer and model to be as specified on drawings.
Intended substitutions must be accepted in writing by Architect, Engineer and Owner prior to
purchase and must match the original fixture look and style. Substitutions must also meet or
exceed the lumen output and not exceed the wattage inputs for original luminaires. Contractors
to provide .ies file along with fixture substitution that can be utilized in an electronic
photometric calculations program :
1. Options:
a. Operating at nominal voltage of 120 V(ac).
b. Internal emergency power unit.
c. Rated for installation in damp locations, and for sealed and gasketed luminaires in
wet locations.
C. Emergency Lighting Unit :
1. Options:
a. Operating at nominal voltage of 120 V(ac).
b. Wall with universal junction box adaptor.
c. UV stable thermoplastic housing, rated for damp locations.
d. Two LED lamp heads.
e. Internal emergency power unit.
2.3 EXIT SIGNS
A. General Characteristics: Comply with UL 924; for sign colors, visibility, luminance, and
lettering size, comply with authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Internally Lighted Sign <Insert drawing designation>:
1. Options:
a. Operating at nominal voltage of 120 V(ac).
b. Lamps for AC Operation:
1) LEDs; 50,000 hours minimum rated lamp life.
c. Self-Powered Exit Signs (Battery Type): Internal emergency power unit.
2.4 MATERIALS
A. Metal Parts:
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265213-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Emergency and Exit Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING 265213 - 6
1. Free of burrs and sharp corners and edges.
2. Sheet metal components must be steel unless otherwise indicated.
3. Form and support to prevent warping and sagging.
B. Doors, Frames, and Other Internal Access:
1. Smooth operating, free of light leakage under operating conditions.
2. Designed to permit relamping without use of tools.
3. Designed to prevent doors, frames, lenses, diffusers, and other components from falling
accidentally during relamping and when secured in operating position.
2.5 METAL FINISHES
A. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable.
Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within range of
approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
2.6 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems"
for channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.
B. Support Wires: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 3, soft temper, zinc-coated steel, 0.106 inch
(2.69 mm) .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for conditions affecting performance of luminaires.
B. Examine roughing-in for luminaire to verify actual locations of luminaire and electrical
connections before luminaire installation.
C. Examine walls, floors, roofs, and ceilings for suitable conditions where emergency lighting
luminaires will be installed.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with ceilings and walls unless otherwise indicated.
B. Install lamps in each luminaire.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265213-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Emergency and Exit Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING 265213 - 7
C. Supports:
1. Sized and rated for luminaire and emergency power unit weight.
2. Able to maintain luminaire position when testing emergency power unit.
3. Provide support for luminaire and emergency power unit without causing deflection of
ceiling or wall.
4. Luminaire-mounting devices must be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100
percent of luminaire and emergency power unit weight and vertical force of 400 percent
of luminaire weight.
D. Wall-Mounted Luminaire Support:
1. Attached to structural members in walls .
2. Do not attach luminaires directly to gypsum board.
E. Suspended Luminaire Support:
1. Pendants and Rods: Where longer than 48 inch (1200 mm), brace to limit swinging.
2. Stem-Mounted, Single-Unit Luminaires: Suspend with twin-stem hangers. Support with
approved outlet box and accessories that hold stem and provide damping of luminaire
oscillations. Support outlet box vertically to building structure using approved devices.
3. Continuous Rows of Luminaires: Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and wire
support for suspension for each unit length of luminaire chassis, including one at each
end.
4. Do not use ceiling grid as support for pendant luminaires. Connect support wires or rods
to building structure.
F. Ceiling Grid Mounted Luminaires:
1. Secure to outlet box, if provided.
2. Secure emergency power unit using approved fasteners in a minimum of four locations,
spaced near corners of emergency power unit.
3. Use approved devices and support components to connect luminaire to ceiling grid and
building structure in a minimum of four locations, spaced near corners of luminaire.
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for
identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Architect.
B. Tests and Inspections:
1. Test for Emergency Lighting: Interrupt power supply to demonstrate proper operation.
Verify transfer from normal power to battery power and retransfer to normal.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 265213-8
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Emergency and Exit Lighting
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING 265213 - 8
C. Nonconforming Work:
1. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass operation tests and inspections.
2. Remove and replace defective units and retest.
D. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.5 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. Perform startup service:
1. Charge emergency power units and batteries minimum of one hour and depress switch to
conduct short-duration test.
2. Charge emergency power units and batteries minimum of 24 hours and conduct one-hour
discharge test.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Adjustments: Within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site visit to do
the following:
1. Inspect luminaires. Replace lamps, emergency power units , batteries, exit signs, and
luminaires that are defective.
a. Parts and supplies must be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and
supplies.
2. Conduct short-duration tests on all emergency lighting.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Remove and replace luminaires and exit signs that are damaged or caused to be unfit for use by
construction activities.
END OF SECTION 265213
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-1
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 1
SECTION 284621.11 - ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Existing fire-alarm system to be modified.
2. Addressable fire-alarm system.
3. Fire-alarm control unit (FACU).
4. Manual fire-alarm boxes.
5. System smoke detectors.
6. Duct smoke detectors.
7. Air-sampling smoke detectors.
8. Fire-alarm notification appliances.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" or
Section 260523 "Control Voltage Electrical Power Cables" for cables and conductors for
fire-alarm systems.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing.
B. FACU: Fire-alarm control unit.
C. NICET: National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies.
D. PC: Personal computer.
E. Voltage Class: For specified circuits and equipment, voltage classes are defined as follows:
1. Control Voltage: Listed and labeled for use in remote-control, signaling, and power-
limited circuits supplied by a Class 2 or Class 3 power supply having rated output not
greater than 150 V and 5 A, allowing use of alternate wiring methods complying with
NFPA 70, Article 725.
2. Low Voltage: Listed and labeled for use in circuits supplied by a Class 1 or other power
supply having rated output not greater than 1000 V, requiring use of wiring methods
complying with NFPA 70, Article 300, Part I.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-2
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 2
1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Existing Fire-Alarm Equipment: Maintain existing equipment fully operational until new
equipment has been tested and accepted.
B. Equipment Removal: After acceptance of new fire-alarm system, remove any existing
disconnected fire-alarm equipment and wiring.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Approved Permit Submittal: Submittals must be approved by authorities having jurisdiction
prior to submitting them to Architect.
B. Product Data: For each type of product, including furnished options and accessories.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions, profiles, and finishes.
2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, and electrical characteristics.
C. Shop Drawings: For fire-alarm system.
1. Comply with recommendations and requirements in "Documentation" section of
"Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72.
2. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details, including details of attachments to other
Work.
3. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and locations. Indicate conductor
sizes, indicate termination locations and requirements, and distinguish between factory
and field wiring.
4. Detail assembly and support requirements.
5. Include voltage drop calculations for notification-appliance circuits.
6. Include battery-size calculations.
7. Include input/output matrix.
8. Include written statement from manufacturer that equipment and components have been
tested as a system and comply with requirements in this Section and in NFPA 72.
9. Include performance parameters and installation details for each detector.
10. Verify that each duct detector is listed for complete range of air velocity, temperature,
and humidity possible when air-handling system is operating.
11. Provide program report showing that air-sampling detector pipe layout balances
pneumatically within airflow range of air-sampling detector.
12. Provide control wiring diagrams for fire-alarm interface to HVAC; coordinate location of
duct smoke detectors and access to them.
a. Show critical dimensions that relate to placement and support of sampling tubes,
detector housing, and remote status and alarm indicators.
b. Show field wiring required for HVAC unit shutdown on alarm.
c. Locate detectors in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.
d. Show air-sampling detector pipe routing.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-3
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 3
D. Delegated Design Submittal: For notification appliances and smoke and heat detectors, in
addition to submittals listed above, indicate compliance with performance requirements and
design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer
responsible for their preparation.
1. Drawings showing location of each notification appliance and smoke and heat detector,
ratings of each, and installation details as needed to comply with listing conditions of
device.
2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting spacing and sensitivity of
detection, complying with NFPA 72. Calculate spacing and intensities for strobe signals
and sound-pressure levels for audible appliances.
3. Indicate audible appliances required to produce square wave signal per NFPA 72.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Certificates:
B. Field quality-control reports.
C. Qualification Statements: For Installer.
D. Sample Warranty: Submittal must include line item pricing for replacement parts and labor.
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire-alarm systems and components to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1. In addition to items specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data,"
include the following and deliver copies to authorities having jurisdiction:
a. Comply with "Records" section of "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter
in NFPA 72.
b. Provide "Fire-Alarm and Emergency Communications System Record of
Completion Documents" in accordance with "Completion Documents" Article in
"Documentation" section of "Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72.
c. Complete wiring diagrams showing connections between devices and equipment.
Each conductor must be numbered at every junction point with indication of
origination and termination points.
d. Riser diagram.
e. Device addresses.
f. Provide "Inspection and Testing Form" in accordance with "Inspection, Testing
and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72, and include the following:
1) Equipment tested.
2) Frequency of testing of installed components.
3) Frequency of inspection of installed components.
4) Requirements and recommendations related to results of maintenance.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-4
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 4
5) Manufacturer's user training manuals.
g. Manufacturer's required maintenance related to system warranty requirements.
h. Abbreviated operating instructions for mounting at FACU and each annunciator
unit.
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Extra Stock Material: Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Smoke Detectors, Fire Detectors: Quantity equal 5 percent of amount of each type
installed, but no fewer than one unit of each type.
2. Detector Bases: Quantity equal to two percent of amount of each type installed, but no
fewer than one unit of each type.
3. Keys and Tools: One extra set for access to locked or tamperproofed components.
4. Audible and Visual Notification Appliances: One of each type installed.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications:
1. Personnel must be trained and certified by manufacturer for installation of units required
for this Project.
2. Installation must be by personnel certified by NICET as fire-alarm Level II technician.
3. Obtain certification by NRTL in accordance with NFPA 72.
4. Licensed or certified by authorities having jurisdiction.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire-alarm system equipment and
components that fail because of defects in materials or workmanship within specified warranty
period.
1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EXISTING FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM TO BE MODIFIED
A. Basis for Pricing:Notifier NFW2-100.
B. Description: Fire alarm control panel is existing to remain. Contractor shall modify/add
additional circuit boards, batteries, etc to accommodate new devices.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-5
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 5
C. Source Limitations for Fire-Alarm System and Components: Components must be compatible
with, and operate as extension of, existing system. Provide system manufacturer's certification
that components provided have been tested as, and will operate as, a system.
2.2 ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
A. Description:
1. Noncoded, UL-certified addressable system, with multiplexed signal transmission and
horn-and-strobe notification for evacuation.
B. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. Fire-Alarm Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled by a NRTL
in accordance with NFPA 70 for use with selected fire-alarm system and marked
for intended location and application.
2. General Characteristics:
a. Automatic sensitivity control of certain smoke detectors.
b. Fire-alarm signal initiation must be by one or more of the following devices and
systems:
1) Manual stations.
2) Heat detectors.
3) Smoke detectors.
4) Duct smoke detectors.
5) Automatic sprinkler system water flow.
6) Fire-extinguishing system operation.
c. Fire-alarm signal must initiate the following actions:
1) Continuously operate alarm notification appliances.
2) Identify alarm and specific initiating device at FACU and remote
annunciators.
3) Transmit alarm signal to remote alarm receiving station.
4) Release fire and smoke doors held open by magnetic door holders.
5) Activate voice/alarm communication system.
6) Switch HVAC equipment controls to fire-alarm mode.
7) Activate smoke-control system (smoke management) at firefighters' smoke-
control system panel.
8) Activate stairwell and elevator-shaft pressurization systems.
9) Close smoke dampers in air ducts of designated air-conditioning duct
systems.
10) Activate emergency shutoffs for gas and fuel supplies.
11) Record events in system memory.
12) Record events by system printer.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-6
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 6
d. Supervisory signal initiation must be by one or more of the following devices and
actions:
1) Valve supervisory switch.
2) Zones or individual devices have been disabled.
3) FACU has lost communication with network.
e. System trouble signal initiation must be by one or more of the following devices
and actions:
1) Open circuits, shorts, and grounds in designated circuits.
2) Opening, tampering with, or removing alarm-initiating and supervisory
signal-initiating devices.
3) Loss of communication with addressable sensor, input module, relay,
control module, remote annunciator, printer interface, or Ethernet module.
4) Loss of primary power at FACU.
5) Ground or single break in internal circuits of FACU.
6) Abnormal ac voltage at FACU.
7) Break in standby battery circuitry.
8) Failure of battery charging.
9) Abnormal position of switch at FACU or annunciator.
f. System Supervisory Signal Actions:
1) Initiate notification appliances.
2) Identify specific device initiating event at FACU and remote annunciators.
3) After time delay of 200 seconds, transmit trouble or supervisory signal to
remote alarm receiving station.
4) Transmit system status to building management system.
5) Display system status on graphic annunciator.
2.3 FIRE-ALARM CONTROL UNIT (FACU)
A. FACU is an existing Notifier NFW2-100 unit which shall remain and be reused to service
newly added/relocated activation and annunciation devices.
B. Description: Field-programmable, microprocessor-based, modular, power-limited design with
electronic modules.
2.4 MANUAL FIRE-ALARM BOXES
A. Manual fire alarm boxes to be compatible with the existing FACU to remain.
B. General Requirements for Manual Fire-Alarm Boxes: Comply with UL 38. Boxes must be
finished in red with molded, raised-letter operating instructions in contrasting color; must show
visible indication of operation; and must be mounted on recessed outlet box. If indicated as
surface mounted, provide manufacturer's surface back box.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-7
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 7
1. Single-action mechanism, pull-lever type; with integral addressable module arranged to
communicate manual-station status (normal, alarm, or trouble) to FACU.
2. Station Reset: Key- or wrench-operated switch.
3. Weatherproof Protective Shield: Factory-fabricated, clear plastic enclosure hinged at top
to permit lifting for access to initiate alarm.
4. Able to perform at up to 90 percent relative humidity at 90 deg F (32 deg C) .
2.5 SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS
A. Photoelectric Smoke Detectors:
1. Photoelectric smoke detectors to be compatible with the existing FACU to remain.
2. Performance Criteria:
a. Regulatory Requirements:
1) NFPA 72.
2) UL 268.
b. General Characteristics:
1) Detectors must be two-wire type.
2) Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status
(normal, alarm, or trouble) to FACU.
3) Base Mounting: Detector and associated electronic components must be
mounted in twist-lock module that connects to fixed base. Provide terminals
in fixed base for connection to building wiring.
4) Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after
actuation to restore them to normal operation.
5) Integral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type, indicating detector has operated.
6) Detector address must be accessible from FACU and must be able to
identify detector's location within system and its sensitivity setting.
7) Operator at FACU, having designated access level, must be able to manually
access the following for each detector:
a) Primary status.
b) Device type.
c) Present average value.
d) Present sensitivity selected.
e) Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.).
8) Detector must have functional humidity range within 10 to 90 percent
relative humidity.
2.6 DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS
A. Duct smoke detectors to be compatible with the existing FACU to remain.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-8
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 8
B. Description: Photoelectric-type, duct-mounted smoke detector.
C. Performance Criteria:
1. Regulatory Requirements:
a. NFPA 72.
2. General Characteristics:
a. Detectors must be two-wire type.
b. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal,
alarm, or trouble) to FACU.
c. Self-Restoring: Detectors do not require resetting or readjustment after actuation to
restore them to normal operation.
d. Integral Visual-Indicating Light: LED type, indicating detector has operated.
e. Detector address must be accessible from FACU and must be able to identify
detector's location within system and its sensitivity setting.
f. Sampling Tubes: Design and dimensions as recommended by manufacturer for
specific duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied.
g. Relay Fan Shutdown: Fully programmable relay rated to interrupt fan motor-
control circuit.
2.7 HEAT DETECTORS
A. Combination-Type Heat Detectors:
1. Heat detectors to be compatible with the existing FACU to remain.
2. Performance Criteria:
a. Regulatory Requirements:
1) NFPA 72.
2) UL 521.
b. General Characteristics:
1) Temperature sensors must test for and communicate sensitivity range of
device.
c. Actuated by fixed temperature of 135 deg F (57 deg C) or rate of rise that exceeds
15 deg F (8 deg C) per minute unless otherwise indicated.
d. Mounting: Adapter plate for outlet box mounting.
e. Integral Addressable Module: Arranged to communicate detector status (normal,
alarm, or trouble) to FACU.
f. Detector must have functional humidity range of 10 to 90 <Insert numbers>
percent relative humidity.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-9
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 9
2.8 FIRE-ALARM NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
A. Fire-Alarm Audible Notification Appliances:
1. Fire alarm notification appliances to be compatible with the existing FACU to remain.
2. Description: Horns, bells, or other notification devices that cannot output voice messages.
3. Performance Criteria:
a. Regulatory Requirements:
1) NFPA 72.
b. General Characteristics:
1) Connected to notification-appliance signal circuits, zoned as indicated,
equipped for mounting as indicated, and with screw terminals for system
connections.
2) Sounders, High Volume 24 V(dc): Less than 6 mA of alarm current.
3) Sounders, Low Volume 24 V(dc): Less than 4 mA of alarm current.
4) Audible notification appliances must have functional humidity range of 10
to 95 percent relative humidity.
5) Horns: Electric-vibrating-polarized type, 24 V(dc); with provision for
housing operating mechanism behind grille. Comply with UL 464. Horns
must produce sound-pressure level of 90 dB(A-weighted), measured 10 ft.
(3 m) from horn, using coded signal prescribed in UL 464 test protocol.
6) Combination Devices: Factory-integrated audible and visible devices in
single-mounting assembly, equipped for mounting as indicated, and with
screw terminals for system connections.
B. Fire-Alarm Visible Notification Appliances:
1. Visual notification appliances to be compatible with the existing FACU to remain.
2. Performance Criteria:
a. Regulatory Requirements:
1) NFPA 72.
2) UL 1971.
b. General Characteristics:
1) Rated Light Output:
a) 15/30/75/110 cd, selectable in field.
2) Clear or nominal white polycarbonate lens mounted on aluminum faceplate.
3) Mounting: Wall mounted unless otherwise indicated.
4) For units with guards to prevent physical damage, light output ratings must
be determined with guards in place.
5) Flashing must be in temporal pattern, synchronized with other units.
6) Strobe Leads: Factory connected to screw terminals.
7) Mounting Faceplate: Factory finished, red.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-10
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 10
2.9 FIRE-ALARM REMOTE ANNUNCIATORS
A. Fire alarm remote annunciators are existing to remain and be reused.
2.10 DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTERS (DACTs)
A. Transmitters are existing to remain and be reused.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for ventilation, temperature,
humidity, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Verify that manufacturer's written instructions for environmental conditions have been
permanently established in spaces where equipment and wiring are installed, before
installation begins.
B. Examine roughing-in for electrical connections to verify actual locations of connections before
installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Preinstallation Testing: Perform verification of functionality of installed components of existing
system prior to starting work. Document equipment or components not functioning as designed.
B. Interruption of Existing Fire-Alarm Service: Do not interrupt fire-alarm service to facilities
occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only
after arranging to provide temporary guard service in accordance with requirements indicated:
1. Notify Architect no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of fire-
alarm service.
2. Do not proceed with interruption of fire-alarm service without Architect's written
permission.
C. Protection of In-Place Conditions: Protect devices during construction unless devices are placed
in service to protect facility during construction.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT
A. Comply with NECA 305, NFPA 72, NFPA 101, and requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction for installation and testing of fire-alarm equipment. Install electrical wiring to
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-11
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 11
comply with requirements in NFPA 70 including, but not limited to, Article 760, "Fire Alarm
Systems."
1. Devices placed in service before other trades have completed cleanup must be replaced.
2. Devices installed, but not yet placed, in service must be protected from construction dust,
debris, dirt, moisture, and damage in accordance with manufacturer's written storage
instructions.
B. Connecting to Existing Equipment: Verify that existing fire-alarm system is operational before
making changes or connections.
1. Connect new equipment to existing control panel in existing part of building.
2. Connect new equipment to existing monitoring equipment at supervising station.
3. Expand, modify, and supplement existing control equipment as necessary to extend
existing control functions to new points. New components must be capable of merging
with existing configuration without degrading performance of either system.
C. Manual Fire-Alarm Boxes:
1. Install manual fire-alarm box in normal path of egress within 60 inch (1520 mm) of exit
doorway.
2. Mount manual fire-alarm box on background of contrasting color.
3. Operable part of manual fire-alarm box must be between 42 and 48 inch (1060 and 1220
mm) above floor level. Devices must be mounted at same height unless otherwise
indicated.
D. Smoke- and Heat-Detector Spacing (when not fully sprinklered):
1. Comply with "Smoke-Sensing Fire Detectors" section in "Initiating Devices" chapter in
NFPA 72, for smoke-detector spacing.
2. Comply with "Heat-Sensing Fire Detectors" section in "Initiating Devices" chapter in
NFPA 72, for heat-detector spacing.
3. Smooth ceiling spacing must not exceed 30 ft. (9 m).
4. Spacing of detectors for irregular areas, for irregular ceiling construction, and for high
ceiling areas must be determined in accordance with Annex A in NFPA 72.
5. HVAC: Locate detectors not closer than 36 inch (910 mm) from air-supply diffuser or
return-air opening.
6. Lighting Fixtures: Locate detectors not closer than 12 inch (300 mm) from lighting
fixture and not directly above pendant mounted or indirect lighting.
E. Install cover on each smoke detector that is not placed in service during construction. Cover
must remain in place except during system testing. Remove cover prior to system turnover.
F. Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Install sampling tubes so they
extend full width of duct. Tubes more than 36 inch (9100 mm) long must be supported at both
ends.
1. Do not install smoke detector in duct smoke-detector housing during construction. Install
detector only during system testing and prior to system turnover.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-12
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 12
G. Audible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install not less than 6 inch (150 mm) below ceiling. Install
bells and horns on flush-mounted back boxes with device-operating mechanism concealed
behind grille. Install devices at same height unless otherwise indicated.
H. Visible Alarm-Indicating Devices: Install adjacent to each alarm bell or alarm horn and at least
6 inch (150 mm) below ceiling. Install devices at same height unless otherwise indicated.
3.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
A. Connect wiring in accordance with Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors
and Cables."
B. Ground equipment in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
Systems."
C. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, in accordance
with NFPA 70 and NECA 1.
D. Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and
circuit number feeding connection.
1. Nameplate must be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs, as specified in
Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."
2. Nameplate must be laminated acrylic or melamine plastic signs with black background
and engraved white letters at least 1/2 inch (13 mm) high.
3.5 CONTROL CONNECTIONS
A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field-mounted control devices.
B. Connect control wiring in accordance with Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power
Cables."
C. Install nameplate for each control connection, indicating field control panel designation and I/O
control designation feeding connection.
3.6 PATHWAYS
A. Pathways above recessed ceilings and in inaccessible locations may be routed exposed.
1. Exposed pathways located less than 96 inch (2440 mm) above floor must be installed in
EMT.
B. Pathways must be installed in EMT.
C. Exposed EMT must be painted red enamel.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-13
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 13
3.7 CONNECTIONS
A. For fire-protection systems related to doors in fire-rated walls and partitions and to doors in
smoke partitions, comply with requirements in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." Connect
hardware and devices to fire-alarm system.
1. Verify that hardware and devices are listed for use with installed fire-alarm system before
making connections.
B. Make addressable connections with supervised interface device to the following devices and
systems. Install interface device less than 36 inch (910 mm) from device controlled. Make
addressable confirmation connection when such feedback is available at device or system being
controlled.
1. Alarm-initiating connection to smoke-control system (smoke management) at firefighters'
smoke-control system panel.
2. Smoke dampers in air ducts of designated HVAC duct systems.
3. Magnetically held-open doors.
4. Alarm-initiating connection to activate emergency shutoffs for gas and fuel supplies.
5. Supervisory connections at valve supervisory switches.
3.8 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for
identification specified in Section 270553 "Identification for Communications Systems."
B. Install framed instructions in location visible from FACU.
3.9 GROUNDING
A. Ground FACU and associated circuits in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and
Bonding for Electrical Systems."
B. Ground shielded cables at control panel location only. Insulate shield at device location.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field tests must be witnessed by authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Administrant for Tests and Inspections:
1. Engage factory-authorized service representative to administer and perform tests and
inspections on components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including
connections.
C. Tests and Inspections:
1. Visual Inspection: Conduct visual inspection prior to testing.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-14
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 14
a. Inspection must be based on completed record Drawings and system
documentation that is required by "Completion Documents, Preparation" table in
"Documentation" section of "Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72.
b. Comply with "Visual Inspection Frequencies" table in "Inspection" section of
"Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72; retain
"Initial/Reacceptance" column and list only installed components.
2. System Testing: Comply with "Test Methods" table in "Testing" section of "Inspection,
Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72.
3. Test audible appliances for public operating mode in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions. Perform test using portable sound-level meter complying with
Type 2 requirements in ASA S1.4 Part 1/IEC 61672-1.
4. Factory-authorized service representative must prepare "Fire Alarm System Record of
Completion" in "Documentation" section of "Fundamentals" chapter in NFPA 72 and
"Inspection and Testing Form" in "Records" section of "Inspection, Testing and
Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72.
D. Reacceptance Testing: Perform reacceptance testing to verify proper operation of added or
replaced devices and appliances.
E. Fire-alarm system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
F. Prepare test and inspection reports.
G. Annual Test and Inspection: One year after date of Substantial Completion, test fire-alarm
system complying with visual and testing inspection requirements in NFPA 72. Use forms
developed for initial tests and inspections.
3.11 DEMONSTRATION
A. ] Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain fire-alarm system.
3.12 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service must include
12 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of manufacturer's designated service
organization. Include preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective
components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper operation. Parts and
supplies must be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies.
1. Include visual inspections in accordance with "Visual Inspection Frequencies" table in
"Testing" paragraph of "Inspection, Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72.
2. Perform tests in "Test Methods" table in "Testing" paragraph of "Inspection, Testing and
Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72.
3. Perform tests per "Testing Frequencies" table in "Testing" paragraph of "Inspection,
Testing and Maintenance" chapter in NFPA 72.
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB – PHASE 1 & 2 284621.11-15
SA_AE – 2022-352 ABCC Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems
GTP Consulting Engineers – 22 083.00
ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEMS 284621.11 - 15
END OF SECTION 284621.11
ATLANTIC BEACH COUNTRY CLUB - PHASE 2